Today’s News 17th November 2016

  • Democratic Leadership ADMITS that Clinton Lost the Election Because of Voters’ Economic Worries

    Democratic Leadership ADMITS that Clinton Lost the Election Because of Voters’ Economic Worries

    We’ve repeatedly said that Trump mainly won the election because voters thought that the status quo would hurt them economically.

    Today, the Los Angeles Times reports that the Democratic leadership itself admits that the economy is the issue that sunk Clinton:

    Sen. Charles E. Schumer of New York was elected by Democrats as minority leader of the Senate on Wednesday ….

     

    ***

     

    Schumer also broadened the Democratic leadership tent with the intent of improving the party’s standing with both its progressive wing and its working-class base, two groups whose frustration with the party and Democratic nominee Hillary Clinton helped lead to President-elect Donald Trump’s victory.

     

    ***

     

    Populist [because she has stood up against the big banks and for the little guy] Sen. Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts also kept a top spot.

     

    “There’s a debate going on about whether we should be the party of the diverse Obama coalition, or the blue-collar American in the heartland,” Schumer said, referring to the broad swath of heavily minority voters who helped put President Obama in office.

     

    We need to be the party that speaks to and works on behalf of all Americans and a bigger, bolder, sharper-edged economic message that talks about people in the middle class,” Schumer said. He said Democrats should also confront  “the unfairness in the American economic system.”

    The Democratic leadership is admitting that it has to focus on changing its economic message.

    Lambert Strether – who is extremely knowledgeable about political horseraces –  adds additional evidence:

    First, the swing from Obama to Trump was greater in counties that were economically stressed. FiveThirtyEight:

     

    Instead, to understand what drove Trump’s victory, we can look at how Trump’s margin against Clinton in 2016 compared with Romney’s against President Obama in 2012. Sure enough, the swing toward Trump was much stronger in counties with a higher share of routine jobs; the swing toward Trump was also stronger where unemployment was higher, job growth was slower and earnings were lower. It is clear that the places that voted for Trump are under greater economic stress, and the places that swung most toward Trump are those where jobs are most under threat. Importantly, Trump’s appeal was strongest in places where people are most concerned about what the future will mean for their jobs, even if those aren’t the places where economic conditions are worst today.

     

    Notice that job crapification (“routine jobs”) is part of economic stress.

     

    Second, economic optimism among Black voters was much lower than in 2012. WaPo:

     

    “Pre-election research showed that among African Americans, their feelings of economic optimism were precipitously lower in this election than in 2012,” said Geoff Garin, a pollster for Priorities USA who conducted this research independently of the super PAC. “And their feeling that Clinton’s economic policies would help people like them were substantially lower. “Those kinds of things affect people’s willingness to come out to vote.”

     

    Third, primary counties with high Case-Deaton death rates voted for Trump. WaPo:

     

    In every state except Massachusetts, the counties with high rates of white mortality were the same counties that turned out to vote for Trump.

     

    We’re focusing on middle-aged whites because the data show that something has gone terribly wrong with their lives. In a study last year, economists Anne Case and Angus Deaton pointed out that mortality rates for this group have actually been increasing since the ’90s.

     

    Economic struggles have likely contributed as well. Case and Deaton also found that the increase in the death rate has been driven by people with less education. For those without a college degree, the economy in recent decades has been increasingly miserable. This may explain why some have turned to self-destructive behaviors, such as drug and alcohol abuse.

     

    The people I’ve been describing — this distressed, dying demographic slice of America — are similar to the people who tend to vote for Trump, according to phone and exit polls. Trump supporters are mostly white; skew older; and are less likely to have college degrees than other Republicans.

     

    (“Less educated” is a proxy, for “working class.”)

     

    Fourth, the swing from Obama to Trump was greater in counties that where housing costs were high. WaPo:

     

    According to the analysis, respondents in hundreds of surveys were more likely to view Trump favorably if they lived in Zip codes with heavy mortgage-interest burdens relative to local incomes, after taking into account a range of socioeconomic factors.

    Trump Won Among White Women, Among Women Without College Degrees, and Among Rural Women

    Clinton supporters assumed that women would vote for her.

    But the Guardian reports:

    A majority of white women voted for Trump. And while Clinton did carry the female vote overall, her advantage among women was a percentage point less than Obama had enjoyed over Romney in 2012.

     

    ***

     

    As John Cassidy points out in the New Yorker, not only did Trump carry white women, so did Romney in 2012, McCain in 2008 and Bush in 2004. Presumably, many white women have conservative views, whether on taxes or abortion, and neither Trump’s misogyny nor Clinton’s anatomy could override those commitments.

     

    Trump also appealed to many women who feared downward mobility and poverty, winning a majority of women without college degrees, as well as rural women. He denounced the trade deals that they felt had wrecked their economies, and vowed to create jobs by rebuilding America’s decaying infrastructure. Meanwhile, Clinton partied with her funders in the Hamptons. She represented an out-of-touch elite, and many women felt that deeply and resented her – or simply didn’t care about her campaign.

     

    Clinton also failed to excite some of the women who were part of the traditional Democratic base. She did win among poor women (those making under $50,000 a year), young women, Latinas and, overwhelmingly, black women. But turnout among some of these groups was disappointing. She won black women by two percentage points less than Obama did in 2012. And compared with Obama, her margin even among the much-vaunted Latina vote was about eight points lower.

    Newsweek adds:

    White women without  college degrees [went] for him two to one.

    Vanity Fair notes:

    Even educated women white voters just barely leaned toward Clinton; 51 percent of white women with college degrees voted for her ….

    Overall, a slim majority of women voters – 54% – went for Clinton.

    And see this.

  • World Suffers From Trump Shell Shock – Here's What Will Happen Next

    Submitted by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.com,

    I’ve been saying this for a long time, and I’ll say it again here — in life there are only two kinds of people:  those who know and those who don’t.  Some might claim there is a third option: those who don’t want to know.  In any case, if you want to be able to foresee geopolitical and social trends, you have to be one of the people who know.

    Above all else, in order to know you must be willing to step outside of the confusion and theater of the circus and look at developments from above.  If you are biased and retain too many sacred cows you will never understand how the world works.  You will be too busy trying to reinforce your own fantasies to see anything else.

    Beyond this, you must also understand that political and social developments are not random; they are either reactions to deliberate policies of special interests or they are driven by policies of special interests.  Therefore, these developments are predictable and can be calculated (to a point).

    I usually refer to these “special interests” as global elites, or globalists, because that is how they often refer to themselves.  The point is, most of the events you see in the political world are engineered events designed to elicit a specific psychological response from you and the people around you.  You are not a human being to these people; you are either an asset to be molded or an obstacle to be disposed of.  This is how our world works.  Period.  And until we fully understand this and accept it, things will never change.

    So, to be clear, if you understand the minds of globalists and understand what they want, you can understand the basic direction of the future.

    It is this philosophy which has allowed me to consistently and accurately predict geopolitical and economic events that very few other people have been able to predict.  For example, I correctly predicted the Federal Reserve taper of QE, I predicted the inclusion of China in the IMF’s Special Drawing Rights years in advance, I predicted the exact timing of the first Fed rate hike, I predicted the success of the Brexit referendum when most of the world and the liberty movement said it was never going to happen, I predicted that the Saudi 9/11 bill would pass, that Barack Obama would veto it and that congress would override his veto, I predicted that Hillary Clinton would be the Democratic candidate and that Donald Trump would be the Republican candidate for president of the U.S. and, for the past five months, I have been predicting that Donald Trump would win the 2016 election.

    People can either attribute these series of successful predictions to pure “luck,” or they can consider the possibility that I know what I am talking about.  I’ll leave that to them.

    The real issue, though, is not that my predictions were correct.  What is more important is WHY they were correct.  To begin with, I am often correct because it is a fact that globalists influence events.  Globalists are human (at least partially); thus, they are predictable, making events predictable.  If you can see from the perspective of a globalist, you will know what they want and what they are likely to do to get it.

    In a world without globalists I would have a hard time successfully predicting anything.

    I never make a cold prediction without a concrete rationale for why I hold that view.  I always break down the reasons and evidence that bring sense to them.  Some analysts might be content to simply flip a coin and make a call without explanation; I am not.

    As far as the Trump election win is concerned, this is what I said in June of this year:

    “In light of the Brexit I’m going to have to call it here and now and predict that the most likely scenario for elections will be a Trump presidency.  Trump has consistently warned of a recession during his campaign and with the Brexit dragging markets lower over the next few months, he will probably be proven “prophetic.”

     

    … Even if Trump is a legitimate anti-establishment conservative, his entry into the Oval Office will seal the deal on the economic collapse, and will serve the globalists well.  The international banks need only pull the plug on any remaining life support to the existing market system and allow it to fully implode, all while blaming Trump and his conservative supporters.

     

    The mainstream media has been consistently comparing Trump supporters to Brexit supporters, and Trump himself has hitched his political wagon to the Brexit. This fits perfectly with the globalist narrative that populists and conservatives are killing the global economy and placing everyone at risk.”

    All of my predictions are rooted in a particular premise; that the global elites have been, since 2008 at least, deliberately setting the stage for an evolving international financial crisis greater than any other seen in modern history.  This crisis is a means to an end.  Globalists use one strategy above all others to achieve their goals — the Hegelian Dialectic; problem, reaction, solution.

    As I have documented for years, the elites openly call for the ultimate eradication of national sovereignty and the formation of a single world economy, a single world currency and, eventually, a single world government.  In order to make this omelet, they intend to break a few eggs (and collapse a few economies).  By blaming "national sovereignty" (and the people that defend it) for this crisis, they hope to convince the masses that the only practical solution is total centralization.  You can read my in-depth analysis and evidence of this in my article “The Economic End Game Explained.

    I also specifically predicted the Brexit and the Trump win based on another premise; that the elites are allowing conservative movements to take political power in certain regions, only to remove stimulus support from the global economy afterward.  That is to say, I successfully predicted the Brexit and the Trump win because I understand and accept the reality that conservatives and liberty activists are not “winning;” we are being set up as scapegoats for a financial crash that the globalists already created.

    Again, people can either say I am lucky, or that there is something to my position, but the fact of the matter is I have been right and I will probably continue to be right.  This brings us to what will happen going into 2017.

    The election of Donald Trump signals a sea change in not only global politics, but more importantly, global economic stability and social developments.  As frenetic and insane as 2016 has been, 2017 will be drastically more chaotic.  Some of these changes will be obvious, some of them will once again only be visible to a handful of people in the world.  Lets start first with my happier predictions…

    The Death Of The Mainstream Media

    This is an easy one.  The mainstream media, with its insane regressive-progressives and elitist bias, misrepresented the “Alt-Right,” the Trump campaign and anti-social justice movements during the entirety of the election process.  Not only this, but through Wikileaks the leftist media was made naked as numerous journalists and outlets were exposed; colluding directly with the DNC and the Hillary campaign to first bushwhack Bernie Sanders and then rig debates and polling numbers to show Clinton in a farcically superior position to Trump.

    The mainstream media is now seen by the majority of Americans on the left and right as a lumbering rotting propaganda corpse that needs to be decapitated before it spreads its disease to anyone else.  I predict MSM outlet readership and viewership (with the exception of FOX News) will collapse even further than it already has and that many outlets will be forced to consolidate until they fade out of existence.

    As I have said for years, the mainstream media is dead, they just don’t know it yet.  Well, after this election, everyone knows.  The alternative media will take the place of the mainstream media.  We will be adopting their viewership and growing explosively over the next year while they shrivel.

    They decided that their job was not to report the facts, but to manipulate public opinion.  They are liars and a disgrace to true journalism.  Good riddance.

    That said, some people will argue that my position that the elites wanted a Trump presidency is not tenable exactly because the liberal media worked so hard to rig public opinion against Trump.  I will explain in my next article why these people are missing the bigger picture.

    The Crippling Of Social Justice Warriors

    The SJW cult is not dead, but it has been crippled.  It is now a drooling bedridden quadriplegic eating its meals through a straw; a malfunctioning shell of a movement destined to be put out of its misery.

    When I think of social justice warriors I think of the Island of Misfit Toys; nobody wants these people.  They are a detriment to everything they touch, including the Democratic party.  It was the zealotry of SJWs that caused conservatives to rally in anger around Trump.  It was they that awakened the sleeping giant.

    One reason I was so certain Clinton had set herself up for a loss was her insistence that the Democrats openly adopt these hell spawn and their ideology.  By embracing politically correct rhetoric and accusing all opposition of being “deplorable” racists, sexists and homophobes, Clinton doomed her campaign from the very beginning.  Anyone with any sense could see the massive tide against SJWs growing on the internet.  In fact, I propose that the globalists, using the advanced web analytics at their disposal, saw it even before the rest of us did.

    SJWs are a tiny minority in American society.  Their only strategy has been to use Alinsky tactics to make their movement appear much larger than it really is.  Through mutual aid and elitist supporters in popular media, SJWs presented a fabricated consensus.  They made it seem as though they were the majority view and, thus, the "superior" view.

    One fantastic result of the 2016 election has been the realization by conservatives that they are not isolated on the fringes of society.  In fact, in America at least, we are a considerable force to be reckoned with.  There is an old story of a Roman Senator 2,000 years ago who suggested the idea of forcing slaves to wear armbands to make them easily identifiable.  Another senator admonished the notion, stating “No, if they realize how many of them there really are, they may revolt.”

    This is what Election 2016 did for conservatives — we have seen that millions of us have arm bands, and we are now in revolt.

    I rarely comment on race issues because I don’t really see race as very relevant in most cases; but it has been the tactic of social justice cultists to constantly and brutally target straight white males as the monsters of history and therefore responsible for the ills and failures of every minority group from today to eternity.  At this point I think it is safe to say that we will NO LONGER sit idly by as whipping boys for sad, deluded people clamoring for victim group status.

    The End Of Mainstream Polling

    I was also confident in my prediction of a Trump win based on my knowledge of inconsistencies in modern polling methods.  The fact of the matter is, polling suffers from the same lack of objectivity that any other “science” can at times suffer from — the results will always be vulnerable to influence from the observer.  If the observer wants a particular outcome for the numbers, they will consciously or unconsciously rig their method to produce the desired result.

    I saw this happen time and time again during the Brexit polls leading up to the referendum, and, as I stated many times before the U.S. election, the campaign polls seemed to be behaving the same way.  This is how you get media sources like Reuters claiming a 90 percent chance of a win by Hillary Clinton just before the election.  When pollsters weight their polls with far more democrats than republicans and when they poll the same groups repeatedly they are not going to get varied or honest data.

    In the end, polls become propaganda tools rather than litmus tests.  The mainstream has tried desperately to explain why their polls were so utterly wrong, but it is too late for them.  After the Brexit and the U.S. election, no one is going to trust these numbers again.

    Liberty Groups Will Get Some Breathing Room (For A Little While)

    The steady drum beat of government antagonism for “patriot groups” is probably going to subside for a short time.  I happen to know that many militia groups and preparedness networks are breathing a heavy sigh of relief today after eight years of a hostile Obama presidency, the IRS sniping at liberty organizations and individual activists based purely on political zealotry, the DHS profiling liberty activists as terrorists and the SPLC frothing at the mouth like rabid animals looking to use their ties to the feds as a means to sink their teeth into any conservatives with the guts to refuse participation in the mainstream narrative.

    With conservatives launching into 2017 with complete control of government and a Trump mandate, it would seem that liberty groups have “won the fight” and have nothing to worry about.

    That said, don’t get too comfortable, folks, because now we are going to discuss my negative predictions going into next year…

    The Final Stage Of Economic Collapse

    Economic collapse is a process, not a singular event; stock markets play only a minor part in this process.  Most Americans’ only relation to the economy is through the daily rise and fall of the Dow Jones.  If they see the Dow in the green, they go on with their day.  If they see the Dow in the red, they stop and question what is happening.  The election of Donald Trump has surprised many with a sudden rise, rather than fall, in stock markets.  But, as I told my readers before the election, it would be wise to wait a couple of weeks before trying to analyze these markets because that is how long it will take just to absorb the election results.

    I predict first that central banks around the globe will further cut stimulus measures and that the Fed is now guaranteed to raise interest rates, probably in December before Trump even enters the White House.  I also believe that the process of initiating a market crisis will take approximately six months to become widely visible to the public.  As a consequence of the Fed pulling the plug on markets, I predict Trump and the Fed will enter into open hostilities against each other, which will erode international faith in the U.S. dollar as the world reserve currency.

    By extension, Trump’s presence in the White House will exacerbate already-existing tensions with Saudi Arabia.  The Saudi 9/11 bill is just the beginning.  As a result, I believe Saudi Arabia will dump the U.S. dollar as the petro-currency, influencing numerous other OPEC nations to do the same.  I believe this will happen by early 2018.

    In my view, for now, oil prices will be the best indicator for where stocks are headed in the next few months.

    This is not something many Trump supporters want to hear.  The response in the liberty movement to my prediction that the elites would allow Trump into office was rather predictable as well.  In my article 'Why The U.S. Election Has The Entire World Confused' I stated:

    “I have not taken this position just to be contrary. If I think about it honestly, my position is truly a losing position. If I am mistaken and Clinton wins on the 8th then I’ll probably never hear the end of it, but that’s a risk that has to be taken, because what I see here is a move on the chess board that others are not considering. If I’m wrong, then I’m wrong.

     

    That said, if I am right, then I still lose, because Trump supporters and half the liberty movement will be so enraptured that they will probably ignore the greater issue — that Trump is the candidate the elites wanted all along.”

    This seems to be the reaction from about half the liberty movement so far; a general blind faith and bias, clinging to the idea that the election (just like the Brexit) was a victory, and that conservatives had just won the culture war and defeated the globalists.  It’s funny how it wasn’t much of a controversy when everyone thought I was wrong about Trump winning in the first place.

    There are two primary arguments that come up with these people. First, that my view on the influence of the elites is “unrealistic” and that the elites would have to be “omnipotent” in order to succeed in directing the outcome of these events so effectively.  I will address this argument in detail in my next article on the Trump presidency and what the consequences will be for us all if Trump turns out not to be a constitutionalist.

    The second argument they present is that the elites “will never succeed” in blaming Trump and conservatives for an economic crisis that was decades in the making.  To the people that embrace this argument I say — I understand mass psychology far better than you do.

    The reality is, half of America is ALREADY primed to blame Trump for everything that happens over the next four years (if we even make it that long).  Possession is nine-tenths of the law in the minds of many.  Beyond that, every meme in the global media and on the left is promoting the idea that Trump is an apocalypse in the making.  Even Germany’s 'Der Spiegal' published its after-election magazine with a cover depicting Trump’s head as a giant comet hurtling towards the Earth.  Don’t tell me that Trump cannot be blamed for an economic crisis.  Only a complete idiot would suggest that he is anything other than the perfect scapegoat.

    At bottom, it does not matter whether people believe the above predictions or not.  I have hundreds of emails from readers who called me a “tinfoil hatter” in the past and are now apologizing.  So, if you plan to react in a knee-jerk fashion to the notion that Trump and conservatives are being set up by the elites for a final financial flagellation, be sure to write two letters — one for today saying I’ve lost touch, and the other for tomorrow when you find out I was right once again.

  • Illinois Pension Funding Ratio Sinks To 37.6% As Unfunded Liabilities Surge To $130 Billion

    As we’ve noted before, Defined Benefit Pension Plans are, almost by definition, a ponzi scheme. Current assets are used to pay current claims in full in spite of insufficient funding to pay future liabilities: classic Ponzi.  But unlike wall street and corporate ponzi schemes no one goes to jail here because the establishment is complicit.  Everyone from government officials to union bosses are incentivized to maintain the status quo – public employees get to sleep better at night thinking they have a “retirement plan,” public legislators get to be re-elected by union membership while pretending their states are solvent and union bosses get to keep their jobs while hiding the truth from employees. 

    That said, certain states are better at the ponzi game than others and the great state of Illinois, we must say, is one of the best.  As we noted a few months ago, Illinois governor Bruce Rauner even admitted to being a willing participant in his state’s pension ponzi warning that should his largest public pension fund do what it should have done long ago, it would put a big dent in the state’s already fragile finances and lead to “crippling” pension payment hikes.  But, if you ignore the problem then surely it will just go away…good plan.

    And, while the pension ponzi can likely outlast Rauner’s term as governor, eventually funding for current claims can only be borrowed from future generations for so long before finally running out of cash.  As the latest “Special Pension Briefing” report from Illinois’ Commission on Government Forecasting and Accountability (CGFA) points out, that time may be getting very near.

    Per the latest actuarial valuations, the 5 largest publicly-funded Illinois pensions are now $130BN underwater and only 37.6% funded.

    IL Pension

     

    As a guide, here is a recap of the acronyms used by CGFA:

    TRS = Teachers’ Retirement System

     

    SERS = The State Employees’ Retirement System

     

    SURS = State Universities Retirement System

     

    GARS = General Assembly Retirement System

     

    JRS = Judges’ Retirement System

    Illinois’ unfunded liabilities really started to surge in 2008 due a combination of lower returns on assets and lower corporate bond yields which drive down discount rates used by actuaries resulting in substantial increases in the present value of liability streams.  As we’ve pointed out in the past, given the long duration of pension liabilities, even small swings in discounts can have a material impact on underfunding levels.

    IL Pension

     

    Meanwhile, even though Illinois has taken the prudent step of reducing their assumed returns on assets…

    IL Pension

     

    …they apparently didn’t reduce them enough as only 1 of the 5 largest pension funds managed to actually generate a positive return in FY 2016.  That said, we’re sure a lot of hedge funds were still able to collect very nice fees for generating these negative returns.

    IL Pension

     

    But, don’t worry, there is hope for Illinois pensioners yet.  As CGFA points out, all the state has to do is funnel $10-$20 billion of taxpayer money into these pension funds each year and earn a consistent 7% annual return on assets and in a matter of just 28 years the funds should be 90% funded!  That seems like a very reasonable plan.

    IL Pension

     

    But don’t worry teachers of Illinois, just keep electing politicians who tell you that everything is fine and we’re sure this problem will just go away. 

  • Will Donald Trump End The American Unipolar Moment?

    Submitted by Federico Pieraccini via Strategic-Culture.org,

    We are facing an unprecedented breakthrough: a global change that potentially could definitively overwhelm the unipolar world order created after the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989 and sent into overdrive by the 9/11 so-called War on Terror. The victory of Donald Trump is the most emblematic representation of a total repudiation by the American population of the so-called establishment and its interests.

    The American elections have ended with an unexpected verdict that has confounded all forecasts. Trump won the election in the United States, home and capital of the western system, redefining the logic by which a President is normally elected. Largely for this reason, it is an extraordinarily important victory. All the apparatus of American power, such as the media, politicians, experts and intellectuals, were not enough to stop the people from expressing a vote that is more of an explicit protest.

    The victory of Trump also spells the end of the Bush and Clinton dynasties, as well as the unexpected conclusion of Obama's mandate, the betrayal of which is the biggest in US history. Elected to solve problems such as inequality, racial divisions, poverty and social injustice, he failed on all fronts, becoming one of the major causes of a dissenting vote in favor of Trump. Barack Obama has ironically been one of Donald Trump’s biggest sponsors. Obama’s voters in 2008 and 2012 were not deceived by Clinton’s promises, and after voting for Sanders as a last hope, they preferred to stay home or even vote for Trump as an ultimate expression of contempt for the status quo represented by Democrats, Republicans, and by the Washington establishment. Above all, it represented the victory and the will of the working class, tired of their economic condition worsening over more than three decades.

    The victory of Brexit in England, Duterte in the Philippines, the 2013 Five Star movement in Italy, the phenomena of Le Pen in France, Syriza in Greece, and the continuously rejected European treaties — all these are part of the same theme connecting different voting issues. The continuous rejection of the idea of globalization and globalism has occupied the majority of the people. Identified as the great evil, it is considered the main cause for the continuing need for governments to subordinate national interests for international interests. This inevitably leads to a deadly embrace with an international model based on Wall Street finance, the main cause of the 2008 financial crisis, compounded by American wars around the world, a source of insecurity and prolonged terrorism.

    The root of this pushback is the concept of multipolarity. In a unipolar model, power and the money is concentrated in the hands of a tiny percentage, producing an imbalance of wellbeing that is the base of common frustration of Western citizens. The success of the multipolar model derives primarily from the ability to choose without without facing unilateral imposition. Whether it is leaving the EU or the victory of a candidate not linked to the political establishment, multipolarity is the most effective way to respect the popular will, a huge difference when compared to unipolarity, where people are left with no alternative. We have been transitioning for nearly a decade into the digital domain, a world where an infinite range of options is available to achieve one’s objectives.

    In the real world, the unipolar approach is outmoded and inadequate, creating the need for any alternative proposal, whether it be Trump or Brexit. We cannot otherwise explain why in recent years anyone who proposes an anti-establishment model in Europe or in the United States is considered a credible alternative. It is not the message one conveys that is important, it is simply enough to be something different from the status quo, simply an alternative.

    The power of finance has devoured the few rights left for people, giving priority to interests whose greed is insatiable and has led many Western nations to the brink of collapse in the financial crisis of 2008. Since then, nearly 10 years later, nothing has changed, and people’s economic well-being has declined alarmingly, reaching unprecedented levels. The promises made by politicians after the 2008 crisis have been broken, and the middle class and poor have continued to pay for it all, generating a level of frustration that is expressed at the ballot boxes, with votes for Brexit or for Trump in the United States.

    In addition to the economic situation, numerous wars have succeeded in antagonising Americans, with costs nearing six trillion dollars serving to further erode the confidence of the average voter in the Washington establishment. While the average American voter does not care about the foreign policy of their country, if the results are an increase in terrorism, a decrease in domestic investment, creating a general feeling of helplessness, then US foreign policy becomes something harmful, unnecessary or even counterproductive to the American voter.

    It is amazing to see how in the most recent US elections all these considerations have become central in Trump’s arguments. For the first time in US history the media and establishment’s one-sided narrative has been broken. What has been shown is that a presidential campaign can be ran independently of the Democrats or Republicans on issues revolving around Wall Street, the Washington Consensus, exporting democracy, and the defamation of geopolitical opponents. For the first time, the vision of a unipolar American hegemony has been defeated by a multipolar vision of reality, a vision that simply places an alternative to the status quo of the past 25 years. The people were offered, first in the Republican primaries and then the election, the opportunity to express a vote that seemed more a referendum with a question that essentially amounted to: “Are you happy with your current condition?” The answer was a huge middle finger to the establishment expressed through the Trump vote.

    Clinton, being a product of the establishment and representing the status quo, did not offer what the majority of Americans wanted, namely a break with the elites. Even if unconsciously, the majority of Americans rejected in their vote the unipolar economic, financial and military model, giving the rest of the world an unexpected hope for change.

    The United States woke up the day after the elections with a more divided country than ever before, a reflection of a broader division that runs through the West. These are the consequences of a changing world that is drifting away from a unipolar vision with its one financial, economic and military system represented by Washington and Brussels. Back on the old continent, growing nationalist sentiment, the rejection of European institutions and the Brexit vote should have rang alarm bells for the elite some time ago. The US elections have confirmed that the globalist establishment both in Europe and America are living in their own world. They are completely detached from normal people, and the system they relied upon to influence and manipulate, with the hope of extending the unipolar domain (economic, military and financial), is no longer effective.

    While globalization has brought wealth to the elite, it has also allowed the spread of the Internet, which is becoming more and more effective as a mass-communication tool. The concept of multipolarity is intrinsic to the Internet: everyone can open their own blog, write there own opinion, and spread it to millions of people, influencing the overall narrative. The alternative information, when printed on paper, was reserved for a niche of the population. Now such diffusion of information has become mainstream, relegating the corporate media to an increasingly narrow segment of the population. Compared to 30 years ago, the Internet has reversed the paradigm. Think of yourself: you read this analysis with, I hope, a sense of trust and belief that this information cannot be obtained from CNN, Fox News or the BBC. This is the true and genuine revolution. Trump has been able to interpret these feelings in a masterly manner, collecting all the major frustrations of the American people towards the elite, and making them his own. He has combined his personal passion into an impossible challenge, providing the desperate needs of the people with a voice “at the top” that will scream and yell on their behalf. The anger and the political incorrectness of Trump have been interpreted in a positive way by voters, almost like a concrete gesture of dissatisfaction with the elites of Wall Street, Washington and the giant American corporations.

    Trump represents the first step, after Brexit, of the West recognizing a reality that is already multipolar. The American model based on the dollar is in trouble as a result of international institutions related to BRICS. The AIIB created by Beijing, and the IMF’s moves to include the yuan in an international basket, are another indicator. Countries not aligned with US desires, such as China, Russia and Iran, have been joining forces over the last few years to build an alternative economic and financial system to that of the dollar and federal reserve, undermining the US hegemony that is guaranteed by the petrodollar. In the military sphere, NATO is no longer the only global power, and the current situation in the Middle East is a reflection of this. The involvement of Moscow and the alliance with Iran have for the first time prevented the complete destruction of a country like Syria, providing an alternative ending to that experienced by Iraq in 2003. All signs are that America's unipolar moment is gone forever.

    The last blow was the political change following the economic and military ones; first in Europe, with the decreasing popularity of politicians, an anti-establishment expression; then with the exit of Britain from Europe; and finally with Trump’s victory in the United States.

    From the point of view of national and international policies, Trump’s triumph is yet to be tested and confirmed. As a result, the international balance could yet remain intact. The world is at its biggest crossroad in modern history. The election in the United States, caused by a spreading multipolar contagion, will eventually affect and change forever the international relations of Brussels and Washington. While the rest of the world is already fully part of this epoch-making revolution, the elites of Europe and the US continue to show that they want to fight to the end to reject the new advancing world order.

    The American and European oligarchy is faced with a choice: either declare war on everyone and everything, including their own people, or embrace this global shift and try and carve out their own space within it. The challenge is to recognize and accept not being in absolute control of the levers of power but now having to share power with other centers of power like Moscow, Beijing and Tehran. It is a difficult task but certainly not impossible.

    Trump offers the possibility of real change in international relations, and the words expressed by leaders like Xi and Putin are the first signs of a real attempt to change 20 years of impositions from Washington’s unipolar domination over the rest of the planet.

    On November 9, 2016, much of the world's population, ideally, has united in one voice and with all its energy declared aloud to Washington and to all the systems of power that have made our planet insecure and an economic disaster that enough is enough!

    After Brexit and the victory of Trump, the Euro-American elites are faced with a choice that will shape the coming decades: either accept the coming multipolarity and decide to work together with other nations of the world, or descend into prolonged conflict. No one can rule out an attempt to sabotage Brexit or the assassination of Trump, especially if he decides to fulfil his promises. But one thing is certain: they will never be able to stop the progress of these inevitable changes.

    If there is something clear from Trump’s victory, it is how an important part of Europe and America’s population has forever broken out of the isolation bubble where it was confined by the elite. They have understood that what has been told to them for decades is false, biased and completely against their interests. The world has changed forever, and there is nothing that the promoters of globalism can do to prevent it.

  • Yen Tumbles After Kuroda Admits Lost Control Of JGB Market

    We warned last night that the runaway yields on Japanese Government Bonds were a worrisome signal that the Bank of Japan had lost control (as short-dated yields rose above target and 10Y broke above policy 0.00% levels). Sure enough, it appears Kuroda hit the panic button tonight as it announced it first ficed-rate unlimited bond purchase operation.

    Simply put this is a government guarantee to bid on any and all offers for short-dated bonds at their mandated yield level until the selling abates.

    Yen tumbled..

     

    And bond yields obeyed – dropping back to BOJ policy levels for now…

     

    As Bloomberg reporets, the central bank said on Thursday in statements it will carry out two operations, one to buy securities maturing in one to three years, and another for debt of three to five years maturity.

     A selloff in Japanese bonds had threatened to test Governor Haruhiko Kuroda’s determination to keep yields stable with unlimited debt purchases — a weapon he had so far kept in reserve. He had said in September that the bank would hold unlimited purchases as needed, setting a fixed rate, in order to control yields.

    Ten-year sovereign yields turned positive this week for the first time since Sept. 21, when the Bank of Japan announced a shift in policy aimed at pegging them near zero percent. Kuroda added the option of holding purchase operations at fixed rates with no set amount to his toolkit following that decision.

    “The market is testing the BOJ’s tolerance for higher yields, but the BOJ may actually challenge the market back by letting yields rise,” Jun Fukashiro, a senior fund manager in Tokyo at Sumitomo Mitsui Asset Management, said earlier. “The reason the BOJ can allow a rise in yields above zero is that, when it needs to, it has the weapons to stop it.”

  • Dollar Illiquidity Getting Critical: A $10 Trillion Short Which The Fed Does Not Understand

    In the latest report from ADM ISI’s strategy team, “Dollar Liquidity Threat is Getting Critical and Fed is M.I.A.”, Paul Mylchreest argues that mainstream economic luminaries (like Carmen Reinhart) are finally acknowledging the evolving crisis due to the dollar shortage outside the US, a topic which even the head researcher at the BIS shone a spotlight on yesterday suggesting that the strength of the dollar, not the VIX is the new “fear indicator”. 

    The bitter irony is that the institution which appears to have very little understanding of what’s actually happening is the Federal Reserve. We noted Stanley Fischer’s speech yesterday when he argued that liquidity is “adequate”…. at least he didn’t say “contained.”

    Yet Dollar illiquidity has been one thing that central banks can’t control…think SNB and Swiss Franc, BoJ and Yen (full report on this below) and now the PBoC as the RMB looks at 6.90. Mylchreest points out that Fischer could take a look at dollar cross currency basis swaps (chart below) and the dollar liquidity problem would be immediately obvious. 

    Fischer could take a look at dollar cross currency basis swaps (chart below) and the dollar liquidity problem would be immediately obvious.

    While everybody is now waiting for the Fed to wake up, here at ZH we have been tracking the issue of a global dollar shortage well ahead of the mainstream, starting back in 2009 and continuing with “The Global Dollar Funding Shortage Is Back With A Vengeance And ‘This Time It’s Different” in March 2015 and “Global Dollar Shortage Intensifies To Worst Level Since 2012” in October 2015.

    If the dollar continues to strengthen, it will spell trouble for the recently adopted market narrative that Trump brings higher inflation and higher rates. Another major rotation and market reversals are the last thing that active managers need, or can can afford, in the run up to year end.

    From the first section of the report:

    We know the narrative…Trump equals higher inflation, a tailwind for commodities and a headwind for bonds. We are “Endgame Inflationistas”, but declining US dollar liquidity threatens this narrative near-term.

     

    Dollar illiquidity is something that even central banks struggle to control, e.g. Swiss Franc peg, BoJ losing control of the Yen and now the PBoC/RMB.

     

    The price of the dollar acts like a “Global Fed Funds Rate”. A rising dollar tightens economic conditions globally, adding considerable deflationary pressure as is clear from the chart below.

     

     

    Most commentators are not making the link between a rising dollar and a shortage of offshore dollars (Eurodollars). China’s financial system is vulnerable and it’s being reflected in RMB weakness.

     

    The lack of a dollar swap between the Fed/PBoC is a glaring omission. We expect BRICS nations to become increasingly irritated about the current dollar-based system.

     

    In his recent speech, “Is There a Liquidity Problem Post-Crisis?”, Fed Vice Chairman, Stanley Fischer, concluded that liquidity is adequate. Sadly, that is incorrect and a glance at the chart (below) of negative Cross Currency Basis Swaps for dollar funding illustrates the error all too easily. A US$10 trillion Eurodollar short is a more dangerous and risky beast if the Fed doesn’t understand it!

     

    The table below shows the Cross Currency Basis Swap (CCBS) for US dollars using the average for Euros, Yen, British Pounds, Swiss Francs and Canadian Dollars. We discuss the CCBS in more detail below but, in essence, it is the additional cost of borrowing dollars via FX swaps in these currencies compared with what it should be according to interest rate differentials. The more negative the CCBS the more it implies a structural dollar shortage and a liquidity problem in dollar funding markets.

     

     

    While the problem has been building for more than 2 years, mainstream economic luminaries are (belatedly) starting to take notice. This was Harvard’s Carmen Reinhart last month.

     

    “Today, seven decades later, despite the broad global trend toward more flexibility in exchange-rate policy and freer movement of capital across national borders, a ‘dollar shortage’ has reemerged.”

    * * *

    Much more in the full report below.

  • Mike Krieger Rages At The 'Fake News' Debacle: "It's An All Out Media War"

    Submitted by Mike Krieger via Liberty Blitzkrieg blog,

    Before I get into the meat of this article, I want to remind you of a few paragraphs I wrote back in the August post,  Questioning Hillary’s Health is Not Conspiracy Theory:

    As I look at the landscape in 2016 to-date, I observe emergent signs that alternative media is finally beginning to take over from the legacy mainstream media when it comes to impact and influence. The mainstream media (unlike with John McCain in 2008), had decided that Hillary Clinton’s health was not an issue and chose not to pursue it. Many in the alternative media world took a different position, and due to mainstream media’s failure to inform the American public for decades, the alternative media drove that issue to the top of the news cycle. That’s power.

     

    This is an incredibly big deal, and the mainstream media intuitively knows what it means. It means a total loss of legitimately, prestige and power. All of which is well deserved of course.

     

    So here’s the bottom line. 2016 represents the true beginning of what I would call the Media Wars. Alternative media is now capable of driving the news cycle. Mainstream media now has no choice but to fight back, and fight back it will. It will fight back dirty. This is going to get very ugly, but by the time the dust has settled, I think much of the mainstream media will be left as a shell of its former self.

    With Hillary’s loss, the mainstream media and its distressed and discredited allies are in a panic like we have never seen before. They understand that alternative voices now influence the public as much, if not more so, than the mainstream press, and they are now out to destroy those voices. The way they are going about this is by placing anti-establishment voices under the blanket umbrella of “fake news,” or in the case of Twitter, they just seem to purge people they don’t like from the platform altogether.

     

    The gloves are now completely off following the publication, and wide distribution by legacy media, of a list compiled by Melissa Zimdars, an assistant professor of communication at Merrimack College in Massachusetts, of “False, misleading, clickbait-y and satirical ‘news’ sources.” What you’ll find, is that some of your favorite websites, including Zerohedge are represented in this ridiculous list.

    screen-shot-2016-11-16-at-11-04-33-am

    screen-shot-2016-11-16-at-11-04-57-am

    screen-shot-2016-11-16-at-11-05-21-am

    What do almost all of these sites have in common? They published a lot of anti-Hillary Clinton articles over the course of the election, which collectively helped to swing the contest for Trump. That’s the real transgression committed by these websites.

    Interestingly, I didn’t see Slate on this list despite publishing one of the most blatant pieces of fake, pro-Hillary news propaganda of the year just a few days before the election with the following, quickly debunked, monstrosity:

    screen-shot-2016-11-16-at-11-23-00-am

    Even Snopes rapidly dismissed the claim, yet Slate is nowhere to be seen on the “fake news” list. If you are pro-Hillary, you apparently cannot be “fake, misleading, or clickbait-y.”

    This whole story hits close to home for me. Zerohedge has been publishing my writing since 2010, years before I had my own website. It has been instrumental in providing an outlet for my own voice, as well as countless others, when legacy media never would. As such, I reached out to Zerohedge for a comment. Here is what they said:

    It’s funny and sad at the same time – have they done any actual rigorous analysis on what they determine to be “fake” news, or perhaps the assumption is that the public should just take their word again… like when the NYT assured its readers that Hillary Clinton had a 90% chance of winning? When it comes to “fake vs fact” on Zero Hedge, we have a simple solution: we source everything, and all the data can be replicated by anyone.

     

    Ultimately this push will likely boost traffic to the “fake” websites – something the “credible” legacy media, which just had its worst year ever, desperately needs.

     

    But what is more troubling is that this sets the framework for “banned media”, especially  when one considers it was the outspoken “liberal” voices within the 4thestate who were in arms that Trump would unleash precisely this kind of media witch hunt. Apparently the objective media does not need a president to prompt it to start its own book burning project.

    Moving along, who cares that some assistant professor made a list of sites she doesn’t like and warns people about them? Why should we pay attention?

    We should care because it is being promoted heavily by the mainstream media. For example, look at how a writer at New York Magazine promoted the list (seems kinda “clickbait-y” doesn’t it):

    screen-shot-2016-11-16-at-11-32-56-am

    This is as close as you can get to a publication totally endorsing the list. Moreover, the story is currently the #1 most read article on New York Magazine’s website today.

    screen-shot-2016-11-16-at-11-32-05-am

    Naturally, New York Magazine would never resort to the sort of “clickbait-y” tactics perpetrated by these so-called fake news sites. Perhaps I was hallucinating when I saw its recent cover photo:

    screen-shot-2016-11-16-at-1-52-30-pm

    Then when you actually click through to the cover story, the following image pops out at you:

    screen-shot-2016-11-16-at-1-53-50-pm

    This, you see, is what real news looks like.

    It’s not just New York Magazine either. The Los Angeles Times today published an article titled, Want to Keep Fake News Out of Your Newsfeed? College Professor Creates List of Sites to Avoid. Here’s how it begins:

     

    During the election, many people fell prey to fake news stories on social media — even the president-elect ended up retweeting fake statistics. A professor of communication has created a list of unreliable news sites to help people do better.

     

    Melissa Zimdars, an assistant professor of communication at Merrimack College in Massachusetts, put together a publicly available Google doc cataloging “False, misleading, clickbait-y and satirical ‘news’ sources.” It’s been making the rounds on social media as people seek to cleanse their newsfeeds of misinformation.

    The article then ends with the following:

    Both Facebook and Google have recently announced they will take steps to block fake news sites from accessing their advertising services.

    One has to wonder what sort of criteria Facebook and Google will be using in its determination of “fake news.” If it ends up with anything resembling the above list, we should all be very concerned.

    It’s not as if these mainstream media outlets are promoting this list to sow doubts in the sites’ already existing readers; rather, the intent is to keep their own readers away. It’s a nefarious attempt at preventing current readership from being open to alternative information, and we should all hope it backfires spectacularly.

    Of course, this is just one battle in the status quo’s attempt to silence alternative voices. Twitter is on its own mission following Hillary Clinton’s election loss. As USA Today reported this morning in its post, Twitter Suspends Alt-Right Accounts:

    SAN FRANCISCO — Twitter suspended a number of accounts associated with the alt-right movement, the same day the social media service said it would crack down on hate speech.

     

    Among those suspended was Richard Spencer, who runs an alt-right think tank and had a verified account on Twitter.

     

    The alt-right, a loosely organized group that espouses white nationalism, emerged as a counterpoint to mainstream conservatism and has flourished online. Spencer has said he wants blacks, Asians, Hispanics and Jews removed from the U.S.

     

    Heidi Beirich, spokeswoman for the Southern Poverty Law Center, told USA TODAY that the center had asked Twitter to remove more than 100 accounts of white supremacists who violated Twitter’s terms of service. She also pointed to two alt-right accounts that had been verified by Twitter, including Spencer’s.

    This Spencer character doesn’t appear to be a particularly nice guy, and Twitter can do whatever it wants, but what concerns me is the overall trend. Namely, how information gatekeepers are suddenly panicking to demonize or ban alternative voices following Trump’s election victory.

    The message here is simple: It’s Game On. The legacy media has taken the gloves off entirely and we are now engaged in all out media war.

    *  *  *

    For prior articles on the topic, see:

    Obama Enters the Media Wars – Why His Recent Attack on Free Speech is So Dangerous and Radical

    Hillary Clinton Enters the Media Wars

    The Death of Mainstream Media

  • Trump Brings America Together – Everyone (Dems & Reps) Agrees On One Thing Post-Election

    Watching TV these days, or reading any media, one could easily be forgiven for thinking Democrats and Republicans incapable of agreeing on anything as months of divisive programming have embedded record levels of cognitive dissonance.

    So imagine our glee when we glanced at Gallup’s latest economic confidence survey.

    First, Americans are now overwhelmingly more confident in the economy since before the election, moving from a slightly negative evaluation (-10) to a slightly positive one (+3). Gallup’s U.S. Economic Confidence Index had been consistently negative throughout the year leading up to the election.

    And Second, Democrats and Republicans are in almost perfect agreement on whether the economy is getting better or worse (around 44-49% of them).

     

    Of course, as the chart above shows, this ‘coming together’ of opinion still shows dramatic bias:

    After Trump won last week’s election, Republicans and Republican-leaning independents now have a much more optimistic view of the U.S. economy’s outlook than they did before the election. Just 16% of Republicans said the economy was getting better in the week before the election, while 81% said it was getting worse. Since the election, 49% say it is getting better and 44% worse.

     

    Conversely, Democrats and Democratic-leaning independents’ confidence in the economy plummeted after the election. Before the election, 61% of Democrats said the economy was getting better and 35% worse. Now, Democrats are evenly divided, with 46% saying it is getting better and 47% saying it is getting worse.

    The bottom line is – for now – that the election of Trump has transformed the way Republicans and Democrats view the economy, particularly in their assessments of whether it is getting better or worse. However, it’s too early to say whether these are sustainable gains in confidence.

  • Two-Thirds Of Workers In Developing Nations To Be Replaced by Robots, Report Warns

    Submitted by Jake Andersen via TheAntiMedia.org,

     An alarming new report from the United Nations is the latest in a litany of studies suggesting that the coming age of automation and workforces dominated by robots will be upon us much faster than previously thought. The U.N. now claims two-thirds of the human labor force in developing nations will be replaced by automation.

    The U.N. says a Universal Basic Income will be necessary as a stop-gap for the 75% of humans left without work.

    Anti-Media previously reported on predictions that half the American workforce could be replaced by automation within the next two decades. Another report’s statistics suggested automated software could fleece 1.7 million truckers of their jobs within a decade.

    The U.N.’s UNCTAD report notes that taken on a global scale, we’re seeing“premature deindustrialization.”

    “The increased use of robots in developed countries risks eroding the traditional labor-cost advantage of developing countries,” the report explains.

    A disturbing additional report from the World Bank observes:

    “The share of occupations that could experience significant automation is actually higher in developing countries than in more advanced ones, where many of these jobs have already disappeared.”

    Developing countries are advised to react to new ‘disruptive technologies’ by embracing radical digital technology and “supportive macroeconomic, industrial and social policies.”

    A larger looming question concerns how people will react to such job losses. How will the 1.7 million truckers who are primed to lose their jobs to automation take this? Transhumanist candidate Zoltan Istvan warned it wouldn’t be a pretty sight and that in fact, it could lead to violent uprisings, which is why Istvan supports a UBI.

    As Anti-Media previously reported:

    “Zoltan says the coming age of robots replacing humans in the workforce could be a net positive, allowing humans explore education and leisure in a way previous generations couldn’t have imagined. He advocates for a Universal Basic Income and a federally-provided social safety net that would reduce the chances of chaos and rioting when the robot economy goes into full swing.”

    But this vision of a future transhumanist utopia smacks of American and Western exceptionalism.

    People in developing countries may not have a Universal Basic Income available to them, and even if they do, their general impoverished living conditions and anemic social infrastructure may eclipse opportunities for leisure and entrepreneurship.

    These are questions that will be asked with increasing frequency in the next 10 years. The age of automation threatens the very nature of human labor and may require us to reimagine the role of the human being within post-industrial societies.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 16th November 2016

  • Japandemonium – Is Kuroda Losing Control Of JGB Market?

    For the first time since February, 5Y JGB yields have spiked above BOJ policy rates (to -9.5bps), but despite a policy of maintaining 10Y yields and attempting to steepen the yield curve, it appears Kuroda and his cronies have lost control as the short-end of the Japanese bond market is collapsing.

    Broadly speaking it seems investors are dumping JGBs in favor of 'cheap' US Treasuries once again…

     

    As the UST-JGB spread is at 6 year highs…historically an attractive relative-value entry…

     

    2Y JGB yields are up 5 days in a row soaring 16bps to 9-month highs

     

    But 10Y yield are breaking notably above the policy rate of 0.00%…

     

    And the JGB yield curve is bear flattening dramatically… not what the BOJ wanted (despite the bank stocks spike post-Trump)…

     

    With a market bereft of liquidity, and rapidly losing its anchor to BOJ policy rates, Kuroda and his pals better start praying for some divine intervention to stall this inflationary burst crushing the Potemkin village of a market they have created.

  • Who's Behind The Portland Riots? 60% Of Arrested Anti-Trump Protesters Were From Out Of State, Didn't Vote

    Two months ago, Charlotte police confirmed that 70% of those arrested during the riots were from out-of-state. 18 months before that, as the riots flared in Ferguson, George Soros spurred the protest movement through years of funding and mobilizing groups across the U.S., according to financial records reviewed by The Washington Times. And now, amid more headlines of Soros' involvement, KGW reports that more than half of the anti-Trump protesters arrested in Portland were from out of state.

    At least sixty-nine demonstrators either didn’t turn in a ballot or weren’t registered to vote in the state.

     

    KGW compiled a list of the 112 people arrested by the Portland Police Bureau during recent protests. Those names and ages, provided by police, were then compared to state voter logs by Multnomah County Elections officials.

     

    Records show 34 of the protesters arrested didn’t return a ballot for the November 8 election. Thirty-five of the demonstrators taken into custody weren’t registered to vote in Oregon.

     

    Twenty-five protesters who were arrested did vote.

     

    KGW is still working to verify voting records for the remaining 17 protesters who were arrested.

    In other words over 60% of the arrested protesters in Portland were not local voters dismayed by the election of Donald Trump.

    *  *  *

    And so – just as in Ferguson and Charlotte – we see what appears to be professional agitators popping up at key times to encourage social unrest (which as we recently detailed were funded from George Soros' MoveOn.org), all of which perhaps explains why these 'professionals' were so adamant not be filmed or 'caught on tape' as GatewayPundit reports, reporters in Portland, Oregon were attacked by anti-Trump rioters Sunday night, according to Portland Police. The protesters also handed out leaflets warning people to not record the riots.

    One reporter, Mike Bivins, who was threatened by the pro-Hillary mob decided to not report the threats but changed his mind after the announcement by police that a news crew had been attacked. Bivins is student at Portland State University and was reporting for PSU”s Pacific Sentinel.

    “Some protesters attacked a film crew. Bottles being thrown at police. Distractionary “bang” devices being used to effect arrests.”

    “I wasn’t gonna mention it, but at the outset of the Pioneer Square march masked protesters warned me not to film them. #PortlandProtest”

    Fellow PSU student Andy Ngo who writes for PSU’s Vanguard student newspaper posted an image of the threatening leaflet.

    The text of the leaflet reads:

    DON’T SNITCH, EVER.

    PUT DOWN YOUR CELLPHONES AND PARTICIPATE

    DO NOT HELP THE POLICE IN IDENTIFYING PERSONS ENGAGED IN ILLEGAL ACTIVITY
    DON’T POST PROTEST VIDEOS TO SOCIAL MEDIA

    A FEW THINGS YOU CAN DO:
    JOIN, CELEBRATE, SHOW YOUR RAGE
    YELL FUCK THE POLICE
    DRINK SOME WATER AND CHILL
    SHARE FOOD
    COLLABORATE
    FIND ONE ANOTHER
    KEEP PEOPLE SAFE FROM PHYSICAL HARM

    STOP FILMING.
    CONSIDER THIS A WARNING.

    Bivins said he also was threatened on Twitter via Direct Messages.

    “@MrAndyNgo that flier also came through my direct messages :-/. It’s definitely dangerous out there.”

    Bivins also noted a film crew camera had been destroyed by rioters.

    “@fredamoon a local news camera was smashed, and threatening fliers have been circulating. The danger is no secret. Perhaps you’re not…”

    Bivins posted video of Portland police dropping in to clear out a group of rioters (wait for it). Being a student reporter, Bivins ran away from the story (cussing up a storm) instead covering it, but he captured the intensity of the police action.

    “LIVE on #Periscope: #PortlandProtest. I’m here coincidentally”

    On Thursday night a Portland news crew was attacked by rioters with a baseball bat.

    “Anarchists hit one of the @KGWNews cameras. w/ bat #BlackLivesMatter protesters came to their aid & chased the anarchists off #Portland #PDX”

    On Saturday night another news crew was attacked.

    “@WashCoScanner @AlertSalem @aliceem36 Anarchists just attacked the KOIN cameraman.”

    “Talked with our cameraman… Thankfully, he didn’t get hurt.”

    Cue media outrage “if these were Trump supporters”…

    Source: GatewayPundit.com

  • 5 Stunning Facts About the 2016 Election
  • President Obama Leaves Behind A Deplorable Civil Liberties Legacy

    Submitted by Mike Krieger via Liberty Blitzkrieg blog,

    More disappointing than the Obama administration itself (which was very disappointing), were the seemingly endless hordes of fake liberals constantly justifying and making excuses for his well documented litany of civil liberties abuses. Naturally, I likewise expect countless Trump supporters to instinctively make similar excuses for Trump if he should end up naming former Goldman Sachs Partner, and overall finance miscreant, Steve Mnuchin as Treasury Secretary. This is a huge part of our problem as a nation. Rather than having well defined principles and defending them, we tend to pick personalities we like and then cheer them on as uncritically as our favorite sports teams.

    Moving along, a New York Times article published yesterday highlighted some of the extremely illiberal policies perpetrated by so-called “liberal” champion, Barack Obama.

    Here are a few key excerpts:

    Over and over, Mr. Obama has imposed limits on his use of such powers but has not closed the door on them — a flexible approach premised on the idea that he and his successors could be trusted to use them prudently. Mr. Trump can now sweep away those limits and open the throttle on policies that Mr. Obama endorsed as lawful and legitimate for sparing use, like targeted killings in drone strikes and the use of indefinite detention and military tribunals for terrorism suspects.

     

    And even in areas where Mr. Obama tried to terminate policies from the George W. Bush era — like torture and the detention of Americans and other people arrested on domestic soil as “enemy combatants” — his administration fought in court to prevent any ruling that the defunct practices had been illegal. The absence of a definitive repudiation could make it easier for Trump administration lawyers to revive the policies by invoking the same sweeping theories of executive power that were the basis for them in the Bush years.

     

    Two decisions by Mr. Obama in 2009 set the tone for his leave-it-on-the-table approach. They involved whether to keep indefinite wartime detentions without trial and to continue using military commission prosecutions — if not at the Guantánamo prison, which he had resolved to close, then at a replacement wartime prison.

     

    Told that several dozen detainees could not be tried for any crime but would be particularly risky to release, and that a handful might be prosecutable only under the looser rules governing evidence in a military commission, Mr. Obama decided that the responsible policy was to keep both the tribunals and the indefinite detentions available.

     

    The president refused to use either power on newly captured terrorism suspects, instead prosecuting them in civilian court. But by leaving the options open, he helped normalize them and left them on a firmer legal basis.

     

    Mr. Obama followed a similar course with several national security practices that became controversial during his first term. After his use of drones to kill terrorism suspects away from war zones led to mounting concerns over civilian casualties and other matters, he issued a “presidential policy guidance” in May 2013 that set stricter limits. They included a requirement that the target pose a threat to Americans — not just to American interests — and that there would be near certainty of no bystander deaths.

     

    But the Obama administration also successfully fought in court to establish that judges would not review the legality of such killing operations, even if an American citizen was the target. Mr. Trump — who has said he would “bomb the hell out of ISIS,” beyond what Mr. Obama is doing, and go after civilian relatives of terrorists, prevailing over any military commanders who balked — could scrap the internal limits while invoking those precedents to shield his acts from judicial review.

     

    Similarly, after a surge of criminal prosecutions against people who leaked secret information to the news media and bipartisan outrage at aggressive investigative tactics targeting journalists, the Obama Justice Department issued new guidelines for leak investigations intended to make it harder for investigators to subpoena reporters’ testimony or phone records. It also decided not to force a reporter for The New York Times to testify in a leak trial or face prison for contempt.

     

    But the Obama administration also successfully fought in court to establish that the First Amendment offers no protection to journalists whom the executive branch chooses to subpoena to testify against confidential sources. Mr. Trump, who has proposed changing libel laws to make it easier to sue news organizations, could abandon the Obama-era internal restraints and invoke the Obama-era court precedent to adopt more aggressive policies in leak investigations.

    Well done Obama.

  • First India, Now Australia Should Abolish Big Bank-Notes According To UBS

    Despite widespread chaos, bank runs,  tumbling currency, and economic uncertainty in India following its surprise announcement last week, UBS analysts think Australia should follow India’s lead and scrap its biggest bank notes, extending the war on cash further across the globe.

    The war on cash really began to escalate in February when The European Central Bank said it was considering withdrawing 500-euro notes because of an “increased conviction in world public opinion” such high-value notes are used for criminal purposes.

    And as a reminder, here is what happened in India this week after they abolished large denomination banknotes, (via Reuters)

    Anger intensified in India on Saturday as banks struggled to dispense cash following the government's decision to withdraw large denomination notes in an attempt to uncover billions of dollars in undeclared wealth.

     

     

    Tempers frayed as hundreds of thousands of people queued for hours outside banks for a third day to swap 500 and 1,000 rupee bank notes after the notes were abolished earlier in the week.

     

    The banned bills made up more than 80 percent of the currency in circulation, leaving millions of people without cash and threatening to bring much of the cash-driven economy to a halt.

     

    "There's chaos everywhere," said Delhi Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal, a rival of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, accusing the premier of wreaking havoc on poor and working Indians while the wealthy found ways to skirt the new rules.

     

    Customers argued and banged the glass doors at a Standard Chartered branch in southern Delhi after security guards blocked the entrance, saying there were too many people inside already.

    And now, as Bloomberg reports, UBS analysts thin Australia should follow the same path towards abolishing banknotes…

    “Removing large denomination notes in Australia would be good for the economy and good for the banks,” UBS analysts led by Jonathan Mott said in a note to clients on Monday. Benefits would include reduced crime and welfare fraud, increased tax revenue and a “spike” in bank deposits, he said.

     

    In Australia, 92 percent of all currency by value is in A$50 ($38) and A$100 notes, the larger of which is “rarely seen,” according to the UBS report. Removing bigger denominations would boost digital payments in a country where the use of cash payments is continuing to fall, the analysts wrote.

     

    Since 2009, ATM transactions in Australia have fallen 3.4 percent a year, while credit-card transactions have increased 7.3 percent a year, UBS said.

     

    The program would also be positive for banks. If all the A$100 notes were deposited into accounts at the lenders, household deposits would rise by about 4 percent, the UBS analysts said. That would likely be enough to fill the big banks’ regulatory-mandated net stable funding ratios and reduce reliance on offshore funding, they said.

    We have one warning for all those pushing the war on cash – and using the "coorruption" excuse – be careful what you wish for… trust only lasts so long. As Devashang Datta concludes,

    Our entire monetary system depends on trust. A banknote is a piece of paper that says the RBI will give the bearer another similar piece of paper, or make an entry in an electronic ledger for that amount. The system works because everybody believes that those pieces of paper will be accepted by everybody else and therefore, money serves as an useful medium of exchange. This move has shaken that trust.

    And sure enough gold prices in India have skyrocketed since the currency ban.

  • Surge In Online Loan Defaults Sends Shockwaves Through The Industry

    Online lenders were supposed to revolutionize the consumer loan industry. Instead, they are rapidly becoming yet another “the next subprime.”

    We first started writing about the P2P sector in early 2015 with cautionary pieces like and “Presenting The $77 Billion P2P Bubble” and “What Bubble? Wall Street To Turn P2P Loans Into CDOs.” Things accelerated in February of this year when we first noted that substantial cracks were starting to show in the world of P2P lending, and more specifically, with LendingClub’s inability to assess credit risk of its borrowers that were causing the company to experience higher write-off rates than forecast.

    Below is a chart that was used in a LendingClub presentation showing just how far off the company was in predicting write-off rates – the bread and butter of its business. It was evident then that their algorithms weren’t “working very well.”

    At the time we said that what the slide above shows is that LendingClub is terrible at assessing credit risk. A write-off rate of 7-8% may not sound that bad (well, actually it does, but because P2P is relatively new, we don’t really have a benchmark), it’s double the low-end internal estimate. That’s bad.  In other words, we said, the algorithms LendingClub uses to assess credit risk aren’t working. Plain and simple.

    Three months later, in May of 2016, our skepticism was proven right when the stock of LendingClub – at the time the largest online consumer lender – imploded when the CEO resigned following an internal loan review.

    Since then, despite a foreboding sense of deterioration behind the scenes, there were few material development to suggest that the cracks in the surface of the online lending industry were getting bigger.

    Until today, that is, when we learned that – as expected – there has been a spike in online loan defaults by US consumers, sending a shockwave through the online lending industry: a group of online loans that were packaged into bonds is going bad faster than lenders and bond underwriters had expected even after the recent volatility in the P2P market, in what Bloomberg dubbed was “the latest sign that some startups that aimed to revolutionize the banking industry underestimated the risk they were taking.”

    In a page taken right out of the CDO book of 2007, delinquencies and defaults on at least four different sets of bonds have reached the “triggers” points. Breaching those levels would force lenders or underwriters to start paying down the bonds early, redirecting cash from other uses such as lending and organic growth. According to Bloomberg, one company, Avant Inc. and its underwriters, will have to begin to repay three of its asset-backed notes, which have all breached trigger levels.

    Two of Avant’s securities breached triggers this month for the first time, the person said, asking for anonymity because the data is not public. Another bond, tied to the subprime lender CircleBack Lending Inc., may also soon breach those levels, according to Morgan Stanley analysts. When the four offerings were originally sold last year, they totaled more than $500 million in size. Around $2.8 billion of bonds backed by online consumer loans were sold in 2015, according to research firm PeerIQ.

    The breach of trigger points is merely the latest (d)evolutionary event attained by the online lending industry, whose fall promises to be far more turbulent than its impressive rise. Prior to the latest news, LendingClub last month raised interest rates and tightened its standards for at least the second time this year after seeing higher delinquencies among its customers, especially those with the most debt. 

    However, that was a linear deterioration which had no impact on mandatory cash covenants, at least not yet. With the breach of trigger points, online lenders have officially entered the world of binary outcomes, where the accumulation of enough bad loans will have implications on the underlying business and its use of cash.

    Breaching triggers typically forces a company to divert cash flow from assets to paying off bonds instead of making new loans, which often means it has to find new, more expensive funding or to scale down its business. Avant, based in Chicago, cut its monthly target for lending this summer by about 50 percent, and decided to shrink its workforce in line with that, while CircleBack Lending, based in Boca Raton, Florida, stopped making new loans earlier this year.

    Setting bond triggers is often up to the security’s underwriters. Some lenders have been working more closely with Wall Street firms to make sure the banks know how loans will probably perform and set triggers at reasonable levels, said Ram Ahluwalia, whose data and analytics firm PeerIQ tracks their loan data.

    Indicatively, in the “old days” John Paulson would sit down with
    Goldman Sachs and determine the “triggers” on CDOs, also known as
    attachment and detachment points, so he could then be the counterparty on the trade, and short it while Goldman syndicated the long side to its clients, also known as muppets. It would be interesting if a similar transaction could take place with online loans as well.

    Other industry participants aren’t doing better: “There was a rush to grow,” said Bryan Sullivan, chief financial officer of LoanDepot, a mortgage company that last year began making unsecured loans to consumers online. In the true definition of irony, while Sullivan was speaking about the industry in general, LoanDepot’s own loan losses on a bond in September broke through the ceilings that had been set by underwriters at Jefferies Group. 

    We are not the only ones to have warned early about the dangers of online lending: Recently Steve Eisman, a money manager who predicted the collapse of subprime mortgage securities, said some firms have been careless and that Silicon Valley is “clueless” about the work involved in making loans to consumers. Non-bank startups arranged more than $36 billion of loans in 2015, mainly for consumers, up from $11 billion the year before, according to a report from KPMG.

    And while P2P may be the “next” subrpime, there is always the “old” subprime to fall back on to get a sense of the true state of the US consumer :as Bloomberg adds, the percentage of subprime car loan borrowers that were past due reached a six-year high in August according to S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of debts bundled into bonds.

    Lenders themselves are talking about the heavy competition for customers. Jay Levine, the chief executive officer of OneMain Holdings Inc., one of America’s largest subprime lenders, said last week that “the availability of unsecured credit is currently the greatest that has been in recent years,” although he said much of the most intense competition is coming from credit card lenders.

    And in a surprising twist, OneMain, formerly part of Citigroup, is taking steps to curb potential losses by requiring the weakest borrowers to pledge collateral. In other words, what was until recently an unsecured online loan industry is quietly shifting to, well, secured. Alas, for most lenders it may be too late.

    * * *

    For those curious, the deals that have or are expected to breach triggers include:

    • MPLT 2015-AV1, a bond deal backed by Avant loans that Jefferies bought and securitized.
    • AVNT 2015-A, a bond deal issued by Avant and underwritten by Jefferies.
    • AMPLT 2015-A, a bond deal backed by Avant loans and underwritten by Morgan Stanley.
    • MPLT 2015-CB2, backed by subprime loans made by CircleBack Lending Inc. and underwritten by Jefferies.

  • Did President-Elect Trump Just Inadvertently Kill The Golden Goose?

    Submitted by Gordon T Long via MATASII.com,

    President-Elect Trump may have just unwittingly sowed the seed of an equity market draw-down which will send even more protesters into the streets of America. Donald Trump's stated economic policies are clearly pro-growth and if he manages to implement his pro-business, anti-regulation agenda, in  the longer term they have the potential to surpass the bold and successful initiatives of Ronald Reagan. However, in the near term he has already unknowingly just shot himself in the foot.

    To understand this we need to look at some charts from the FRED system which we unearthed in trying to understand what the future presently entails for corporate stock buybacks and dividend payouts. Shown in the chart below we see how Corporate CEO / CFO's have increased their debt loads by historically unprecedented levels of 20-30% Y-o-Y since just after the GFC (Great Financial Crisis). You will notice that in the last year that rate of growth has gone negative.

    11-03-16-mata-studies-buybacks-1

    The next chart we found astounding regarding the degree of correlation of the above corporate debt growth (primarily being used for buybacks and dividend payouts) compared  to the movement of the S&P 500 on a Quarterly Y-o-Y change basis. There can be little doubt about what has been sustaining the artificial levels of US equity markets!

    11-03-16-mata-studies-buybacks-2

    You will also notice that recently this correlation has begun to falter, as equities diverged staying positive from the falling rate of debt growth.

    To put this into perspective our analysis  indicated that corporate cashflows (EBITDA) and debt levels had now reached a level where they were potentially impacting corporate credit & lending ratings. As you would suspect, corporations as a consequence have began to slow their rate of buybacks (shown below).

     

    SWISS NATIONAL BANK  (A LIKELY PROXY) TEMPORARILY TO THE RESCUE

    The question is; what allowed US equities to continuing  rise?  We sense this can best be answered by showing how mysteriously, at the same time as the above divergence, we witnessed the Swiss National Bank buying US stocks. The SNB acquired to  almost the exact level required to keep markets temporarily levitated. Obviously nothing more than a coincidence and certainly not something that anyone might suspect they could be potentially acting as a proxy for the US Federal Reserve or US Treasury?

    triggers-october-f2-17

    ENTER PRESIDENT-ELECT DONALD TRUMP

    But now we have a new President and the political pressures on the Federal Reserve to keep markets from falling prior to the US Presidential  & Congressional election are over. Based on President-Elect Trump's campaign rhetoric, Janet Yellen knows she is likely not to have her term renewed in 2018 and knows the Fed's historical independence may in fact be exposed.

    IMMEDIATELY on Trump's victory we have witnessed A Global Bond debacle as yields have shot skyward. Suddenly corporate borrowing has become even more expensive and most importantly, perceived low-risk Treasury yields are now the same or slightly higher than stock yields!  Investors have been forced to buy US equity stocks (other than the FANGs & NOSH) for the dividends in a yield hungry world controlled by policies of Financial Repression.

    This dramatic post election development may be the "spanner" in the corporate stock buyback program that many have been anticipated, but were unsure what exactly would trigger it.

    Trump's aggressive $1 Trillion Infrastructure Plan may have released the "inflation genie" based on his vowed spending and tax cut programs.

    BOTTOM LINE

    With bond prices having removed $1 Trillion globally the expectations and pressures are now for the equity market correlation to more closely align with bond values.

    Courtesy of ZeroHedge.com

    Expect the correction of an over-valued US Equity market to be summarily and quickly blamed by the liberal media on the new Trump Administration before it has even taken office.

  • Violent Clashes Erupt Between Greek Police And Demonstrators Protesting Obama's Visit

    It appears that no matter what outgoing US president Barack Obama does, he can’t get anything right. In the US, it is mostly the right that detests the president, who threw his entire weight behind Hillary Clinton’s failed campaign (a sentiment shared by many Bernie Sanders supporters who feel that the presidency was complicit in Hillary Clinton’s theft of the primary from their preferred candidate).

    Meanwhile, in Greece – the first stop of Obama’s farewell global tour – it is the left that appears to be disgusted with Obama. As the following videos and photos show, leftist demonstrators took to the streets to protest against US President Barack Obama’s visit to Athens, clashing with police, who used tear gas to disperse the crowd as people tried to break through cordons.

    According to Reuters, the clashes broke out just a few kilometers from the presidential mansion where Greek leaders were hosting a state banquet for visiting U.S. President Barack Obama. About 7,000 people, among them many hooded protesters and members of the Communist-affiliated group PAME, marched through the streets of central Athens holding banners reading “Unwanted!”

    Protesters are rallying against US policy that is “creating tensions” with various countries around the world, starting with China and Russia, as well as against the US attempts to “overthrow the government in Ukraine,” Greek journalist Aris Chatzistefanou told RT. Apart from that, protesters are blaming the US for supporting“Islamic extremists”which led to“well-known consequences.”

    “While the Greek government is trying to present the visit of Obama as a visit of a peacemaker, thousands of demonstrators came onto the streets to protest US policy in [such] parts of the world from Latin America to Middle East, Afghanistan and Syria,” Chatzistefanou said. 


    “The government was trying to present to the Greek public that Barack Obama will come and help with the austerity policy that was imposed by the Troika,” Chatzistefanou said, also adding that there is “no direct connection” between Obama’s promises and what the IMF is planning to do.

    The police clashed with the protesters after they tried to break through cordon lines to reach the parliament building and the U.S. embassy. In traditional Greek fashion, some demonstrators threw two petrol bombs at police before dispersing into nearby streets close to Athens’s main Syntagma Square.

    “We don’t need protectors!” one of the banners carried by the demonstrators read. Some could be heard exclaiming: “Yankees go home!”

    All public gatherings were banned in the central part of Athens due to Obama’s two-day visit, however that did not prevent protesters from appearing. Riot police parked buses along Obama’s route and erected cordons.

    No injuries or arrests have been reported so far, according to AP.

    More than 5,000 police officers were deployed in central Athens to maintain order.

    In a separate protest in the northern city of Thessaloniki, more than 1000 people took place in a similar protest, where one of the participants was caught burning a U.S. flag. 

    Authorities had to step up security measures “as the circumstances require,” with a number of protests planned, a police source told AFP earlier today.

    Obama left Washington on Monday, embarking on his last trip across Europe before President-elect Donald Trump assumes his post in January 2017.

    He is to spend one more day in Greece to continue the discussion of Greece’s economic situation and Europe’s migration crisis. He will then leave for Germany on Wednesday, intending to soothe concerns over Trump’s upcoming presidency

    This was the first time that Obama has visited Greece during his eight years in office. Last time Greece was visited by a US president when Bill Clinton held the office in 1999. His visit also saw extensive street fighting between anarchists and riot police.

    The visit comes only two days before the anniversary of a bloody 1973 student revolt that helped topple the 1967-1974 military junta which was backed by the U.S. government.

  • The Secular Trend In Rates Remains Lower: The Yield Bottom Is Still Ahead Of Us

    Via KesslerCompanies.com,

    Donald Trump’s victory sparked a tremendous sell-off in the Treasury market from an expectation of fiscal stimulus, but more broadly, from an expectation that a unified-party government can enact business-friendly policies (protectionism, deregulation, tax cuts) which will be inflationary and economically positive. It doesn’t take too much digging to show that the reality is different. The deluge of commentaries suggesting 'big-reflation' are short-sighted. Just as before last Tuesday we thought the 10yr UST yield would get below 1%, we still think this now. 

    [single left-click to enlarge]

    Business Cycle

    No matter the President, this economic expansion is seven and a half years old (since 6/2009), and is pushing against a difficult history. It is already the 4th longest expansion in the US back to the 1700’s (link is external). As Larry Summers has pointed out (link is external), after 5 years of recovery, you add roughly 20% of a recession’s probability each year thereafter. Using this, there is around a 60% chance of recession now.

    History also doesn’t bode well for new Republican administrations. Certainly, the circumstances were varied, but of the five new Republican administrations replacing Democrats in the 19th and 20th centuries, four of them (Eisenhower, Nixon, Reagan, and George W. Bush) faced new recessions in their first year. The fifth, Warren Harding, started his administration within a recession.

    Fiscal Stimulus 

    Fiscal stimulus through infrastructure projects and tax cuts is now expected, but the Federal Reserve has been begging for more fiscal help since the financial crisis and it has been politically infeasible. The desire has not created the act. A unified-party government doesn’t make it any easier when that unified party is Republican; the party of fiscal conservatism. Many newer House of Representatives members have been elected almost wholly on platforms to reduce the Federal debt. Congress has gone to the wire several times with resistance to new budgets and debt ceilings. After all, the United States still carries a AA debt rating from S&P as a memento from this. Getting a bill through congress with a direct intention to increase debt will not be easy. As we often say, the political will to do fiscal stimulus only comes about after a big enough decrease in the stock market to get policy makers scared.

    Also, fiscal stimulus doesn't seem to generate inflation, probably because it is only used as a mitigation against recessions. After the U.S. 2009 Fiscal stimulus bill, the YoY CPI fell from 1.7% to 1% two years later. Japan has now injected 26 doses (link is external) of fiscal stimulus into its economy since 1990 and the country has a 0.0% YoY core CPI, and a 10yr Government bond at 0.0%.

    Rate sensitive world economy

    A hallmark of this economic recovery has been its reliance on debt to fuel it. The more debt outstanding, the more interest rates influence the economy’s performance. Not only does the Trump administration need low rates to try to sell fiscal stimulus to the nation, but the private sector needs it to survive. The household, business, and public sectors are all heavily reliant on the price of credit. So far, interest rates rising by 0.5% in the last two months is a drag on growth.

    [single left-click to enlarge]

    Global mooring

    Global policies favoring low rates continue to be extended, and there isn’t any economic reason to abandon them. Just about every developed economy (US, Central Europe, Japan, UK, Scandinavia) has policies in place to encourage interest rates to be lower. To the extent that the rest of the world has lower rates than in the US, this continues to exert a downward force on Treasury yields.

    [single left-click to enlarge]

    Demographics

    As Japan knows and we are just getting into, aging demographics is an unmovable force against consumption, solved only with time. The percent of the population 65 and over in the United States is in the midst of its steepest climb. As older people spend less, paired with slowing immigration from the new administration, consumer demand slackens and puts downward pressure on prices.

    [single left-click to enlarge]

    Conclusion

    We haven’t seen such a rush to judgement of boundless higher rates that we can remember. Its noise-level is correlated with its desire, not its likelihood. While we cannot call the absolute top of this movement in interest rates, it is limited by these enduring factors and thus, we think it is close to an end. In a sentence, not only will the Trump-administration policies not be enacted as imagined, but even if they were, they won't have the net-positive effect that is hoped for.  We think that a 3.0% 30yr UST is a rare opportunity buy.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 15th November 2016

  • Whiff of Panic in Miami’s Condo Market

    By Wolf Richter, WOLF STREET

    The Miami-Dade County condo market is coming under severe stress, and turmoil is spreading. There are two aspects: supply and sales activity overall, and the more obscure but highly indicative “preconstruction market.”

    Preconstruction condos are a favorite playground for condo flippers. They buy the units before construction begins. When the building is completed, some of the buyers (in recent years 30% to 40%) flip their units at a profit, benefiting from the run-up in condo prices in the interim. This activity is crucial in helping developers fund their working capital. Alas, the math has stopped working.

    The overall condo and townhouse market in Miami-Dade County is already in trouble. In October, sales plunged 30% year-over-year, while inventory for sale rose to over 14,000 units as of November 1, according to StatFunding’s Preconstruction Condo Market Update.

    At the current sales rate, that makes for over 13 months’ supply. The blue bars in the chart from StatFunding represent the swooning sales (in units, left scale). The green line represents the ballooning inventory (in units listed for sale, right scale):

    us-miami-dade-condo-sales-inventory-2016-10

    There is some seasonality. So here is another way of looking at these sales on a year-over-year basis (red line = 2016 sales):

    us-miami-dade-condo-sales-2012_2016-10

    Behind the scenes, it looks a lot worse: the preconstruction market is in the process of unraveling. A total of 4,525 condos were completed between 2012 and 2016 at 20 large projects (80+ units each). Of them, 878 “preconstruction” units are now listed for sale by investors who’d bought from developers before construction began – 19% of the total units in those projects! At the 234-unit Marina Palms North, completed a year ago, 93 units are for sale.

    But only 47 resales have actually occurred over the last six months. This makes for a supply of 112 months, or nearly a decade, at the current sales rate. At seven of those developments, with a combined 209 units listed for sale, no sales have occurred over the past six months, and the months’ supply would be infinite.

    Of those 47 sales, 43% produced net losses after commissions. Now even more flippers are willing to take a loss: 70 units have been listed with underwater asking prices, up from 44 on August 1 and from 14 on May 1. But losses will be higher: 30% of the units that were sold at a loss had asking prices above break-even.

    And it will spread from there: These losses are establishing a down-trend in the “comparable sales” data – the Holy Grail by which the industry values properties – which will depress future asking and sales prices further.

    Just then, new supply will flood the market. Over the next 24 months, another 10,328 units at large developments are scheduled to be completed.

    If the recent average of 30% to 40% of these new units is listed for resale, it would add another 3,614 units to the list, on top of the 878 units of 2012-2016 vintage listed today. This would increase the supply to 468 months at the current sales rate. That would be 39 years’ supply!!

    No one will wait 39 years to sell a condo. Something is going to give. Prices may drop until demand materializes. Sellers may flood the already flooded rental market with these units. Or as Andrew Stearns, Founder and CEO of StatFunding put it, “something unexpected may occur due to imbalances in the market.”

    At the five large developments completed between August 2015 and June 2016 with a total of 912 units, 156 units are for sale. Developers still own 123 units. Only 25 of them are listed for sale and are included in the 156. The remaining 98 developer-owned units are not listed for sale. Developers are just sitting on them. It’s the shadow inventory. The units listed for sale and the shadow inventory combined amount to 254 units, or 28% of all units in the developments.

    After the prior condo crash during the Financial Crisis, and through to 2015, all developers sold all units. In the past, the moment developers got stuck with unsold condos marked “the inflection point in a condo cycle.” In the Press Release, Stearns said, “It looks like we may be experiencing the same thing all over again.”

    But unsold units can be costly for developers. StatFunding:

    Some developers have not repaid their construction loans, others have taken out bridge loans. Developers are also responsible for taxes, maintenance fees, and insurance of unsold units. What will developers do to liquidate unsold units?

    Market gurus are eagerly proclaiming that this time, the condo cycle is different because preconstruction condos are sold with a “50% deposit.” But this isn’t a 50% deposit. It’s a series of five 10% progress payments due at at the time of reservation, at contract, at groundbreaking, at concrete-pour at the 15th floor, and at Top Off. They typically spread over 24 months.

    When a buyer defaults on a progress payment in this market, with little possibility of selling the unit, everyone from the lenders to the developers is bending over backwards to accommodate the nonpayment. Also, alternative lenders have sprung up with loans for the defaulted progress payments. The actual number of defaults is a secret closely guarded by developers (though their lenders know).

    But when the project is completed and the buyer with defaulted progress payments attempts to get a mortgage to finalize the purchase, which is what the developer wants to happen, the bank sees the defaulted progress payments along with the stress in the condo market and might not offer a mortgage. This is when the whole deal falls apart, even as the buyer is in arrears with the progress payments. Hence, the value of that “50%  deposit” to bail out the developer can be minimal.

    Progress payment defaults “are on the rise,” according to Stearns, “and everyone in the preconstruction condo ecosystem is trying to cope with the issue.” These defaults are “a new risk to the market.”

    And now the ultimate nightmare has happened for preconstruction condo flippers: The first big condo project in the area has stalled in this condo cycle, “which could be a sign of things to come,” Stearns says.

    In September, the developer of the 247-unit H3 Hollywood ran out of funds and halted construction halfway into it. This is in Fort Lauderdale, Broward County, which is adjacent and to the north of Miami-Dade County. While they’re different markets, this incident is a harbinger of what may occur in Miami.

    If the developer fails to get funding to finish the project, buyers of preconstruction units are at risk of losing all or almost all of their deposits. Stearns:

    “Most preconstruction buyers do not understand that most of their deposit is used as working capital to build the condo project, and that if the project fails, they might lose their deposit.”

    Foreclosures suddenly spike most since the last Housing Bust. Read…  What the Heck’s going on with Foreclosures? Why this Spike?

  • Stay Alert, America: The Worst Is Yet To Come

    Submitted by John Whitehead via The Rutherford Institute,

    “Those who do not remember the past are condemned to repeat it.”—Philosopher George Santayana

    Stay alert, America.

    This is not the time to drop our guards, even for a moment.

    Nothing has changed since the election to alter the immediate and very real dangers of roadside strip searches, government surveillance, biometric databases, citizens being treated like terrorists, imprisonments for criticizing the government, national ID cards, SWAT team raids, censorship, forcible blood draws and DNA extractions, private prisons, weaponized drones, red light cameras, tasers, active shooter drills, police misconduct and government corruption.

    Time alone will tell whether those who put their hopes in a political savior will find that trust rewarded or betrayed.

    Personally, I’m not holding my breath.

    I’ve been down this road before.

    I’ve studied history.

    I know what comes next.

    It’s early days yet, but President-elect Trump—like his predecessors—has already begun to dial back many of the campaign promises that pledged to reform a broken system of government.

    The candidate who railed against big government and vowed to “drain the swamp” of lobbyists and special interest donors has already given lobbyists, corporate donors and members of the governmental elite starring roles in his new administration.

    America, you’ve been played.

    This is what happens when you play politics with matters of life, death and liberty.

    You lose every time.

    Unfortunately, in this instance, we all lose because of the deluded hypocrisy of the Left and the Right, both of which sanctioned the expansion of the police state as long as it was their party at the helm.

    For the past eight years, the Left—stridently outspoken and adversarial while George W. Bush was president—has been unusually quiet about things like torture, endless wars, drone strikes, executive orders, government overreach and fascism.

    As Glenn Greenwald points out for The Washington Post:

    Beginning in his first month in office and continuing through today, Obama not only continued many of the most extreme executive-power policies he once condemned, but in many cases strengthened and extended them. His administration detained terrorism suspects without due process, proposed new frameworks to keep them locked up without trial, targeted thousands of individuals (including a U.S. citizen) for execution by drone, invoked secrecy doctrines to shield torture and eavesdropping programs from judicial review, and covertly expanded the nation’s mass electronic surveillance…

     

    Liberals vehemently denounced these abuses during the Bush presidency… But after Obama took office, many liberals often tolerated — and even praised — his aggressive assertions of executive authority. It is hard to overstate how complete the Democrats’ about-face on these questions was once their own leader controlled the levers of power… After just three years of the Obama presidency, liberals sanctioned a system that allowed the president to imprison people without any trial or an ounce of due process.

    Suddenly, with Trump in the White House for the next four years, it’s all fair game again.

    As The Federalist declares with a tongue-in-cheek approach, “Dissent, executive restraint, gridlock, you name it. Now that Donald Trump will be president, stuff that used to be treason is suddenly cool again.”

    Yet as Greenwald makes clear, if Trump is about to inherit vast presidential powers, he has the Democrats to thank for them.

    A military empire that polices the globe. Secret courts, secret wars and secret budgets. Unconstitutional mass surveillance. Unchecked presidential power. Indefinite detention. Executive signing statements.

    These are just a small sampling of the abusive powers that have been used liberally by Obama and will be used again and again by future presidents.

    After all, presidents are just puppets on a string, made to dance to the tune of the powers-that-be. And the powers-that-be want war. They want totalitarianism. They want a monied oligarchy to run the show. They want bureaucracy and sprawl and government leaders that march in lockstep with their dictates. Most of all, they want a gullible, distracted, easily led populace that can be manipulated, maneuvered and made to fear whatever phantom menace the government chooses to make the bogeyman of the month.

    Unless Trump does another about-face, rest assured that the policies of a Trump Administration will be no different from an Obama Administration or a Bush Administration, at least not where it really counts.

    For that matter, a Clinton Administration would have been no different.

    In other words, Democrats by any other name would be Republicans, and vice versa.

    This is the terrible power of the shadow government: to maintain the status quo, no matter which candidate gets elected.

    War will continue. Surveillance will continue. Drone killings will continue. Police shootings will continue. Highway robbery meted out by government officials will continue. Corrupt government will continue. Profit-driven prisons will continue. Censorship and persecution of anyone who criticizes the government will continue. The militarization of the police will continue. The government’s efforts to label dissidents as extremists and terrorists will continue.

    In such a climate, the police state will thrive.

    The more things change, the more they will stay the same.

    We’ve been stuck in this political Groundhog’s Day for so long that minor deviations appear to be major developments while obscuring the fact that we’re stuck on repeat, unable to see the forest for the trees.

    This is what is referred to as creeping normality, or a death by a thousand cuts.

    It’s a concept invoked by Pulitzer Prize-winning scientist Jared Diamond to describe how major changes, if implemented slowly in small stages over time, can be accepted as normal without the shock and resistance that might greet a sudden upheaval.

    Diamond’s concerns are environmental in nature, but they are no less relevant to our understanding of how a once-free nation could willingly bind itself with the chains of dictatorship.

    Writing about Easter Island’s now-vanished civilization and the societal decline and environmental degradation that contributed to it, Diamond explains, “In just a few centuries, the people of Easter Island wiped out their forest, drove their plants and animals to extinction, and saw their complex society spiral into chaos and cannibalism… Why didn’t they look around, realize what they were doing, and stop before it was too late? What were they thinking when they cut down the last palm tree?”

    His answer: “I suspect that the disaster happened not with a bang but with a whimper.”

    Much like America’s own colonists, Easter Island’s early colonists discovered a new world—“a pristine paradise”—teeming with life. Almost 2000 years after its first settlers arrived, Easter Island was reduced to a barren graveyard by a populace so focused on their immediate needs that they failed to preserve paradise for future generations.

    To quote Joni Mitchell, they paved over paradise to put up a parking lot.

    In Easter Island’s case, as Diamond speculates:

    The forest…vanished slowly, over decades. Perhaps war interrupted the moving teams; perhaps by the time the carvers had finished their work, the last rope snapped. In the meantime, any islander who tried to warn about the dangers of progressive deforestation would have been overridden by vested interests of carvers, bureaucrats, and chiefs, whose jobs depended on continued deforestation… The changes in forest cover from year to year would have been hard to detect… Only older people, recollecting their childhoods decades earlier, could have recognized a difference.

    Sound painfully familiar yet?

    Substitute Easter Island’s trees for America’s republic and the trees being decimated for our freedoms, and the arrow hits the mark.

    Diamond observes, “Gradually trees became fewer, smaller, and less important. By the time the last fruit-bearing adult palm tree was cut, palms had long since ceased to be of economic significance. That left only smaller and smaller palm saplings to clear each year, along with other bushes and treelets. No one would have noticed the felling of the last small palm.

    We’ve already torn down the rich forest of liberties established by our founders. They don’t teach freedom in the schools. Few Americans know their history. And even fewer seem to care that their fellow Americans are being jailed, muzzled, shot, tasered, and treated as if they have no rights at all. They don’t care, that is, until it happens to them—at which point it’s almost too late.

    This is how the police state wins. This is how tyranny rises. This is how freedom falls.

    A thousand cuts, each one justified or ignored or shrugged over as inconsequential enough by itself to bother. But they add up.

    As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, each cut, each attempt to undermine our freedoms, each loss of some critical right—to think freely, to assemble, to speak without fear of being shamed or censored, to raise our children as we see fit, to worship or not worship as our conscience dictates, to eat what we want and love who we want, to live as we want—they add up to an immeasurable failure on the part of each and every one of us to stop the descent down that slippery slope.

    It’s taken us 200 short years to destroy the freedoms our founders worked so hard to secure, and it’s happened with barely a whimper of protest from “we the people.”

    So when I read about demonstrations breaking out in cities across the country and thousands taking to the streets to protest the threat of fascism from a Trump presidency, I have to wonder where were the concerns when access to Obama came easily to any special interest groups and donors willing and able to pay the admissions price?

     

    When I see celebrities threatening to leave the country in droves, I have to ask myself, where was the outcry when the government’s efforts to transform local police into extensions of the military went into overdrive under the Obama administration?

     

    When my newsfeed is overflowing with people wishing they could keep the Obamas in office because they are so cool, I shake my head in disgust over this “cool” president’s use of targeted drone strikes to assassinate American citizens without any due process.

     

    When legal think tanks are threatening lawsuits over the possibility of Trump muzzling free expression, I can’t help but wonder where the outrage was over the Obama administration’s demonizing and criminalization of those who criticized the government.

     

    And when commentators who previously dismissed as fear-mongering and hateful any comparison of the government’s tactics to Nazi Germany are suddenly comparing Trump to Hitler, I have to wonder if perhaps we’ve been living in different countries all along, because none of this is new.

    Indeed, if we’re repeating history, the worst is yet to come.

  • A Record 25% Of Used Car Trade-Ins Are Underwater

    We have frequently written about the unsustainable trends in new car sales in the United States created by the combination of lower rates, loosening underwriting standards and voracious demand for new securitizations by wall street and pension funds that will do just about anything for an extra 20bps of yield. 

    Today, we find that Edmunds’ “Q3 2016 Used Vehicle Market Report” reveals that many of the same problems also afflict the used auto market.  The most startling takeaway from the report is that the percentage of used cars being traded in with negative equity values continues to spike and currently stands at an all-time high 25%.  Moreover, the average balance of the negative equity also continues to rise and stood at $3,635 for Q3 2016, up from roughly $2,750 in Q3 2011.

    Auto

     

    Meanwhile, the average used car price also continues to rise and stood at $19,200 as of Q3 2016.  This implies that, since most people simply roll their negative equity into their new loans (because, why not?), many used car buyers are likely sitting on loans where ~15-20% of their outstanding balance simply reflects their negative equity from their previous car. 

    Autos

     

    But wait, there’s more (think weekend CNBC infomercial).  Despite rising average used car prices and rising negative equity, average monthly payments for used cars have managed to stay pretty much flat since Q3 2011.  Obviously, monthly payments are determined by 3 variables: beginning loan balance, interest rate and term.  While interest rates have certainly come down from Q3 2011, they haven’t declined nearly enough to offset a $3,300 increase in starting principal balance which indicates that, like new car loans, used car loan terms are getting stretched out further and further to manage monthly payments.

    Autos

     

    Of course, none of this is terribly surprising…just another ponzi scheme, courtesy of accommodative fed policies, which will all come crashing down at some point.  And while timing when bubbles will burst is always tricky, with terms already maxed out, treasury yields spiking and used car purchasers extremely sensitive to monthly payments we suspect the time could very well be near.

  • Can President Trump Really "Open Up Libel Laws"?

    Submitted by Mike Krieger via Liberty Blitzkrieg blog,

    Ken White over at law blog Popehat has written a very useful article on whether or not Trump is likely to be the existential threat to free speech that so many are concerned about.

    Fortunately, he argues that free speech is pretty well protected at the judicial level, adding that most contemporary attempts to whittle away at First Amendment rights actually emanate from “liberal” judges targeting hate speech, as opposed to conservative ones.

    Here’s the article: Lawsplainer: About Trump “Opening Up” Libel Laws.

    Donald Trump famously said he’d like to “open up” libel laws. How much should that concern you?

     

    From my perspective — as a First Amendment advocate and an opponent of Trump — it should concern you as an attitude about speech, but not much as a policy agenda.

     

    Let’s start with what he said.

     

    “One of the things I’m going to do if I win, and I hope we do and we’re certainly leading. I’m going to open up our libel laws so when they write purposely negative and horrible and false articles, we can sue them and win lots of money. We’re going to open up those libel laws. So when The New York Times writes a hit piece which is a total disgrace or when The Washington Post, which is there for other reasons, writes a hit piece, we can sue them and win money instead of having no chance of winning because they’re totally protected,” Trump said.

     

    I begin with the proposition that Trump is a bullshitter. The polite way to put that is that he says things that are not intended to be taken as factual statements. Was this one? Was it merely emotive? Did he think he could do this sort of thing? It’s anybody’s guess. My guess it that it was mostly bullshit — worrying in terms of his attitude towards free expression, but not a policy agenda.

     

    Let’s talk about the substance, such as it is.

     

    Trump complains about the press being able to run “hit pieces” and purposely “negative and horrible and false” articles. Part of that is true and part is false. The press can absolutely run hit pieces and negative and horrible articles. We don’t have sedition laws any more, and it’s not illegal to be biased or “unfair” in a philosophical sense. Only false statements of fact can be defamatory. Arguments, characterizations, insults, and aspersions can’t be, unless they are premised on explicit or implied false statements of fact.

     

    When a public figure like Trump sues for defamation, they must prove that the defendant made a false statement with actual malice — that is, they must show that the statement was false and that the defendant either knew it was false or recklessly disregarded whether or not it was false. “Reckless disregard” means something like deliberately ignoring manifest signs that the statement was false. That’s been the standard since New York Times v. Sullivan in 1964. Note that even under this standard, a media outlet that wrote a “purposely . . . false” statement of fact can be held liable. It’s a difficult standard, but it can be done, as Rolling Stone found out this month.

     

    So. There are two impediments to Trump and his sympathizers being able to sue whomever they want for “hit pieces” or “negative” and “horrible” statements. First, there’s the requirement that defamation involve a statement of fact, not an opinion or insult. Second, there’s the actual malice standard that applies to defamation claims against public figures.

     

    Trump doesn’t have a clear way to “open up” either one.

     

    Defamation is a creature of state law, not federal law. When you sue someone for defamation, you do so under a statute or the common law of one of the states, not under federal law. You might sue in federal court if that court has jurisdiction (a tedious discussion I’ll spare you today), but that doesn’t make defamation law federal — you’d still be suing under state law. Federal law touches defamation law only to this extent: since 1964 both state and federal courts have applied First Amendment standards to defamation claims, and First Amendment law is often developed by federal courts. In addition, a few overarching federal laws limit state defamation law (for instance, Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act, which says that a service provider isn’t liable for defamation based on what a user posts, and the SPEECH Act, which prevents enforcement of foreign libel judgments in U.S. courts unless those judgments comply with First Amendment standards).

     

    As President, Trump will appoint federal judges, from the Supreme Court to the various Courts of Appeal to the trial judges on the many District Courts. But that’s not a clear or easy path to “opening up” defamation law and changing either the actual malice standard or the requirement that defamation involve false statements of fact. The Supreme Court has supported the First Amendment very strongly in the last generation, particularly in comparison with other rights. The Court has repeatedly rejected recent attempts to create new exceptions to the First Amendment or to narrow it. Consider Snyder v. Phelps, in which the Supreme Court ruled 8-1 that Westboro Baptist Church protests at funerals were protected speech. That represented a firm refutation of the notion that speech could be limited because it is hurtful or offensive. Or consider the somewhat obscure but incredibly important United States v. Stevens, in which the Court — ruling 8-1 again — overturned a federal law against “crush videos” (don’t ask) and sternly rebuked the government’s position that courts can create new ad hoc exceptions to the First Amendment based on a weighing of the value of speech. Or consider Reed v. Town of Gilbert last year, in which the Court unanimously (though with some justices taking a different route) held the line on the idea that laws that restrict speech based on content are subject to strict scrutiny.

     

    Unlike, say, Roe v. Wade, nobody’s been trying to chip away at Sullivan for 52 years. It’s not a matter of controversy or pushback or questioning in judicial decisions. Though it’s been the subject of academic debate, even judges with philosophical and structural quarrels with Sullivan apply it without suggesting it is vulnerable. Take the late Justice Scalia, for example.  Scalia thought Sullivan was wrongly decided, but routinely applied it and its progeny in cases like the ones above.1 You can go shopping for judicial candidates whose writings or decisions suggest they will overturn Roe v. Wade, but it would be extremely difficult to find ones who would reliably overturn Sullivan and its progeny. It’s an outlying view — not chemtrial-level, but several firm strides in that direction. Nor is the distinction between fact and opinion controversial — at least not from conservatives. There’s been some back and forth over whether opinion is absolutely protected (no) or whether it might be defamatory if it implies provably false facts (yes) but there’s no conservative movement to make insults and hyperbole subject to defamation analysis. The closest anyone gets to that are liberal academics who want to reinterpret the First Amendment to allow prohibitions of “hate speech” and other “hurtful” words. It seems unlikely that Trump would appoint any of these.

    Indeed, fake liberals wanting to restrict free speech is a trend I’ve focused on for many years.

    See:

    Obama Enters the Media Wars – Why His Recent Attack on Free Speech is So Dangerous and Radical

    Executive Director of the Kansas City Library System Issues Dire Free Speech Warning

    Glenn Greenwald Confronts American “Liberals” Trying to Destroy Free Speech

    Speechless – UCLA Engages in Absurd, Anti-Intellectual and Dangerous Attack on Campus Free Speech

    Here We Go…Slate Magazine Bashes the First Amendment

    In short, there’s no big eager group of “overturn Sullivan” judges waiting in the wings to be sent to the Supreme Court. The few academics who argue that way are likely more extreme on other issues than Trump would want.

     

    So: whether or not Trump really wants to “open up” defamation law, it’s unlikely he can.

     

    The statement remains concerning, though, because it displays a contempt towards First Amendment values and freedom of the press. It carelessly conflates false statements and negative coverage. It encourages the public to scorn First Amendment rights, and the public already does that enough already. It also likely encourages defamation litigation, which by its nature silences speech through the expense and stress of litigation even when the defendant prevails. For those, I condemn Trump.

  • Bond Bloodbath Becomes Buying-Panic As Treasury Yields Tumble Most Since June

    After 3 days of carnage in US Treasuries, pushing longer-dated bond yields notably above US equity dividend yield – and following both Citi and Goldman reports that Trumponomics may be less inflationary than expected (and the yield surge is tightening financial conditions) drastically, longer-dated bond yields are dropping notably in the early Asia session. 10Y yields are down 8bps – the most since June as 30Y drops back below 3.00%.

    The yield on the 10Y US Treasury note is now 12bps 'cheap' to the dividend yield from the S&P 500 – the highest since Dec 2015…

    And as Bloomberg reports, Fed speakers this week are unlikely to be as hawkish as the market, which could dent market pricing and lead to profit-taking on rates and USD, according to Citi managing director of G-10 FX strategy Steven Englander.

    Were the Fed to indicate that it thought three hikes were possible, we could see a lot more damage than we have seen till now, Englander writes in note.

    Citi however expects a far more dovish tone given:

    • Fed doesn’t know the nature of Trump’s fiscal measures that will be implemented, and they likely won’t be shovel ready
    • It’s cognizant of Dollar Index strength as it approaches log-term highs of 100.33

    Fed would rather react to any revival of “animal spirits” rather than anticipate them

    Bottom line to Fed view is:

    • FOMC will accelerate hikes if fiscal thrust takes economy into red zone, although where this zone lies is unclear
    • Fed may allow inflation to run and thus recoup some of the prior inflation undershoot
    • Fed won’t want to tighten prematurely and create a sinkhole for growth in 2017
    • Fed will move judiciously until the nature of the stimulus that emerges and the timing of its impact are clear

    As we detailed earlier, Goldman is less enthused about Trumponomics inflationary aspect...

    • Following Donald Trump’s victory in the US presidential election, the focus now turns to the potential economic implications of his proposed policies. The November 12 US Economics Analyst used the Fed staff’s FRB/US model to analyse the consequences for the US economy. In today’s companion piece, we assess the potential global economic spillovers from the Trump agenda using our global macro model.
    • Following the US simulations, we analyse four of Mr. Trump’s policy proposals, including fiscal stimulus, trade tariffs, restrictive immigration policies and a hawkish tilt in Fed policy. We first analyse the policies individually and then combine them into possible packages, including our own assumed policy outcomes.
    • Fiscal stimulus has positive global spillovers, as stronger US demand boosts imports for foreign goods and services. Dollar strength reinforces the positive spillovers to DM economies with floating exchange rates, but limits the gains in EM economies. The spillovers to China, for example, depend on the extent to which the Renminbi appreciates with the dollar and the net effects are less positive for EM economies that rely heavily on dollar-denominated debt.
    • The other components of Mr. Trump’s agenda (trade policies, immigration and Fed) have negative global spillovers as US inflation is higher and US growth slows. The growth drag is generally muted for DM economies with floating exchange rates but significantly negative for some EM economies (including China).
    • Taken together, our analysis suggests that Mr. Trump’s policies might act as a modest drag on global growth. DM growth receives a brief boost from the fiscal stimulus but then weakens and spillovers into EM economies are negative throughout. Moreover, the risks around this base case appear asymmetric. A larger fiscal package could boost global growth moderately more in the near term, but a more adverse policy mix would likely act as a significant drag on world growth in subsequent years.

    All of which appears to have sparked buying again in bond land as 30Y yield is back below 3.00%

     

    While still relatively small compared to the surge in yields, this is still the biggest yield drop in 10Y since June…

     

    The drop in yields could be a major problem for the exuberance in US financial stocks (which have run way ahead of credit)…

     

    And perhaps it's time for US stocks to catch down to the world's reality?

  • How Trump can make billions for America Inc. with no risk, and support the US Dollar

    A simple plan to boost the American financial markets and bring back unknown billions in US Dollars, and to solidify the US Dollar as the only World Reserve Currency

    Several simple steps to make money for America Inc. and create an environment for growth at the same time

    Trump’s transition team announced the repealing of Dodd-Frank (LOUD CHEERING).  This ‘Dodd-Frank’ act is a cancer, it has been eating away at the financial industry and the entire economy, like a wrecking ball smashing what was left of the economy after the housing crash.

    One of the abused children of this damage (there were many) was the Currency market, or FOREX.  We will here elaborate on key points here for the Trump Administration which no doubt the market will agree with.

    Dodd-Frank is a giant Octopus with 15,000 rules and 20,000 + pages – there’s probably not a single human being on the planet who has read and understands the entire ‘law’.  We will elaborate here on a very specific part of Dodd-Frank, all that pertains to FOREX.

    List of steps to take to reform Dodd-Frank by reversing FOREX specific rules, that will boost markets, increase profits, reduce volatility, save on costs & fees, and bring money back to USA:

    1) Delete the FIFO rule.  FOREX is not futures.  There’s absolutely no utility to FIFO as it pertains to FX.  Some algorithmic traders may have 100, 200, or 300 orders on an account.  Exiting positions in the exact manner that they were entered, in such situation, is impossible.  Why should any trader have to exit positions in the same order as they were entered?  (Use the Hotel analogy, Trump owns 12 hotels, some are profitable some not – why should Trump sell the 1st hotel built – and not just the 3 losers?)

    2) Increase the leverage.  Increased leverage IS NOT correlated to increased risk.  The regulators force members to say that an increase in leverage is an increase in risk.  This is mathematically and logically incorrect.  Increase in leverage MAY increase risk, however it is NOT CORRELATED.  For example, if your use of the leverage is for hedging purposes, in this scenario, increased leverage DECREASES risk.  There are few hedging possibilities for multi-nationals in USA (such as vanilla options), Spot FX remains the only hedging option for many small businesses.  This may be as simple as opening an Oanda account and taking opposite positions against accounts receivable.  In such a scenario, the profit or loss from such a position is a wash against the real business money flows, in which case, a high amount of leverage can be useful.  The decrease in leverage was a knee-jerk reaction to quell the rampant fraud, but the real effect was simply that back alley dicers as we call them in FX, simply moved their accounts to London.  The decrease in leverage has no economic benefit, doesn’t serve any purpose other than forcing billions of dollars outside of USA.  The argument that 500:1 leverage is for gamblers is very weak, these people don’t understand FX.  In the stock market it might be ridiculous, however FX doesn’t move that much.  In a typical week the EUR/USD may move 1% or 2% – in extreme cases up to 5%, such as during Brexit when the GBP/USD moved 9%.  Compared to any other market, this is very small.  The brightest example provided by Google (GOOG) which is up 1,415.39% since IPO.  This is an impossibility in FX – if the EUR/USD is up 50% in a year, it will likely be down 50% the next.  Currencies have a tendency to revert to the mean, and even when they trend, the changes are slight on a percentage basis.  For this reason, if a small degree of leverage was used as in stocks, it would be impossible to ever turn a profit by trading FX.  And, incidentally, increased leverage will support the Fed’s QE program as Liquidity Providers (LPs) extend credit to US Dollar markets they are effectively creating credit.  The current leverage policy on FX is contrary to the Fed’s QE program.

    3) Delete the Hedging rule.  The most ridiculous of all rules is the so called ‘hedging’ rule that prohibits being long & short the same currency on the same account.  Regulators claim it’s a good rule because if you are long and short you are effectively flat, but it charges a fee (the spread) and thus, the rule saves money to customers.  This is warped and twisted thinking, incoherent and not based on reality – similar to their statement that “Foreign Futures is Forex” – no, Foreign Futures are Foreign Futures.  FOREX is Foreign Exchange of currencies, or spot trading, and NOT futures.  FOREX is always traded ‘off-exchange’ by the nature of what it is.  FOREX is a banking market, traded by interbank FOREX dealers – not on a futures exchange like the CME.  What traders mostly complain about this rule – if someone wants to hedge, why not let them?  If the brokers EXPLAIN to customers this flawed logic, that’s one thing – that’s acceptable.  Make customers tick a box that they understand the potential for unnecessary costs- but allow them to do it!  Because practically, when trading FOREX, you need hedging.  This rule simply forced many strategies to stop working completely, or move overseas.

    4) Bring back the PAMM.  PAMM stands for Percent Allocation Management Module.  PAMM is the FOREX equivalent of a futures ‘block account.’  The problem is for Forex managers, trading many client accounts as one.  It’s a simple solution – independent software combines many small accounts into one ‘master’ account, which enables the manager to trade one account vs. hundreds or thousands of individual accounts.

    5) Reduce the net-cap for RFEDS to a reasonable $5 Million if they are STP (Agent only).  FXCM, Oanda, and Gain Capital have a Monopoly on retail FX.  And, even though FXCM has been under DOJ investigation, hundreds of client lawsuits, countless fines from the CFTC, NFA, and other regulatory bodies, hundreds upon hundreds of customer complaints; they continue to be one of the few options for retail traders which practically, is no option.  The chances of making money at FXCM are slim to none, as they say in FX you have 2 hopes; no hope and Bob Hope.  FXCM takes screwing the customer to a ‘new fangled art form’

    6) Allow Broker Dealers to offer FX.  The NFA is no more an FX regulator than FINRA.  FX should be regulated on a banking level, perhaps by the Fed.  It was thought that currencies are financial commodities, and since FX futures were already offered at the CME, the CFTC seemed to be the natural regulator for FX.  A currency is not a security, but it does meet the definition of a security if you invest in it.  Although the IRS considers investment in foreign currency as debt under some rules; some investors will place their funds in a currency with the intent of appreciation of capital.  Or to put it differently, they are afraid of the deterioration of value of their domestic functional currency.  This was obvious before “Brexit” when lines formed outside of banks from customers who wanted to exchange their British Pounds for US Dollars, Euros, and Swiss Francs.  In any case, the securities business is in many aspects far more complex than commodities.  Securities brokers, broker dealers, and other FINRA licensed organizations are also under far greater scrutiny, have higher costs of compliance, have more compliance related staff, etc.  Why keep their noses out of the feeding trough?   

    7) Stop intimidating foreign brokers through FATCA.  There isn’t any law that strictly prohibits a retail US Citizen from opening a foreign FX account.  However, since many larger institutions in general are afraid they will be “Swissed” hitman style by goons as described in Confessions of an Economic Hitman, they simply do not allow US Citizens to open accounts.  US Citizens have become persona non-grata in the FX world.  US Citizens can’t even visit their websites.  In order to allow the foreign brokers to fairly compete with new US broker upstarts, this practice should be stopped.  If the tax code is to be overhauled, visit FATCA and specifically, make FATCA reporting easy and simple; most importantly for institutions.  TD Ameritrade doesn’t whine and complain about issuing 1099s at the end of the year – it’s mostly automated.  It’s been “Turbo Taxed” by accounting departments.  It should be just as easy for foreign institutions to report US citizen taxpayer obligations.  Oh and by the way – this will also stop foreign non-reporting of income, which previously was a big black hole!

    Practically, the majority of rules apply only to retail investors which in today’s environment, means 99% of the population.  The rules don’t apply to the one percenters or in FOREX LINGO QEPs, ECPs.  Leverage still applies, but ECPs can easily open accounts in London, Singapore, and Sydney legally and circumvent all these rules which are guaranteed to choke any strategy.

    Why did Dodd-Frank make all these silly rules?

    The reasoning was, that because FX frauds used these tools, they should be eliminated.  But this is severely flawed logic that would never work in the real world – that would be like saying, let’s bomb a village because one or two criminals live there.  Dodd-Frank and the climate in general cleaned up a lot of the fraud – thank you.  Now the fraud is gone.  But instead of harassing legitimate traders and investors, regulators should invest in fraud prevention tools.  The list here can be very long.  Some suggestions:

    A managed reporting system such as the NFA uses for RFEDs like FORTRESS but for CTAs, Hedge Funds, and other CPOs who choose to participate in the verified reporting system.  Sites such as myfxbook.com and fxblue.com provide this service technically to traders – but there is no auditing function.  One of the largest frauds has to do with financial reporting, more specifically, the misreporting of performance numbers.  The solution is very simple – a centralized reporting system that automatically captures performance data (there are only so many trading venues) and ‘verifies’ these numbers are true and accurate, and also can return statistics such as peak to valley draw downs, etc.  Each product can have an ID, similar to an NFA ID, where investors can check in an official database, which is secured and encrypted, all the numbers.  Building such a system is extremely cost effective, it would reduce regulatory costs as well, reduce fraud, and boost investor confidence.  In fact, it would cause foreigners to invest in USA.  Something like this doesn’t exist in Europe.  Let’s bring that money into USA, support our markets, support the economy.  Wall St. and Chicago should be the trading centers of the world – not London.  What happened to the American Revolution, that 200 years later we’ll regulate and tax our financial businesses out of America and back to the British?  WTF 

    What would be the effect on the markets if these suggested changes were implemented?

    1) There would be competition in retail FX – this would make trading better, as competition in any market does.  There was competition in the US before Dodd-Frank and in the legitimate FX world (discounting the fraud) there were many legitimate companies that had a good offering.

    2) Billions of dollars would flow back to USA to be held by institutions in New York, Chicago, Charlotte, Los Angeles, and others.  

    3) Instead of a new growth industry of algorithmic FX taking off in foreign countries, it would happen right here at home in Charlotte, Chicago, New York, San Francisco, Atlanta, and in other trading centers.

    4) Stabilization of FX markets in general; this will be nebulous to quantify, however it’s not difficult to surmise, that if there is more competition, more volume, and less fees – that the FX market will be more stable.  Because the US Dollar is the world’s reserve currency – that’s really important!  Also, it is critical that the United States take a global role in administrating FX markets, because of the USD world reserve status.  

    Look at a quick practical example.  Here’s a strategy that didn’t lose in 4 years of real live trading www.magicfxstrategy.com – but it won’t work with the ridiculous US rules.  The stock market is going to tank, hedge funds are flat on the year, 11 Trillion is in negative yielding assets.  Investors will seek such strategies.  But in this case, it will be market centers like London, Singapore, Sydney, Auckland, Limassol, Moscow, and others – that will receive the millions of dollars that will pour into such strategies.  Why not, make Wall St. the FX capital of the world?  Isn’t that the idea of global capitalism?

    For a complete pocket guide to everything FOREX – Checkout Splitting Pennies – Understanding Forex.  Makes a great business gift to your accountant, business partner, or Democrat relative that doesn’t understand the way the world works.

    Or checkout some eye-opening classics: Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution.  Armand Hammer: The Untold Story – Confessions of an Economic Hit Man.  This is a MUST READ for any trader who claims to understand the markets.

    [pictured above, this mountain is in North Carolina (Not Switzerland)]

  • What Hedge Funds Bought And Sold In Q3: The Full 13-F Summary

    Today was the deadline for hedge funds to submit their Q3 13-F filings, which considering they represent a snapshot in time as of Sept 30, prior to both the October volatility spike and the presidential election, are likely totally irrelevant by this time.

    Among the more notable changes was Berkshire taking new stakes in American Airlines, Delta and United, sending the airlines sector higher after hours. Large-cap tech stocks remain favored as many funds bought or boosted stakes in Apple, Alphabet, Facebook and Alibaba just ahead of the post-Trump FANG rout.

    David Tepper’s Appaloosa Management bought into the surge in technology stocks in the third quarter, taking new stakes in Apple, Yahoo and Facebook. Tepper, who moved Appaloosa to Miami Beach from New Jersey this year, added the social media company to his portfolio, as did Sarasota-based Aviance Capital Management, and Tampa-based Suncoast Equity. Boca Raton’s American Asset Management, Polen Capital and Steinberg Global, along with Aviance Capital Partners in Naples and St. Johns Investment in Jacksonville all boosted stakes in Facebook.

    And speaking of Appaloosa, we find it amusing that the biggest long equity position of the wealthiest hegde fund manager possibly alive today, is none other than the market itself: at $541 million, Tepper’s top holding is the SPY.

    Below is a summary, courtesy of Bloomberg of 3Q equity holdings from Sept. 30 13-F filings by the top hedge funds, with some of the new, added, cut and exited positions for each.

    ADAGE CAPITAL

    • New stakes in KMI, SWK, AYI, BABA, NOC, ITW, MAS, WLK, ASH, EMN
    • Boosts AAPL, MRK, CF, PNC, GOOGL, TAP, HDS, EMR, APC
    • Cuts BMY, AAL, HON, AGN, MMM, T, BURL, PCG, ADP
    • No longer shows HES, NSAM, POR, CFX, HE, STI, NLSN, HSY, LDOS, SBGL

    APPALOOSA MANAGEMENT

    • New stakes in FB, AAPL, YHOO, TPX, BAC, CFG, QCOM, PNC, VMW, DAL
    • Boosts KMI, GT, GLBL, HCA, ETP, HDS
    • Cuts LUV, NXPI, GOOG, SYF, GM, WHR, MHK, HAIN, WMIH, ALL
    • No longer shows FOXA, CYH, TGI, IR, FOX, PPG, QHC

    BAUPOST GROUP

    • New stakes in SYF, NSAM, ODP, CPAA
    • Boosts PBF, FOXA
    • Cuts OLN, INVA, VMW, OREX, PYPL, KIN, LNG
    • No longer shows C, CAR, OZM

    BLUEMOUNTAIN

    • New stakes in KLAC, SHPG, NXST, SAEX, XPO, TWNK, MRO
    • Boosts SYMC, CI, LRCX, MYGN, TV, KSS, ALSN, WST, URI
    • Cuts MBLY, ARMK, AVGO, APD, BBY, TPX, AGN, IAC
    • No longer shows MDVN, WLTW, VRNT, FNG, JWN, CCE, BIOS

    BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY

    • New stakes in AAL, QSR, DAL, UAL
    • Boosts CHTR, PSX, LBTYA, V, WBC, BK
    • Cuts WMT, KMI, DE
    • No longer shows SU, QSR, MEG

    BRIDGEWATER ASSOCIATES

    • New stakes in SWN, ENDP, IBM, RCI, CAG, TU, UPS, LB, JCP
    • Boosts AAPL, INTC, MSFT, CSCO, CPB, AMAT
    • Cuts GG, ABC, ADS, AEM, SPLS, LYB, BIIB, FDX, JNJ, TOL
    • No longer shows ABX, MET, MRK, PH, CVS, PEP, LNC, NTAP, RCL, PVH

    CORVEX MANAGEMENT

    • New stakes in JCI, CCE, JPM, HAIN, TMUS, BAC, CSOD, BIIB
    • Boosts ZAYO, PAH, MPC, COMM, TMH, SIG
    • Cuts WMB, BEAV, BLL
    • No longer shows VER, GOOGL, KSU

    ELLIOTT MANAGEMENT

    • New stakes in MPC, ECA, GEO, CXW, RAD, GPI, ABG
    • Boosts AA, SYMC, MENT, IMPV, LOCK, BBL, MITL, HLF, IPG
    • Cuts FTNT, NE, FBIO, CAB
    • No longer shows CNP, SBS, PAY, NBHC, QLYS, CYBR, SPSC, RNG, QEP, EGN

    EMINENCE CAPITAL

    • New stakes in DNKN, CBG, EXPE, CTRP, FTNT, COMM, MENT
    • Boosts ADSK, HUM, CF, WEN, YHOO, ARRS, MS, ANTM, ZNGA, GPI
    • Cuts BIDU, TTWO, CAA, FCE/A, SPGI, BERY, CCE, ICE, PTC, KAR
    • No longer shows FOSL, DLTR, TRIP, LGF, AMBA, SJM

    ETON PARK CAPITAL

    • New stakes in FANG, TWTR, GOOG, KMI, CAB, IMPV
    • Boosts MSFT, CLR, MHK, AMZN
    • Cuts SYT, WB, SBAC, AFI, SINA, ADBE
    • No longer shows CRTO, ODP, ECR

    GLENVIEW CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

    • New stakes in UHS, TWX, ENDP, PAH, AAPL, HPE, CCE, BEAV, TLRD, WLTW
    • Boosts CBS, ANTM, Q, HUM, WMB, HCA, FDC, CSC, ESRX
    • Cuts ABBV, LH, HTZ, TEVA, CHTR, FLEX, MAN, VER, FMC, CI
    • No longer shows WOOF, FIS, SBAC, TMUS, SYT

    GREENLIGHT CAPITAL

    • New stakes in X, GEO
    • Boosts AER, CPN, UHAL, MYL, VOYA, RAD
    • Cuts KORS, AAPL, TTWO, TWX, ACM, TPH, AGR, DSW, QHC
    • No longer shows FOXA, HUM, PRGO, ABC, HTZ, CYH, LAMR, VOD

    HAYMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

    • Cuts NMIH

    HIGHFIELDS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

    • New stakes in RAD, HSY, LBTYA, COST, SYT, HRI, PDCE, TRU, AA
    • Boosts HLT, BEN, MAR, APC, SU, CF, MIK
    • Cuts TEVA, WBA, WMB, MSFT, HTZ, PFE, CBS, TRIP, TSLA
    • No longer shows PEP, BP, RDS/B, GG, GS, SWN, VRX, CC

    ICAHN ASSOCIATES

    • Boosts LF, HTZ, IEP
    • Cuts AGN, NUAN, CVRR
    • No longer shows CHK, RIG

    ICONIQ CAPITAL

    • New stakes in ADSK, RH
    • Boosts JD
    • Cuts FB
    • No longer shows TSLA

    JANA PARTNERS

    • New stakes in UHS, PCLN, MDLZ, VIAB, TWTR, SEM, VVV, KATE
    • Boosts HDS, JCI, WLTW, CSC, HPE, MPC, HRS
    • Cuts GOOG, LBRDK, CCE, CAG, USFD, CSRA, GPK
    • No longer shows WBA, MSFT, EXPE, PF, AN, ADS, SYF, BERY, ASH, RACE

    LONE PINE CAPITAL

    • New stakes in EBAY, EXPE, BABA, TV, AVGO, HLT, ICE, KMI, WMB, ALGN
    • Boosts EA, ATVI, CHTR, VMC, COMM, DLTR, MNST
    • Cuts PCLN, FB, V, LULU, YUM, EQIX, STZ, SHPG, ULTA, MHK
    • No longer shows NOC, BUD, MA, PYPL, SHW, PXD, ANET, GOOGL, AXP

    LONG POND CAPITAL

    • New stakes in WFC, GGP, SHW, CAA, CZR, MPW
    • Boosts EQR, ESS, LEN, MAR, INXN, MSG, BYD
    • Cuts TCO, H, FCE/A, MTH, LQ, PGRE, BXMT, HLT
    • No longer shows CBG, KEY, SFR, BPOP, CFG, BLDR, SRC, PFSI

    MARCATO CAPITAL

    • New stakes in BWLD, IAC, ADS, TEX, AIRM, FC, PNK, RH, HMTV
    • Boosts CSC, VRTS, ABTL, BLDR, LIND
    • Cuts BK, SIG, URI, LBRDK, M, CBPX, LBRDA, HZN, GT, BID

    MAVERICK CAPITAL

    • New stakes in DG, QCOM, SUM, SWFT, TMUS
    • Boosts AAPL, BUD, LVLT, ORLY, UHS
    • Cuts ADBE, AXP, CMCSA, FB, MYL
    • No longer shows AGN, ARMK, CL, JACK, TSN

    MELVIN CAPITAL

    • New stakes in GOOGL, YY, EA, BABA, MA, MGM, COST, AVP, MAS, CALM
    • Boosts FB, LOW, CASY, SHW, ZTS, DE, STZ, ADBE, SUM, PLAY
    • Cuts DLTR, NFLX, AMZN, PCLN, SBUX, BURL, MHK, MNST, KATE, V
    • No longer shows WMT, CRM, NWL, SIG, CMG, JACK, USFD, GRUB, PLKI

    MOORE CAPITAL

    • New stakes in GOOGL, MA, PCLN, AVGO, FL, SIVB, GXP, TWX, CPAA
    • Boosts FB, BABA, STZ, EA, HD, V, CL, APC
    • Cuts BAC, PPG, WLK, AME, EQIX, M, HUBB, GIS, AMZN
    • No longer shows in C, JPM, ABX, CMA, WBC, CONE, CAG, JCP, CQH, ICE

    OMEGA ADVISORS

    • New stakes in HES, P, WMB, SSNC, TIME, PE, RICE, TSE, VVV
    • Boosts SHPG, PVH, BERY, ASPS, NBR, EPD, TCRD, GPOR, MDCA, MVC
    • Cuts GOOGL, CIM, NRZ, AGN, TRCO, DOW, MSFT, ASH, EA, ETFC
    • No longer shows UNH, TRGP, C, NFLX, SLW, FCB, TJX, CP, AZO, RLGY

    PASSPORT CAPITAL

    • New stakes in CX, MRVL, PE, SINA, SYMC
    • Boosts BABA, CXO, JCI, RICE, WDC
    • Cuts AGN, CF, LBTYA, SRE, TAP
    • No longer shows CHTR, CSCO, EQT, GE, YHOO

    PAULSON & CO

    • New stakes in HPE, STE, EBAY, HUM, HCA, MAR, CVS
    • Boosts BIIB, LOXO, FB, FDX, BSX, ETSY, LIVN, BCRX
    • Cuts MYL, TEVA, GRFS, SHPG, AU, AGN, NG, CIE, AKRX
    • No longer shows BEAV, Q, CI, RAD, PCLN, PRGO, EGRX, KTWO

    PERRY CORP.

    • Cuts ALLY, AER
    • No longer shows AIG, BLL, TWX, JNJ

    POINT72 ASSET MANAGEMENT

    • New stakes in GOOGL, CMCSA, GOOG, MCD, AME, HON, FTV, LUV, BCR, WFM
    • Boosts FB, BG, SRPT, AAPL, YHOO, SHW, LOW, WNR, HAL, V
    • Cuts AMZN, KAR, TSO, SBH, SIG, LLY, INTC, LNCE, SLB, CMG
    • No longer shows GLW, KORS, RLGY, CRM, SWN, UTX, VMW, MXIM, BLL, WCC

    POINTSTATE CAPITAL

    • New stakes in BAC, VRX, HUM, MRK, CFG, ATVI, MPC, CXO, CHK, APC
    • Boosts AVGO, ADBE, ECA, CLVS, UNP, AMZN, COG, PH, GOOGL, APD
    • Cuts TEVA, CELG, CHTR, STZ, XEC, SWN, BHI, EOG
    • No longer shows AGN, CPN, EGN, DYN, RRC, AET, FDC, DVN, SGEN, SPB

    SANDELL ASSET

    • New stakes in SVU
    • Boosts KLAC
    • No longer shows AKRX

    SOROS FUND MANAGEMENT

    • New stakes in WMB, HPE, INTC, UBNT, FHB, SYMC
    • Boosts LBRDK, VMW, ABX, AMZN, TIVO, WUBA, AMAT, SUPV, VIAV,
    • Cuts DISH, ZTS, EBAY, KHC, EXAR, MDLZ, ATVI, AAL, EXA, MJN
    • No longer shows GLPI, CIT, ESNT, CBPO, JD, W, SYNA, CMCSA, HUM, POWI

    STARBOARD VALUE

    • New stakes in PRGO, HPE, STC, CAB, TRNC, FRGI, IMPV
    • Boosts MRVL, M, AAP
    • Cuts WRK, CW, BAX, PNK
    • No longer shows DRI, DK, NXST, FCPT

    TEMASEK

    • New stakes in ACIU, RDS/B, CTRP
    • Boosts EROS
    • Cuts BABA
    • No longer shows Q

    TIGER GLOBAL

    • New stakes in BABA, GOOG, CMCSA, VIPS, V, AWI, WUBA
    • Boosts PCLN, AAPL, MA
    • Cuts CHTR, JD, FLT, ONDK, ETSY, AMZN
    • No longer shows XRS, SQ

    THIRD POINT

    • New stakes in AAPL, BABA, HUM, V, CAG, WMB, KDMN
    • Boosts FB, GOOGL, GD, TAP, SPGI, BID, DHR, LBTYA, SHW
    • Cuts AGN, YUM, MHK, CB, AME, CHTR, BUD, SHPG, UNP
    • No longer shows LOW, SEE, ATVI, CCE, HRS, WLL, MRO, TSO, DVN

    TRIAN FUND

    • Boosts BK, SYY
    • Cuts GE

    TUDOR INVESTMENT

    • New stakes in SHW, JCI, FLT, HUM, WEX, RJF
    • Boosts MRK, BIIB, ADS, PEP, FB, GOOGL, BCR, MA, UNH
    • Cuts ESRX, LH, POST, FICO, IAC, PX, DPS, MDLZ, KLAC, V
    • No longer shows PG, ARMK, PNR, NWL, HR, AMAG, NSA, RCL, ADP, LII

    VIKING GLOBAL

    • New stakes in BAC, LYB, UHS, CRM, LOW, AZN, LBTYA, LBTYK, MET, AMSG
    • Boosts MSFT, CP, STZ, GOOGL, ECA, GOOG, JD, MA, APC, RICE
    • Cuts AVGO, TEVA, NFLX, LLY, APD, BABA, WBA, WUBA, KITE
    • No longer shows NWL, AGN, DVA, ICE, CTRP, PXD, MMC, HIG, AET, HCA

    Source: Bloomberg

  • Devastated Left Calls For An End To The Electoral College

    The disaffected left is increasingly lashing out at the foundation of American democracy by calling for the electoral college system to be abolished.  Over the weekend we noted that Michael Moore had seemingly lost his mind after visiting Trump Tower and leaving a note for the President-elect which read: “You lost. Step aside.” 

     

    Moore also tweeted out a “to-do” list for democrats which included a suggestion to “abolish the electoral college and electronic voting.”

     

    But calls to abolish the electoral college system aren’t just coming from the far-leftists like Moore.  As Politico pointed out, failed 1988 presidential candidate Michael Dukakis, is also calling for the system to be scrapped saying it “should have been abolished 150 years ago.”  As a side note, Dukakis lost both the electoral college and popular vote in a landslide victory for George H.W. Bush in 1988.

    “Hillary won this election, and when the votes are all counted, by what will likely be more than a million votes. So how come she isn’t going to the White House in January? Because of an anachronistic Electoral College system which should have been abolished 150 years ago,” he wrote Sunday in an email to POLITICO.

     

    “That should be at the top of the Democratic priority list while we wait to see what a Trump administration has in store for us. So far, all we know is that dozens of lobbyists are all over the Trump transition — a strange way to drain the swamp.”

    Meanwhile, Hillary has also called for an end to the electoral college in the past:

    “I believe strongly that in democracy we should respect the will of the people, and to me that means it’s time to do away with the Electoral College and move to the popular election of our president,” she said at the time, shortly after her own election to the Senate. “I hope no one is ever in doubt again about whether their vote counts.”

    Of course, with a 2016 electoral college map that looks like the one below, it’s no wonder that Democrats would want to abolish a system that provides influence to people outside the major metropolitan areas of the Northeast and West Coast.

    EC Map

     

    But despite what the disaffected left now says about the “outdated” electoral college system, there was and still is solid reasoning behind it’s existence.  The power of the individual states weighed very heavily on the founding fathers who created the electoral college system specifically to avoid the mass centralization of power in high population density areas.  And, while we certainly understand why the left would look to now discredit such a system, the fact is that there would be no United States of America without it as smaller states simply never would have opted in to the union. 

    Pop Map

     

    Per the map above, absent the electoral college system, presidential elections would be almost entirely determined by a handful of cities including New York City, Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles and San Francisco.  And while the left would prefer to ignore the opinions of those in the “fly-over” states, we would suggest that their representation in the electoral college is a vital underpinning of American democracy…without such representation we’re not sure why the fly-over states would choose to remain a part of a union where they had no say.

  • Key Reversal Day in Oil Markets (Video)

    By EconMatters


    We discuss some oil technicals, and the upcoming drivers for some short covering ahead of contract rollover, and key OPEC Meetings and Production Cut Decision regarding the potential for Oil to have bottomed during this month long downtrend in Price. If OPEC Cuts the Oil Markets are Positioned Very Badly for said Event!

    © EconMatters All Rights Reserved | Facebook | Twitter | YouTube | Email Digest | Kindle   

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 14th November 2016

  • China Money Market Rates Spike To 1-Month Highs As Yuan Hits 7-Year Lows

    In what appears to be yet another effort to spook shorts out of speculative positions in offshore Yuan, China appears to have tamped down its liquidity spigot driving overnight HIBOR rates up a shocking 194bps to 3.53% – the highest in over a month. The spread between offshore and onshore yuan has collapsed, even as the Yuan plunges to to its weakest against the dollar since September 2009.

    As Yuan hits its post-leg record lows, it seems each streak of selling is met with a kneejerk liquidity plunge in money markets…

     

    Which has spooked the specs out of the arb between onshore and offshore Yuan…again

    Of course, while 3.53% is notable for overnight money and a big shock, there is plenty of room to go if the capital flight and speculation continues – ON/HIBOR neared 25% in September as turmoil re-appeared.

  • Backwardation Profit Taking, Report 13 November, 2016

    The big news this week is that Donald Trump was elected to be the next president of the United States. Whether due to his comments about restructuring the government debt, tariffs on imported goods, or other economic concerns, many expected news of his election to push up the price of gold.

    They were wrong.

    Every day since last Friday (November 4) has seen the price of gold falling. From a peak of over $1308, the price fell to $1227 on Friday.

    There was a rally from $1269 to $1337 on the evening of election day, from 8pm to midnight in New York. This is roughly the time when election results began to trickle in and show that Trump was going to win. At the same time, the stock market tanked. S&P futures fell from 2150 to 2028, or -5.7%. Volume was off-the-charts high for US evening time.

    But then what passes for normal took hold once again. The price of gold resumed its slide. The stock market recovered.

    One thing is for sure. The price of gold does not go up for the reasons supposed by most gold bugs. Any more than it goes down for the reasons given by the propaganda of the paper bugs.

    There is something else going on that could drive the gold price up. I refer to the new Indian policy of demonetizing larger-denomination cash (500- and 1000-rupee notes, worth $7.40 and $14.80—i.e. not so large). So many Indians rushed out to buy gold that credible sources report a temporary 20% spike in the rupee-price of gold.

    We doubt that Prime Minister Modi can force many Indian cash holders to increase their bank balances. However, he could push the marginal cash holder to increase his holdings of gold. If that proves to be durable, that could drive the price of gold up substantially. This situation with cash and gold in India needs to be watched.

    The price of silver took a big dive on Friday, ending down a buck twenty. Yes a buck twenty, as in -6.4% (the low of the day was 15 cents lower).

    The question is: what did the election do to the fundamentals? Are people now stacking silver bars and gold coins, who had not been doing it before the election? Or is this price move just more noise that will be lost in a month, much less over the long term?

    We will give a teaser. Something changed in the market this week.

    We will update the pictures of the gold and silver fundamentals below, and show our first-ever intraday basis charts. But first, here’s the graph of the metals’ prices.

           The Prices of Gold and Silver
    prices

    Next, this is a graph of the gold price measured in silver, otherwise known as the gold to silver ratio. It rose this week, how could it not with the big price move in silver? 

    The Ratio of the Gold Price to the Silver Price
    ratio

    For each metal, we will look at a graph of the basis and cobasis overlaid with the price of the dollar in terms of the respective metal. It will make it easier to provide brief commentary. The dollar will be represented in green, the basis in blue and cobasis in red.

    Here is the gold graph.

           The Gold Basis and Cobasis and the Dollar Price
    gold

    And now we see our old friend, who has been absent for a while. Backwardation. The cobasis is over +0.3% (30 bps).

    We admit that we have a conundrum. We are not quite sure how to handle Friday. In the US, Friday was a bank holiday Veteran’s Day. The Treasury bond market was closed, as were the banks. However, the stock market was open as was the gold futures market. And there was high volume (the third highest day of the year, after Thursday and June 27).

    We are including Friday.

    Friday had a big price move in gold, with the dollar up almost 2/3 of a milligram gold (muggles will see this as gold going down -$32).

    Last week, we said:

    “Are we predicting a crash, much less on Monday morning (as we write this, the price of gold is down in Asian trading by $11)? No, but we are saying gold is not looking like a good value here. If you don’t have any, then there is never a bad time to buy. But if you’re trading a position, we could think of better times to buy than now. Maybe now (especially at Friday’s price over $1,300) might be a good time to consider selling a covered call.”

    That was then and there (a week and 76 bucks ago).

    And something else changed. The fundamentals got stronger. Unless this turns out to be an anomaly due to the bank holiday and the absence of some market makers, the fundamentals are stronger now than they have been in quite some time.

    We calculate a fundamental price of over $1310.

    We will take a look at intraday basis charts for gold and silver, below.

    Now let’s look at silver.

    The Silver Basis and Cobasis and the Dollar Price
    silver

    The same thing happened in silver. And unlike last week, it occurred across all contracts. Falling basis (abundance) and rising cobasis (scarcity). ‘Course, in silver, the price drop was epic, much bigger than in gold.

    We calculate a fundamental price of just over $17. So, like with gold, we had buying of physical metal and selling of futures.

    Many times over the years, we have seen reports of a big paper flush amidst strong physical demand. We have debunked several of them, and dismissed the rest.

    What happened on Friday was different than those other events. Here are intraday graphs showing basis and price (the cobasis moved pretty much inverse to basis so not included to keep the graph as readable as possible).

    Intraday Gold Basis and Price
    gold intraday basis

    From just before 13:30 (London time, or 90 minutes before the PM gold fix), the basis begins falling. The basis is the spread of futures – spot. So futures begin selling off before even the price begins to decline. Shortly after 2pm, the price of gold is still holding at $1259, but the basis is already dropping. And boy does it drop, to a trough of -64bps. From there on, the basis recovers somewhat.

    We have annotated the graph to highlight three distinct phases. In the first phase, it is simply selling, driven by selling of futures. How do we know? First, the basis begins to fall before the price. Of course, the fact that the price begins to fall while the basis continues to fall proves it.  It is simple enough, lots of traders sold gold futures and the price fell around $30 initially.

    The second phase is more interesting from a market theory point of view. Here we see the basis rising, and it’s a pretty big move up from a low of -64bps to -38bps—just about a 2/3 retracement of the original drop. However, the price is sideways to positive. The basis is
    changing but the price is not. In other words, the spread between futures and spot is compressing (basis is
    negative here, so rising value means tighter).

    What this means is simple. For an hour and a half, the panicky herd of speculators stampeded at will. After that, the market makers were able to reassert some control. No, not over price but of spread! The market makers did not manipulate the price of gold up or keep it from falling. They began to decarry gold, that is sell spot and buy futures. This pushes down the bid price on spot, and pushes up the offer price on the futures contract.

    Why would they decarry? To take profits, of course! In recent months, the profit on offer to carry gold has been very high. This has tempted many arbitrageurs to exploit the opportunity: by buying a bar of metal and simultaneously selling a futures contract. They are long metal and short a future.

    When the basis drops, that provides an opportunity to close the position and make more than one would have made by holding to maturity. For example, suppose you put on this trade on June 27. You locked in a profit of 1.45% on your investment (in dollars, of course). Ever since then, the basis has been declining. Now the basis hit a low of -0.64b%. At that moment, the cobasis was +0.44%. So you could close your trade a month and a half early, and add 44 bps to your profit.

    And after this, in the third phase, the basis goes sideways while the price falls another $13. In this phase, the arbitrageurs are still decarrying. What’s our evidence for this? The price is moving down, which means lots of selling again. But in this phase, the arbitrageurs are keeping up. They are decarrying as fast as speculators are selling.

    As we have described in many past Reports, while basis is rising the marginal demand for metal is to go into the warehouse. It feeds the gold carry trade. We emphasize that when this builds up, it’s dangerous because the marginal demand can abruptly turn off and a new marginal supply come online. A high basis cannot predict the timing, but it can tell you that the market is ripe for a drop the way a supersaturated solution is ripe for a precipitation. They have seen their opportunity to profit, and are reluctant to keep holding their positions and risk the basis continuing to rise.

    Intraday Silver Basis and Price
    silver intraday basis

    We did not mark up the silver chart. It is interesting that the basis correlates more highly with the price. Or, in other words, while the selling pressure in gold largely abated, it continued in silver. The total drop in the Dec silver basis was nearly 100bps.

    If you had carried silver on August 10, you could have locked in a profit of 156bps. If you decarried it on Friday, you could have added another 95bps.

    If gold was in a supersaturated solution, then silver was in a superdupersaturated solution.

    It will be interesting to see this week, if the arbitrageurs can catch up in silver and we see a rising basis. And if the elevated silver fundamental price of $17.08 holds.

    It is also possible that some market makers were off on holiday on this Veteran’s Day.

     

    © 2016 Monetary
    Metals

  • Harry Reid Erupts Over Steve Bannon Appointment: "White Supremacists Now Represented In The White House"

    Following the biggest political news of the day, namely Donald Trump’s official announcement that RNC chairman, Reince Priebus, will serve as his chief of staff while Stephen Bannon will serve as chief strategist and senior counselor, the political and pundit response – as manifsted by statements on Twitter – splintered. On one hand, pundits and politicians praised establishment figure Priebus – for obvious reasons as he is seen as a symbolic figure in how Trump approaches the so-called “swamp”; on the other hand political outsider Steve Bannon – the head of Breitbart News and the person directly responsible for getting Trump elected as CEO of his presidential campaign, was furiously criticized.

    Fellow Wisconsinites Paul Ryan and Scott Walker praised the choice for chief of staff, while former Ted Cruz staffer Amanda Carpenter said Priebus would “make the trains run” in the White House.

    Not everyone was enthused: Louisiana Senate candidate and ex-KKK leader David Duke seemed less enthusiastic about the pick of Priebus, who is aligned with GOP leadership.

    * * *

    However, the reaction by prominent members of the establishment to Steve Bannon’s elevated role was critical and swift, and none was more vocal in their disgust than a spokesman for Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid, a vocal critic of Trump, who said the hire “signals that White Supremacists will be represented at the highest levels” of the new administration.

    Others – such as Intelligence committee ranking Democrat Adam Schiff and many others – joined Reid in accusing Bannon of being “anti-Semitic” and “misogynistic.”

     

    Even the anti-defamation leage joined in:

    Bannon has been widely criticized by the left for articles Brietbart ran while he was in charge. Democrats worked hard during the campaign to link Trump to the so-called “alt-right” movement, which we assume is a bad thing, and associate him with racist and anti-Semitic groups. 

    They highlighted some of Breitbart’s controversial headlines, including one about Never Trump Republican and Weekly Standard editor Bill Kristol: “Republican spoiler, renegade Jew.

    * * *

    And now, moments ago, the NYT which may or may not be losing subscribers as a result of its coverage of the presidential election, has decided to turn its focus to Bannon’s Breitbart website, saying “there is talk of Breitbart bureaus opening in Paris, Berlin and Cairo, spots where the populist right is on the rise. A bigger newsroom is coming in Washington, the better to cover a president-elect whose candidacy it embraced.

    Mainstream news outlets are soul-searching in the wake of being shocked by Donald J. Trump’s election last week. But the team at Breitbart News, the right-wing opinion and news website that some critics have denounced as a hate site, is elated — and eager to expand on a victory that it views as a profound validation of its cause.


    Stephen K. Bannon, left, and Larry Solov flank a picture of Andrew Breitbart.
    Mr. Bannon is to be chief White House strategist and senior counselor

    Judging the amount of hatred spewed at Bannon by virtually every member of establishment media and politics, he must have done something right.

  • Stunned Morgan Stanley Admits Nobody Has A Clue What Trump Will Do: "His Policies Are Like Schrodinger's Cat"

    As the sellside reports analyzing the post-president Trump world keep pouring in, one that caught our attention was from Morgan Stanley’s Andrew Sheets in which the strategist openly admits that pretty much nobody has any idea what is coming: “Most remarkably, however, after three debates, two conventions and an election that seemed to last forever, there remains a great deal of uncertainty over what type of president Trump will actually be. In an election that was dominated by coverage of tweets, videos and emails, policy questions received surprisingly little airtime. And those questions are now crucial for markets.

    To a remarkable extent, investors we’ve spoken to both before and after November 8 disagree on what President-Elect Trump will actually do. Many have told us, confidently, that they believe that, while he said some extreme things on the campaign trail, he is ultimately a moderate, pragmatic businessman. A deal-maker who will delegate policy to experts, lead with market-friendly (almost Keynesian) fiscal stimulus and ultimately avoid a large fight on trade. Other investors take a less benign view. They say the President-Elect should be taken at his word, and that since the start of his campaign he has defied predictions that he would moderate his tone or policy message.”

    The problem, according to Morgan Stanley, is during the campaign, “Trump was a master at keeping both possibilities open, broadening his appeal. Like Schrodinger’s cat, his policies existed in a state of being both pragmatic and radical, all at the same time. Upcoming cabinet appointments offer clues to which interpretation is right. Until then, we promise to keep an open mind, and focus on modelling the different paths a Trump administration could take, and what it means for markets.”

    Here is the full MS note for those who want to add to their confusion:

    And Now The Questions Get Answered

    Donald Trump will be the next President of the United States, in a win that defied expectations and political convention. He won without a fundraising advantage or the support of many in his party’s establishment. He is a wealthy businessman who rode to victory with a historic swing of working class Midwesterners. He ran a populist campaign and yet is likely to lose the popular vote narrowly.

    Most remarkably, however, after three debates, two conventions and an election that seemed to last forever, there remains a great deal of uncertainty over what type of president Trump will actually be. In an election that was dominated by coverage of tweets, videos and emails, policy questions received surprisingly little airtime.

    And those questions are now crucial for markets. To a remarkable extent, investors we’ve spoken to both before and after November 8 disagree on what President-Elect Trump will actually do. Many have told us, confidently, that they believe that, while he said some extreme things on the campaign trail, he is ultimately a moderate, pragmatic businessman. A deal-maker who will delegate policy to experts, lead with market-friendly (almost Keynesian) fiscal stimulus and ultimately avoid a large fight on trade.

    Other investors take a less benign view. They say the President-Elect should be taken at his word, and that since the start of his campaign he has defied predictions that he would moderate his tone or policy message. They point to the surrogates that surrounded his campaign. They point to Republican control of the House, Senate and Presidency, which means there is no check on policy. They worry more openly about the implications for foreign relations.

    Which interpretation is right? During the campaign, Trump was a master at keeping both possibilities open, broadening his appeal. Like Schrodinger’s cat, his policies existed in a state of being both pragmatic and radical, all at the same time. Upcoming cabinet appointments offer clues to which interpretation is right. Until then, we promise to keep an open mind, and focus on modelling the different paths a Trump administration could take, and what it means for markets.

    For macro, this could mean big changes. Our narrative for 2016 has been ‘slow growth, slow reflation and slow policy normalisation’. A Trump administration could affect all three. When our US economists and strategists attempt to quantify a ‘middle’ scenario of looser fiscal policy but only modest trade protectionism, GDP and inflation could both be 0.3pp higher in both 2017 and 2018. But that boost could mean more Fed tightening, and potentially a sooner end to the US cycle than we previously assumed.

    This analysis emphasises that other outcomes are also highly plausible. In a scenario where one takes most of President-Elect Trump’s proposals at face value, there could be a trade-induced shock of 0.6pp to GDP in 2017. In a scenario where divisions in the Republican party bog down proposals, there could be relatively little change from our previous baseline.

    Until we know which version of Trump we get, our market views have to be more tactical than we would like them to be. For now, we think low risk premiums and the potential of fiscal policy mean curves are likely to steepen and rate volatility can rise. Upside risks to the Fed path coupled with downside risks to global trade should support USD against low-yielding trade-focused Asia currencies (JPY, KRW, CNH). We think this supports equities in the US over Europe and EM, with the former benefiting from hope over tax cuts and repatriation, while EM faces headwinds from a stronger USD and Europe needs to deal with a heavy political calendar in 2017. In US equities, this points to overweight industrials, healthcare (especially biotech) and credit cards, and underweight consumer staples.

    This has been a long and emotional election cycle in the US. There is an unusual level of uncertainty among investors over what type of leader the largest economy in the world has elected, and what policies he will pursue. The next several weeks are likely to bring more clarity. A famous US President once said “Trust, but verify”. The assessment of policy may call for the reverse: Verify, then trust.

  • Chaos Ensues As Europe Splinters In Response To Trump: UK, France, Hungary Snub EU Emergency Meeting

    While America’s so-called “establishment”, the legacy political system and mainstream media, appear to be melting, and transforming before our eyes into something that has yet to be determined, Europe also appears to be disintegrating in response to the Trump presidential victory: as the FT reports, in a stunning development, Britain and France on Sunday night snubbed a contentious EU emergency meeting to align the bloc’s approach to Donald Trump’s election, exposing rifts in Europe over the US vote.

    Hailed by diplomats as a chance to “send a signal of what the EU expects” from Mr Trump, the plan fell into disarray after foreign ministers from the bloc’s two main military powers declined to attend the gathering demanded by Berlin and Brussels.

    The meeting, which comes as Trump appointed his key deputies – chosing the more moderate establishment figure, RNC chairman Reince Priebus, to be his chief-of-staff over campaign chairman Stephen Bannon, who becomes chief strategist and counsellor – was supposed to create a framework for Europe in how to deal with a “Trump threat” as Europe itself faces an uphill climb of contenuous, potentially game-changing elections over the coming few months as we described last week in “European Politicians Terrified By “Horror Scenario” After Brexit, Trump.”

    Instead The split in Europe highlights the difficulties “European capitals face in coordinating a response to Mr Trump, who has questioned the US’s commitments to Nato and free trade and hinted at seeking a rapprochement with Russian president Vladimir Putin” much to the amusement of famous euroskeptic Nigel Farage who was the first foreign political leader to meet with Donald Trump at the Trump Tower over the weekend.


    Donald Trump and Nigel Farage. Taken from Nigel Farages twitter page.

    Trump’s move infuriated members of Europe’s fraying core, with Carl Bildt, the former Swedish prime minister, tweeting: “If Trump wanted to look statesmanlike to Europe, receiving Farage was probably the worst thing he could [do].”

    As the FT adds, British foreign secretary Boris Johnson dropped out of the Brussels meeting, with officials arguing that it created an air of panic, while French foreign minister Jean-Marc Ayrault opted to stay in Paris to meet the new UN secretary-general. Hungary’s foreign minister boycotted the meeting, labeling the response from some EU leaders as “hysterical”.

    Johnson’s refusal to attend will add to an already difficult relationship with his German counterpart Frank-Walter Steinmeier, who has told colleagues that he cannot bear to be in the same room as the British foreign secretary.

    In short: total chaos.

    Ironically, the German foreign minister had wanted to demonstrate that the EU was capable of rapid response when it came to foreign policy. Instead the disarray highlighted a familiar problem for Berlin, according to diplomats. “When the EU’s most powerful country wants to lead, other member states don’t necessarily follow,” said one EU diplomat. But the German foreign ministry put a brave face on events, saying on Sunday: “It’s good that the EU meets … to look into the consequences of the election of Donald Trump for Europe.”

    A combination of Trump’s election and Britain’s vote to leave the EU had triggered calls for a total overhaul of the EU’s foreign and defense policy, with Berlin and Paris demanding greater integration. “If the US disengages from Europe, we need to look after our own security,” said one EU diplomat. Those ministers who do attend the meeting, will discuss plans such as bolstering the EU’s ambition to mount joint operations during a scheduled meeting on Monday, which Mr Johnson and Mr Ayrault will attend.

    Elsewhere, as reported yesterday, NATO chief Jens Stoltenberg warned both the US and its European partners against “going it alone” on defence matters. Paris and Berlin had been co-ordinating their response to Mr Trump’s election, while London has jockeyed to maintain its position as the US’s main European ally. The French president and German chancellor spoke before releasing two separate, guarded welcomes to the president-elect last week. 

    Meanwhile, other European leaders have openly criticized the incoming president. European Commission president Jean-Claude Juncker last week accused Mr Trump of ignorance. “We must teach the president-elect what Europe is and how it works. I believe we’ll have two years of wasted time while Mr Trump tours a world he doesn’t know.”

    But the most concerned of all will likely be Italy’s PM Matteo Renzi, who as explained on various occasions, and as Bloomberg writes, is “Next in the Crosshairs for Anti-Establishment Wave.”

    Of course, with the US finding itself in a state of post-presidential election shock, it is only reasonable that Europe’s own establishment forces are next, and this time the impact will be far closer to the core, slamming first Italy, then France, the Netherlands, and ultimately – perhaps – Germany itself.

  • Liberals Scared to Death by Their Own Caricature of Trumpettes

    This article by David Haggithwas first published on The Great Recession Blog:

    Liberal caricature of Trump Supporters

    Everyone must stop saying they are “stunned” and “shocked.” What you mean to say is that you were in a bubble and weren’t paying attention to your fellow Americans and their despair. YEARS of being neglected by both parties, the anger and the need for revenge against the system only grew. Along came a TV star they liked whose plan was to destroy both parties and tell them all “You’re fired!” Trump’s victory is no surprise. He was never a joke. Treating him as one only strengthened him.   –Michael Moore on the failure of both political parties in America 

     

    How delusions become reality

     

    This past week, as I put together my coverage of Hell Week, I read how some liberals are creating petitions for the west coast to secede from the union. I read about the Canada immigrations web site being overwhelmed after the US election by visitors looking for an escape route from the US. I read about high-school kids who once sat peaceably next to each other in class rising up in class to beat up their classmates who voted for Trump. Prior to the election, I heard my own liberal friends say how they’d have to leave the country if Trump won.

    Why? The country isn’t any different the day after Trump won than it was the day before … except that perception has changed dramatically everywhere because of one man who deliberately spoke as far outside of political correctness as he could … and won the highest office in the land by doing so.

    Liberals are afraid of their own shadows right now. That’s because they’ve created anti-matter, Mr. Hyde caricatures of the Trumpettes — the average little guys who support Trump. These shadows that liberals have cast by their own self-deceit now surround them, and they believe the grotesquely exaggerated images they have created.

    This false belief like any phobia is taking on its own life by creating mass hysteria in the streets of America. By that step, belief becomes reality. While the initial description that liberals painted of Trumpettes is false — they’re all misogynistic, homophobic racists — the hysteria is real, and that causes people to react with violence against whatever they fear. Those violent reactions become very real horrors that are not just painted in the imagination, and they divide the nation deeper, creating  fears that are now based on real horrible events that came about due to the original false beliefs. It’s like a panic attack that feeds on itself.

    And the more people continue to believe the caricature that liberals created out of Trump supporters and then react in fear to that caricature, the more real-life bad events will create real horrors. It can quickly become a self-fueling social vortex that all began from false fears.

    Liberals have for months been retelling each other every day that Trump supporters are all bigots, homophobes, xenophobes and misogynists. They painted Trump supporters with a broad crimson-stained brush as being entirely motivated by hatred. On one level, I’m sure they created this image of the Trumpettes in order to win the election — by making making them look like the KKK fan club, which no decent person would want to belong to.

    There is, however, a deadly downside to this kind of demonization: you cannot do it unless you also convince yourself that the stereotype you are creating is true — otherwise you’d live in the knowledge that you are a liar. Nobody wants to live in the knowledge that he or she is a liar, and it is simple to convince yourself that the stereotype you are believing is true because that is who you want to simplify the other side anyway.

     

    Political correctness kept liberals from seeing how the election would turn out

     

    As a result, liberals were shocked, while I was not, that Trump won. They were shocked to discover that they live in a nation filled with haters. (They don’t, of course; but they believethey do, which explains their sudden horror that wasn’t there a week ago. A week ago, they believed Hillary would win by a landslide because they thought (as liberals tend to do) that the majority thinks and feels like they do.

    I suspected Trump would win, as I’ve said here, because he was far more likely to have a horde of closet supporters than Hillary was. Why? Because not everyone in this world is brave or politically inclined, even though they vote. And when liberals demand political correctness by demonizing those who don’t stay in those bounds, they simply drive people underground.

    When politically correct speech rules the day, those who do not think in politically correct ways and who are not politically inclined decide they’re just not going to talk about who they vote for because they don’t want to have arguments with friends or even lose friends. They don’t want to be labeled as racists for their views when they know they are not racist but don’t know how to prove they are not against such charges.

    Thus, when pollsters call them, they say they are undecided when, in fact, they have already decided to vote for Trump. They may do that because they are afraid someone will overhear, and they don’t want to be tarred and feathered. Mostly they do it because they have already decided how how they’re going to vote and have decided not to say not a word about it by simply answering that they are “undecided.” They don’t care about pollsters, nor even like them, so they give them the same stock response. Policing for politically correct speech drives all but the boldest of free-thinking people underground.

    That is exactly why America has always supported the ideal of anonymous voting. It’s the only way you can be sure all people will vote for what they believe is right and not simply cast the vote they think will create the least trouble for themselves. Not everyone is brave, and political correctness causes those who are not as brazen as Trump to hide their views. So, I was pretty sure we’d discover Trump had a large number of closet voters that the pollsters can’t sniff out. Trump’s campaign didn’t know he had those voters either; they just hoped they did. The brave supporters, who are outspoken, are readily counted; but the less brave would remain unknown until election day.

    Because Trump is boisterous, bellicose and all-around obnoxious, Trump supporters had more reason  to be afraid to say, “I support that guy.” If not for the fact that he was the only guy left in town who was clearly saying he would tear the establishment apart, many probably wouldn’t support someone like that. It also may be that this kind of arrogance is what it takes to have shoulders that are broad enough to knock the establishment apart because you don’t care what others think. They saw Trump as someone who could bear the slings and arrows that would certainly come to anyone who tried to break up the corrupt establishment. Rather than being reviled as horrible human beings for supporting someone like Trump, they just remained silent.

    That is how liberals created their own blindness and their own shock and awe as to how this election turned out. It’s really nothing more than a panic attack. I wasn’t surprised by a Trump victory (though the sea of red counties across the nation was more amazing than I thought it might be) because I am quite certain that most Trump supporters are not bigots. They didn’t vote for him because of racists inclinations but voted because they are angry at the establishment, and they want a junk-yard dog who can tear into it.

    Because I never believed the stereotype that was created for Trump supporters by the left, I don’t suddenly fear that I live in a nation filled with bigots. As a result, I’m not shocked by the election results nor afraid, even though I didn’t vote for Trump (or Hillary). Nor am I afraid Trump supporters will beat me up for saying that. But liberals are now deathly afraid of the illusion they created. They are running from their own straw man who appears to them to have suddenly caught on fire.

    Sure, Trump attracts bigots like a light in the night attracts most bugs. Maybe they make up as much as 10% of Trump supporters, though I doubt it; but because liberals have convinced themselves that all Trump supporters must be that kind of person, liberals are now scared by their own manufactured caricature. In their perception, they have just awakened to the Night of the Living Dead in a world where everyone around them might be a zombie.

     

    Trump is his own self-made caricature

     

    Trump is a master at playing the media because the media wants to be played, and Trump knows it wants to be played. Trump deliberately avoids all politically correct speech and belts out the most provocative statements he can make because he knows the media will love a story about a celebrity who is peeling the skin off of people’s ears by saying things that are politically incorrect in a world where political correctness has become the highest virtue.

    Controversy sells. There is a reason to be provocative if you want your message to be heard. There is a cost, too, because being so provocative makes it hard for many people to trust or respect you. Trump by nature doesn’t care, so he’s the perfect provocateur.

    The media knows they’re being played. You hear them mentioning it from time to time as if they speak about “the other guys” in the media, but notice they are covering the same story the other guys are about the latest ostentatious thing Trump said while they make their statements that Trump is playing the media. Why? Because they don’t care either. It makes a hot story that sells. By talking about how Trump is playing the media, they can rise above being played themselves while selling the same blisteringly hot story.

    Trump know all of that.

    So, Trump says things like “we need to keep out Mexicans who are rapists,” and the media and liberals start chattering among themselves about how Trump believes all Mexicans are rapists. I note, as the chatter takes off, that he didn’t actually say “Mexicans are rapists.” He said we need to keep out any that are. (That may be only 1% of Mexicans that he wants to keep out, and why wouldn’t we want to keep out convicted rapists, whether they are Mexican or any other nationality?)

    Trump lets the story play the way the media casts it because it gets coverage all over the nation for days on end, and his supporters see that he doesn’t cower from it. He goes right out for the next outrageous statement to kick the hornets nest again. They want someone with guts, and he’s showing them he has that.

    Nor did Trump ever say he has grabbed a woman by the crotch. In fact, he actually said he struck out with seducing the one woman he was talking about. He said celebrities can get away with outrageous actions. He did not say it is good behavior or that he has ever done it. (Notice, he switched from saying “I” to saying “you” at that part of the conversation.)

    He deliberately named the most outrageous thing that popped into his head because celebrities DO get away with that. We’ve all heard stories about how mobs of women throw themselves at rock stars and say, “Take me!” They rip off their own blouses at concerts and get on people’s backs to make sure the celebrity can see their bare breasts bounding above the crowd. There are some who, if a rock star grabbed them the way Trump described, probably would jump up and wrap their legs around him and say, “Bring it on, Big Boy!”

    So, we know it happens. (Not with most women, for sure, but enough to keep the limited number of rock stars happily busy.) And that is PROBABLY all Trump was really saying: “Since celebraties get away with the worst imaginable things, I was surprised I couldn’t even seduce this woman by offering her a shopping spree to furnish her apartment. She was having none of it.” That doesn’t leave him as a good guy, but it probably wasn’t as horrible as the story was made out to be by those who wanted to use it to defeat Trump.

    Trump routinely says things in reckless ways, and while that works great for publicity, it may prove damaging as a president. It certainly grabs the press by the crotch, which the press seems to like. Like the kind of woman I described above, they say, “Take us! We want to go for the ride” … and Trump obliges. Trump’s provocative speech gets endless replay by the press, so he doesn’t immediately correct himself because that would defeat the purpose in being provocative. (It’s also against his nature to correct himself.) A lot of it may be because he’s reckless, but it worked for him as a candidate. How well it work as a president is an entirely different manner, but it appears to me he realizes that and has immediately toned it down.

    Is there anyone in this country that really wants to import rapists from Mexico … or from Russia … or from Canada or any other country. Of course not. So, why be upset that Trump says we need to stop importing racists from Mexico … unless you deliberately misread that statement to mean he thinks we need to stop importing all Mexicans because they are all rapists? Liberals jumped to that conclusion because it fit their political aims to believe it. They created the lie and immediately believed their own lie … because they wanted to. But now it leaves them afraid of something that was never real in the first place.

    Trump was speaking about an incident where some actual criminals who were illegal aliens raped someone after they were known by the government to be both criminal and illegal aliens. He was saying that we should never allow known criminals into our country from other countries (Mexico or otherwise), and we should always deport aliens if we find out they are rapists. What do we need rapists for? What’s wrong with that? He was pointing out that it is ludicrous that those rapists were still in the country since their illegal status SHOULD make it very easy to get them out.

    In a liberal’s world, I guess, removing any immigrant for any reason is bad. We need more rapists. So, don’t dare use their illegal status as a way of getting the problem out of the country. Trump was showing how deliberately naive our nation is regarding corrupt people. He knew it would resonate with a large group that is fed up with the kind of blatant stupidity that says, “We have to keep rapists here because its not right to send them away.”

    The majority of people understood what Trump was saying, and that’s why he won. He didn’t bother to clarify it for the rest because the provacative way he said it gave it endless replays, and he knew that his supporters would be glad to see that controversy didn’t cause him to waver. He also knew that the few who really are racists would take it as affirming their racist views and would vote for him because of it, too (and a vote is a vote), while those who mischaracterized it as meaning he thinks Mexicans are rapists would never vote for him regardless. Apparently, a fair number of Latinos understood all of that, too, because Trump doubled the Republican share of Latino votes over what Romney got.

     

    Liberal demonization of others creates racism

     

    Painting the story in blood by making it sound like Trump believes all Mexicans are rapists is where the real evil begins because people start to believe this demonization and apply it to anyone who would support someone like Trump. As a result, perfectly wonderful Mexicans who live in this country start to fear that everyone who supports Trump is one of those kinds of people who believe Mexicans are all rapists. So, they see a Trump bumper sticker and think, “That guy hates Mexicans.” The tragic part of demonization is not how it hurts Trump or his supporters; it’s that many people are now afraid that all Trump supporters are racists when they needn’t have any such fear.

    As this liberal manufactured fear grows, it spreads like a dark fog over the landscape, and when the fog lifts, the ground is sometimes stained crimson as in this story about Black people dragging a White guy out of his car and beating him and dragging him down the road with his car while the whole crowd laughs … just because he  identified himself as a Trump voter — probably had a Trump bumper sticker.

    That’s what demonization does. It creates, in this case, a narrative that all Trump supporters (or whatever group is being demonized during that particular season) are evil and hate-filled. Therefore, it is OK to drag them down the street with their own cars after beating them up over and over while laughing about it and taking a video. It no longer matters what you do to these individuals because they are demons who are responsible for all the bad that ever happened to you.

    They stop being people and become the are caricatures  you have made of them. And that excuses your own hatred when you act in rebellion against them. (We do the same thing in war to make it easier to shoot the enemy. If we thought of that soldier in the opposite trench as a mother with children, we might be slow to pull the trigger and, thus, die, ourselves.)

    Trump helps create this problem by constantly speaking in language that is easily interpreted in outlandish ways, and he doesn’t clarify what he means because the provocative way he says it is the very thing that gives it air time. Thus, he gets the lion’s share of media attention without paying for any of it. He makes himself a spectacle on their dollar (and makes a lot of money for them by giving them a story, so they don’t care). That’s how it works.

    But now we need to recognize the demonization for what it is AND the way Trump’s speech deliberately plays with that fire, and we need to back it down; or we’ll go down the vortex where our fears create our reality by causing real horrible acts that should be feared. Let’s start with undoing the stereotype that has been created.

     

    What does a true Trump supporter look like?

     

    The fact also is that most of these Trump supporters who were reviled are no more vile than are Hillary’s supporters. They are just baking apple pies and setting them on the window sill, chatting about Kim Kardashian, and putting Halloween costumes on their children. And they are not racists for one second of their lives. They are not afraid of other cultures (xenophobic). They don’t hate people who are homosexual, even though they might feel uncomfortable around them because that isn’t their norm.

    They’re just living their lives because they are not as political as many liberals, who may wrongly assume that everyone is as political as they are. These quieter Trump supporters that swung the election aren’t that interested in politics so they don’t talk about politics. They are more interested in turning the garden under for winter.

    You don’t have to hate Mexicans or anyone else to decide that you liked life better when you could afford to buy a house (which most Americans cannot any more) and could afford to buy a new car every four years, even while paying much higher interest than you do today.  Because liberal Democrats have tried to paint these immigration concerns, as I’ve written about in another article today, as racism or xenophobia for years, the middle class finally rebelled because they finally had a candidate who didn’t care about political correctness.

    Donald Trump was the only person left speaking for those who have been shut out of good-paying jobs with great benefits the Reagan days onward by both Democrats and Republicans. Bernie had already been sidelined.

    While seeing their own lifestyle slowly diminish, middle-class Americans watched banksters get fabulously wealthier, and Obama did nothing about it. No one was brought to justice. Republicans supported bailing them out because they were too big to fail, but then Republicans never did a thing to make them smaller afterward so that we wouldn’t face that threat again. Democrats bailed the wealthy out for the same reason and then let them get bigger and wealthier so all the more too-big-to-fail.

    Trump rose as the anti-Republican Republican, and the middle class needed an anti-Establishment hero because the corporate establishment owns both parties. So, he won, and any liberal or conservative who is sick of the Wall-Street establishment should HOPE he succeeds in doing that one thing — busting up the establishment’s hold on government and should support him in that mission because it is likely to be your only chance to bust up the establishment, short of its own complete failure into anarchy, which will be violent for everyone.

     

    Moving on beyond hatred

     

    If you hate everyone who simply wants to gain back the middle-class life that their parents once enjoyed or that THEY once enjoyed, then you are going to have a lot of people to hate. Since you don’t want to be a “hater,” you will paint all of them with a broad brush as being the haters, themselves, while you are just defending the defenseless against them. That way you can nobly hate half of America, and write their concerns off with one word — racism — while you hold your head above the masses.

    Problems don’t go away because you deny them. Denial actually creates new problems or makes old ones worse. Trump’s supporters have revolted now because no one was listening to them, and they’re not going away now that they have finally awakened and started fighting for themselves. They chose Donald Trump as their strongman leader because he was brazen enough that he didn’t care what the entire world said about him. He has many characteristics that most Trumpettes don’t like either, but he is still the only person who stood up for them and who survived the establishment’s efforts to put him back in his place, which Bernie did not survive.

    If you’re a liberal, you can jump in your yacht and try to find an uninhabited shore in Canada to land on, or you can scare yourself to death with the notion that 50% of America is suddenly a bunch of violent, xeno-homo-phobic, redneck bigoted haters -or- you can throw away the stereotypes and start dealing with reality, which is that the middle class will now fight the establishment tooth and claw in order to gain back the jobs and benefits and lifestyle that eroded out from under them for thirty years. Whatever one makes of Hillary’s politics, you have to admit she represented the establishment, while Trump became the sole survivor representing the dis-establishment.

    That  means stopping the demonization that says immigration concerns are about racial hatred or xenophobia. That’s a convenient stereotype to shut off all discussion. Sure, there is a small mob of people for whom it border security and tightly controlled immigration is all about hatred; but that doesn’t explain the massive sea of red counties that spread across the political map on the second Tuesday of November. It is completely rational to believe that determined terrorists might be smart enough and opportunistic enough to hide themselves among 500,000 unknown, illegal immigrants each year. If we don’t know who those half million people are, how can we know there are not 10,000 terrorists among them? We need to KNOW.

    Trying to caricature the masses into a comically grotesque bunch of “Deplorables” is only going to flood your own world with true hatred and violence because people believe that caricature and strike out against the “Deplorables” who then strike back. A part of racism is in perception. Perception becomes reality because we respond to the world with an intensity that is based on our perception, and our response becomes the next person’s reality and becomes self-inflating.

    If, for example, we perceive people like Trump’s supporters as being racist who are really just sick and tired of becoming poorer, then we’ll interpret their actions, such as their Trump bumpersticker, as being racist. We’ll feel slighted by a bumper sticker — by what we interpret as their display racism. We’ll see their statements that they want less immigration as being all about race, even if it truly is all about jobs or about their fear that the borders are not being watched carefully enough to keep out the few people who genuinely want to bury us in mass graves.

    When you start seeing people in that crimson hue, you’ll start to fear them more; and they’ll perceive that you act differently toward them because of your fear, and they’ll start to fear you more. Then they act differently toward you because of their fear. False, demonizing beliefs quickly wind up into a vortex mass hysteria.

    Perhaps the worst kind of Xenophobia there is is the kind that fears half of our neighbors as being from another planet, not just another culture. We have a few people like that who now want to carve the west coast off of the rest of the country, showing themselves to be just as deeply isolationist as the people they angry at for being so isolationists!

     

    How do we bring a divided America together again?

     

    If we can take the demonization back out of politics now and deal with the real concerns that are eating our society — the concern about lower-paying jobs and fewer jobs because jobs are being deported, drastically reduced benefits, the end of the middle class to the benefit of the top 1%, justice against those who truly did rape society — then  maybe we can get through this.

    We need to stop thinking about whether something is Republican or Democrat but about how we can serve and protect the middle class or we’ll simply wind up with a greater number of lower-class people all around us. The rich will always have enough.

    The elephant in the room is awake now. So, either deal with it, or live in fear of it because it is definitely not going away. The one thing Donald Trump has done for all of us is become a lightning rod that woke the sleeping giant — the middle class. In the end, going back to policies that build the middle class can be good for all of America, and the rich will still be rich at the end of the day.

    Whatever party you belong to, stop it! The two-party systems has polarized the nation purely for the survival goals of each party.

    For conservatives, that means stop worrying about the need to take care of the rich so they can trickle down jobs to you. That hasn’t worked after thirty years, and it never will. That means the Trumpettes need to start with making it clear immediately that the Donald’s trumped-up, trickle-down tax plan is over before it even begins. He may have the guts to break up the establishment, but that plan feeds everything toward the establishment.

    Use the advantage of your numbers to make sure ALL of the tax breaks go directly to the middle class and the poor. Stop believing the nightmarishly repeated lie that money will ever trickle down or that all jobs are created by the rich. The bulk of jobs are created by small, middle-class-owned businesses all cross the nation.

    It’s time for the rich to pay their fair share in taxes. Don’t believe the Republican establishment lie that the rich pay more than their fair share already. They don’t. Yes, the wealthiest 20% of the people pay 75%  of the taxes, which sounds like they are doing far more than their share. However, that is only because they make more than 80% of all the wealth in the country — a number so obscene it is hard to comprehend. Therefore, they should be paying 80% of the taxes. Moreover, the 1% make about 60% of all that wealth and pay a smaller percentage in taxes than the middle class! So, don’t fall for a third round of trickle-down economics.

    You won’t get what you need if you don’t fight for it, and Trump has already started to make the mistake of surrounding himself with establishment advisors. Maybe he knows what needs to happen but doesn’t know how to do it and is looking for advice from the wrong people, or maybe he was the establishment’s Trojan horse in the first place — someone to take the heat of imminent economic failure while still being certain to support the rich.

    Either way, don’t let it happen. Force him into being the hero he has set himself up to be. Don’t think your job is done just because you voted. The job has only now begun. And while you’re at it, don’t forget to look out for the underprivileged. Their needs don’t end just because we are finally going to start making the great middle class great again.

    For liberals, just consider all that I’ve said above, and start doing the demonization, start looking to find common ground on areas of immigration concern where it has more to do with how it affects the job of the neighbor you love and more to do with how to be wise about terrorism. That doesn’t mean the doors are slammed shut, but you ought to be able to focus on the common ground and work with accomplishing what can happen there. You just may find the things that bind us together are greater than the things that alienate us once we stop demonizing the other side and seek common ground.

     

    Let me close with a comment by Chris MacIntosh when he predicted Donald Trump’s election because he believed the left is blinded by their own political correctness:

    When only right-wing demagogues are prepared to say what a politically correct establishment is unwilling to say, then it will be right-wing demagogues that are elected to power. (Capitalist Exploits)

     

  • Suicide Hotlines Get Record Number Of Calls After Trump Win: "Phones Have Been Ringing Off The Hook"

    Submitted by Mac Slacvo via SHTFPlan.com,

    Things have gotten steadily worse for Democrats after Donald Trump’s election to the Presidency of the United States. Scores of celebrities are freaking out across social media, Hillary supporters are holding “Cry Ins” to help each other cope, visits to Canada’s immigration website have skyrocketed, and coping videos are starting to make the rounds online.

    While many shocked Clinton supporters have found solidarity with thousands of others by protesting and rioting in the streets, some, like movie star Robert DeNiro, have fallen into a depressive state.

    And according to The Hill, those overwhelming feelings of depression have led to suicidal thoughts in many. So much so that suicide hotlines across the country are struggling to keep up:

    Phones have been ringing off the hook at suicide hotlines since Donald Trump was named president-elect Tuesday.

     

    According to multiple reports, many of those calling or texting into hotlines are members of the LGBTQ community, minorities and victims of sexual assault who are worried about Trump’s victory.

     

    The Suicide Prevention Lifeline told “The Washington Post” it is seeing calls “unmatched in the hotline’s history,” with a response unlike that in 2008 or 2012.

     

     

    Election stress is nothing new. Psychologists have noted upticks in anxiety and stress during and following contentious election cycles. This specific election, many have observed, is no exception and is exceeding average numbers in those seeking mental care and counseling.

    If you are someone you know can’t handle the stress, please share this video.

    You’re not alone:

    By way of helping, here are 7 things liberals should have learned from this election (but won't).

    1) The Standard Liberal Rhetoric Against Republicans Is Nuts: Last week, Bill Maher said the following, “I know liberals made a big mistake because we attacked your boy [President George W. Bush] like he was the end of the world. He wasn’t. And Mitt Romney, we attacked that way. I gave Obama a million dollars, I was so afraid of Mitt Romney. Mitt Romney wouldn’t have changed my life that much, or yours. Or John McCain. They were honorable men who we disagreed with. And we should have kept it that way. So we cried wolf. And that was wrong."

     

    Whether you love or hate Trump, you have to agree that his behavior, temperament and style are wildly different than that of George W. Bush and Mitt Romney. Yet, the Left’s charges against Trump seem to be largely identical to the ones it leveled at Bush and Romney. Racist? Check. Sexist? Check. Is a mean, hateful person? Check. Fascist? Check. A Nazi? Check. When you try to paint every person that doesn’t agree with you as the devil, then you’ll soon find you lack the ability to describe someone you truly believe to be the devil if he appears.

     

    2) Smearing People As Racists Has Consequences: A big part of Barack Obama’s initial appeal to many of the Americans who voted for him in 2008 was the unspoken promise that he’d lead us into a post-racial era. How racist could America be if we had a black President, right? Unfortunately, Obama and his allies on the Left took us in exactly the opposite direction. Day in and day out, any white person who didn’t toe the liberal line was called a racist and falsely accused of having white privilege. Anyone who complained about it was told in not so many words, “You’re white; so shut up.” Meanwhile, the clear majority of people being called racists didn’t agree with that assessment. They seethed; they got angry about it and many of them got their revenge by voting for Donald Trump.

     

    Read more here…

  • What Happens When 2-Term Presidencies End?

    Four words – nothing good for stocks.

     

    h/t @ConvertBond

    With the election decided, the burning question now is, “What next?” And, as Axioma details in their latest report, as “unprecedented” as the 2016 US Presidential election may have been, there are at least some precedents to which we can point for insights into what may now lie ahead.

    Granted, the economic impact of policies introduced by Donald Trump will not be seen for many months or years. Nevertheless, we can look to other market events to get an idea of what we might expect in equity and currency markets over the near term, while the markets are still absorbing the news.

    Admittedly, two examples of vote-related surprises (2000 uncertainty post-election, and Brexit) and associated market movements and volatilities, along with the example of how the market may view one of Trump’s signature issues (NAFTA agreement in Jan 1994), are hardly comprehensive indicators of what we might see in markets over the next few months; and of course, the economic impact of trade and other policies may not be known for months or years. But we believe the uncertainty and associated market volatility we have seen in the past may well come to pass again, and market volatility may become the order of the day, as the US transitions to a substantially different style of administration from the past eight years and new policies are put into place.

  • Donald Trump's First Interview Since Winning The Election: Key Highlights And Full Transcript

    In his first televised interview since winning the election this week, a “more serious, more subdued” Donald Trump spoke to CBS’ 60 Minutes correspondent Lesley Stahl from his penthouse in the Trump Tower.

    As CBS’ Lesley Stahl summarized the interview, “what we discovered in Mr. Trump’s first television interview as president-elect, was that some of his signature issues at the heart of his campaign were not meant to be taken literally, but as opening bids for negotiation.  

    Before we get into the nuances of Trump’s interview whose full transcript is presented at the end of this post, for those pressed for time here are the key highlights from Trump’s interview:

    • Trump says he will talk with FBI Director Comey before deciding whether to ask his resignation, says “I respect him a lot”
    • Trump, on pledge to appoint special prosecutor to investigate Clintons, says “I don’t want to hurt them. They’re good people”
    • Trump says he is “fine” with same-sex marriage; says He Does Not Intend To Overturn Supreme Court Ruling on Gay Marriage
    • Trump confirms he will forego salary as president
    • Trump tells protesters: “don’t be afraid”
    • Trump condemns harassment of minorities
    • Trump vows to name pro-life, pro-gun rights Supreme Court justices

    Among many things discussed, Trump told Stahl that Clinton’s phone call conceding the election was “lovely” and acknowledged that making the phone call was likely “tougher for her than it would have been for me,” according to previews of the interview released by CBS. Trump said “she couldn’t have been nicer. She just said, ‘Congratulations, Donald, well done,’” Trump told Stahl. “And I said, ‘I want to thank you very much. You were a great competitor.’ She is very strong and very smart.”

    Trump’s tone in the interview contrasted his attacks on the campaign trail, in which he nicknamed Clinton “Crooked Hillary” and encouraged chants to “Lock her up!” during his rallies. 

    Trump also told Stahl that former president Bill Clinton called him the following day and “couldn’t have been more gracious.” “He said it was an amazing run – one of the most amazing he’s ever seen,” Trump  said. “He was very, very, really, very nice.”

    During the campaign, Trump had tried to use Bill Clinton’s infidelities as a way to attack and embarrass Hillary Clinton. For the second presidential debate, Trump had sought to intimidate his competitor by inviting women who had accused the former president of sexual abuse to sit in the Trump family box. Debate officials quashed the idea.

    In the interview with Stahl, Trump did not rule out calling both of the Clintons for advice during his term. “I mean, this is a very talented family,” he said. “Certainly, I would certainly think about that.”

    Ironically, Trump was also asked if he would appoint a special prosecutor to investigate Hillary’s private server as he suggested he would during the second debtate.

    “I’m going to think about it….I don’t want to hurt them,” he said in the “60 Minutes” interview. “Um, I feel that I want to focus on jobs, I want to focus on healthcare, I want to focus on the border and immigration and doing a really great immigration bill. We want to have a great immigration bill. And I want to focus on — all of these other things that we’ve been talking about.”

    Trump also reiterated on “60 Minutes” that he may keep portions of the Affordable Care Act, something he had mentioned he might do after meeting with President Barack Obama in the White House on Thursday.

    When Stahl asked whether people with pre-existing conditions would still be covered after Trump repealed and replaced Obamacare, Trump said they would “because it happens to be one of the strongest assets.”

    “Also, with the children living with their parents for an extended period, we’re going to… very much try and keep that,” Trump added, referring to portions of the healthcare act that cover children under their parents’ insurance through age 26. “It adds cost, but it’s very much something we’re going to try and keep.”

    When Stahl questioned whether there would be a gap between the repeal of Obamacare and the implementation of a new plan that could leave millions of people uninsured, Trump interrupted her.

    “Nope. We’re going to do it simultaneously. It’ll be just fine. It’s what I do. I do a good job. You know, I mean, I know how to do this stuff,” Trump said. “We’re going to repeal and replace it. And we’re not going to have, like, a two-day period and we’re not going to have a two-year period where there’s nothing. It will be repealed and replaced. I mean, you’ll know. And it will be great healthcare for much less money.”

    Trump’s campaign promises included fully repealing the Affordable Care Act, forcing Mexico to pay for a border wall and banning Muslims from entering the U.S., however in the last few days Trump appears to have taken a more moderate stance on these matters and now seems to be walking back his more extreme positions.

    * * *

    Trump was also asked for his take on the Supreme Court and Roe v Wade.

    On this important issues Trump said that he is “pro-life. The judges will be pro-life. They’ll be pro-life, they’ll be– in terms of the whole gun situation, we know the Second Amendment and everybody’s talking about the Second Amendment and they’re trying to dice it up and change it, they’re going to be very pro-Second Amendment. But having to do with abortion if it ever were overturned, it would go back to the states. So it would go back to the states.” He added that perhaps women “will have to go to another state.”

    * * *

    On the topic of violence in the streets since his election victory, Donald Trump says he’s “saddened” to hear some of his supporters are inciting violence: “If it helps. I will say this…Stop it”

    Trump said had he heard about reports of racial slurs and personal threats against African Americans, Latinos and gays by some of his supporters.

    Donald Trump: I am very surprised to hear that– I hate to hear that, I mean I hate to hear that–

    Lesley Stahl: But you do hear it?

    Donald Trump: I don’t hear it—I saw, I saw one or two instances…

    Lesley Stahl: On social media?

    Donald Trump: But I think it’s a very small amount. Again, I think it’s–

    Lesley Stahl: Do you want to say anything to those people?

    Donald Trump: I would say don’t do it, that’s terrible, ‘cause I’m gonna bring this country together.

    Lesley Stahl: They’re harassing Latinos, Muslims–

    Donald Trump: I am so saddened to hear that. And I say, “Stop it.” If it– if it helps. I will say this, and I will say right to the cameras: Stop it.

    Trump was also asked about his opinion on demonstrators:

    Lesley Stahl: [T]here are people, Americans, who are scared and some of them are demonstrating right now, demonstrating against you, against your rhetoric–

    Donald Trump: That’s only because they don’t know me. I really believe that’s only because–

    Lesley Stahl: Well, they listened to you in the campaign and that’s–

    Donald Trump: I just don’t think they know me.

    Lesley Stahl: Well, what do you think they’re demonstrating against?

    Donald Trump: Well, I think in some cases, you have professional protesters. And we had it– if you look at WikiLeaks, we had–

    Lesley Stahl: You think those people down there are—

    Donald Trump: Well Lesley—

    Lesley Stahl: are professional?

    Donald Trump: Oh, I think some of them will be professional, yeah–

    Lesley Stahl: OK, but what about – they’re in every city. When they demonstrate against you and there are signs out there, I mean, don’t you say to yourself, I guess you don’t, you know, do I have to worry about this? Do I have to go out and assuage them? Do I have to tell them not to be afraid? They’re afraid.

    Donald Trump: I would tell them don’t be afraid, absolutely…. We are going to bring our country back. But certainly, don’t be afraid. You know, we just had an election and sort of like you have to be given a little time. I mean, people are protesting. If Hillary had won and if my people went out and protested, everybody would say, “Oh, that’s a terrible thing.” And it would have been a much different attitude. There is a different attitude. You know, there is a double standard here.

    * * *

    The full interview is below:

    * * *

    And the full interview transcript is below:

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 13th November 2016

  • Martin Armstrong Exposes "The Real Clinton Conspiracy" Which Backfired Dramatically

    Submitted by Martin Armstrong via ArmstrongEconomics.com,

    madam-president

    Meanwhile, Hillary lost not merely because she misread the “real” people, she decided to run a very divisive and nasty negative campaign, which has fueled the violence ever since. According to WikiLeaks emails from campaign John Podesta, Clinton colluded with the DNC and the media to raise what they thought would be the extreme right among Republicans to then make her the middle of the road to hide her agenda.

    hillary-pied-piper

    Clinton called this her “pied piper” strategy, that intentionally cultivated extreme right-wing presidential candidates and that would turn the Republicans away from their more moderate candidates. This enlisted mainstream media who then focused to Trump and raise him above all others assuming that would help Hillary for who would vote for Trump. This was a deliberate strategy all designed to propel Hillary to the White House.

    The Clinton campaign and Democratic National Committee along with mainstream media all called for using far-right candidates “as a cudgel to move the more established candidates further to the right.” Clinton’s camp insisted that Trump should be “elevated” to “leaders of the pack” and media outlets should be told to “take them seriously.”

    If we look back on April 23, 2015, just two weeks after Hillary Clinton officially declared her presidential campaign, her staff sent out a message on straregy to manipulate the Republicans into selecting the worse candidate. They included this attachment a “memo for the DNC discussion.”

    pied piper dnc email

    The memo was addressed to the Democratic National Committee and stated bluntly, “the strategy and goals a potential Hillary Clinton presidential campaign would have regarding the 2016 Republican presidential field.” Here we find that the real conspiracy was Clinton manipulating the Republicans. “Clearly most of what is contained in this memo is work the DNC is already doing. This exercise is intended to put those ideas to paper.”

    “Our hope is that the goal of a potential HRC campaign and the DNC would be one-in-the-same: to make whomever the Republicans nominate unpalatable to a majority of the electorate.”

    The Clinton strategy was all about manipulating the Republicans to nominate the worst candidate Clinton called for forcing “all Republican candidates to lock themselves into extreme conservative positions that will hurt them in a general election.”

    It was not Putin trying to rig the elections, it was Hillary. Clinton saw the Republican field as crowded and she viewed as “positive” for her. “Many of the lesser known can serve as a cudgel to move the more established candidates further to the right.” Clinton then took the strategic position saying “we don’t want to marginalize the more extreme candidates, but make them more ‘Pied Piper’ candidates who actually represent the mainstream of the Republican Party.”

    Her manipulative strategy was to have the press build up Donald Trump, Sen. Ted Cruz and Ben Carson. “We need to be elevating the Pied Piper candidates so that they are leaders of the pack and tell the press to them seriously.”

    This conspiracy has emerged from the Podesta emails. It was Clinton conspiring with mainstream media to elevate Trump and then tear him down. We have to now look at all the media who endorsed Hillary as simply corrupt. Simultaneously, Hillary said that Bernie had to be ground down to the pulp. Further leaked emails showed how the Democratic National Committee sabotaged Sanders’ presidential campaign. It was Hillary manipulating the entire media for her personal gain. She obviously did not want a fair election because she was too corrupt.

    What is very clear putting all the emails together, the rise of Donald Trump was orchestrated by Hillary herself conspiring with mainstream media, and they they sought to burn him to the ground. Their strategy backfired and now this is why she has not come out to to speak against the violence she has manipulated and inspired.

    podesta-hillary-refuses-to-concede

    This is by far the WORST campaign in history and it was all orchestrated by Hillary to be intentionally divisive for the nation all to win the presidency at all costs. She has torched the constitution and the country. No wonder Hillary could not go to the stage to thank her supporters. She never counted on them and saw the people as fools. The entire strategy was to take the White House with a manipulation of the entire election process. Just unbelievable. Any Democrat who is not angry at this is clearly just a biased fool. Wake up and smell the roses. You just got what you deserve.

     

  • Is A Real Civil War Possible?

    Submitted by Doug Casey via InternationalMan.com,

    The Trump victory is very good news for the US – relative to a win for Hillary, which would have been an unmitigated disaster. So I’m happy he won.

    Will Trump winning mean a real change in direction for the US? Unlikely. Don’t mistake Trump for a libertarian. He has all kinds of stupid notions—torture as official policy, killing families of accused terrorists, and putting on import duties. He has no grasp of economics. He’s an authoritarian. His cabinet choices, so far, are all neocons and Deep State hangers-on. He’s likely to treat the US as if it were his 100% owned corporation.

    On the bright side, he has real business experience—although of the kind that sees government as a partner. I doubt he’ll try, or be able if he does, to pull up any agencies by the roots. He’ll mainly be able to set the tone, as did Reagan. But, hey, something is better than nothing.

    THE POLITICAL FUTURE

    A brief word on US political parties. I’ve said for years that the Demopublicans and the Republicrats are just two wings of the same party. One says it’s for social freedom (which is a lie), but is actively antagonistic to economic freedom. The other says it’s for economic freedom (which is a lie), but is actively antagonistic to social freedom. Both are controlled by members of the Deep State.

    I still think that’s an accurate description of reality. But, in truth, it’s a little unfair to the Republicans. The creatures who control the Republican Party are one thing – and they were massively repudiated by the victory of Trump. Good riddance. But the people who gravitate towards the GOP are something else. To them, the GOP mostly represents a cultural club they belong to.

    Rank and file Republicans don’t have any cohesive philosophy binding them together. They’re just sympathetic to “traditional” values. They like the picture postcard version of America. The 1950’s style Father Knows Best family. The world of American Graffiti. A house in the suburbs, or a small, neat farm. Thanksgiving dinners with relatives. The exchange of Christmas cards. Going to church on Sunday. The husband having a job that allows him to support the wife and kids. Chevrolets and Fords. A relatively small, non-predatory government. A friendly neighborhood cop. A basically decent and stable society, which doesn’t tolerate crime, or overly outlandish behavior, where social norms are understood and observed.

    You get the picture. It’s a cultural thing, not an ideological or political construct. Unfortunately, it’s no longer a reality. It’s more and more just an ideal, about as dated as a Norman Rockwell painting on the defunct Saturday Evening Post.

    The Democrats are quite different in outlook. They see themselves as hip and sophisticated, and see traditional values as “square”. They’re for globalism, not American nationalism. Forget the clean-cut Mouseketeers; the fat and loathsome Lena Dunham is the new role model. Political correctness rules. White men are automatically despised. Black is beautiful. Women are better than men. The very idea of America is in disrepute, and held in contempt. Multiculturalism overrules home-grown values. Etc. Etc.

    You’ll notice that there was very little discussion about policy in this election. It was almost all ad hominem attacks, mostly pushing emotional hot buttons, not intellectual points. It’s all about a culture clash. It’s a non-violent civil war. These two groups no longer have very much in common. And they don’t just disagree, they hate each other.

    Is a real civil war possible? Unlikely. The electorate is too degraded to actually get off their couches to fight, apart from the fact few know how to use a gun anymore. Besides, 25% of the US is on antidepressants or other psychoactive drugs; they’re too passive to want radical change. Almost half the country is on some form of the dole; they fear having their doggy dishes taken away. More than half the country is obese; fat people tend to avoid street fights. The median age in the US is 38; old people don’t usually get in fights. Anyway, everybody lives on their electronic devices, not the real world.

    You’ll notice that voting for Trump and Hillary broke along cultural lines. The Republicans won the rural areas (which are dropping in population); the Democrats won the cities (which are growing). The Reps are white (and becoming no more than a plurality); the Dems have most of the so-called “people of color”, who used to be called “colored people” (and are becoming a majority). The Reps did better with males; the Dems better with females, who tend to see the world in softer and gentler shades. The Reps are favored by native-born Americans; the Dems are favored by immigrants, who often have very different values. The Reps represent the diminishing middle-class; the Dems represent the growing underclass. The Reps did better with older people, who are on their way out; the Dems did better with younger people, indoctrinated by academia and the media, who are on their way up.

    None of this looks good for the future of traditional American culture. In fact, Hillary won the popular vote. That means, demographics being what they are, the Republicans are in more trouble next time. With current immigration and birth patterns, the constituency of the Democrats should gain about 2% every four-year election cycle in the future. Even more important, as we leave the eye of the storm that started in 2007, and go into the trailing edge of the economic hurricane, the Trump administration will be blamed. There will, therefore, be a radical reaction away from what it’s believed to represent in 2020.

    It used to be the Reps and the Dems differentiated mostly on ideological grounds. Now it’s much more on cultural grounds. Allow me to identify the elephant in the room, and spell out the real nature of the Democratic Party.

    The Democratic party is a cesspool filled with leftist social engineers, academics, busy-body pundits, the “elite”, cultural Marxists, race baiters, racial “minorities” who see race as their main identity, radical feminists and LBGT types, entitled underachievers, statists, the soft-headed, the envy-driven, the stupid, professional losers, haters of free markets, and people who simply hate the idea of America. I can’t imagine anyone of good will, or even common decency, being a member of today's Democratic Party. It needs to be flushed. But it will only get stronger in the near future, for many reasons.

    But it’s an honest party—they generally say what they believe, even if it’s repulsive to anyone who values things like liberty. Interestingly, there are no Dinos—unless they’re Stalinists or Maoists who think the others aren’t going far enough. The party has absolutely no redeeming values.

    A real battle for the soul of the country is shaping up. But I fear it won’t be heroic, so much as sordid. The knaves versus the fools. The Dems are the evil party, but the Reps are just the stupid party.

    Why? Trump and the Trumpers have no ideology except a vision of a vanished world. They’re understandably angry, but don’t know what to do about it. They have no real program, except to say the Dems have gone too far. No coherent philosophy, just a nebulous belief that the Democrats are wrong. They’re justifiably fed up with the Establishment that gave them non-entities like Dole, McCain, and Romney.

    Why did Trump win? Two reasons.

    First, “Cultural Americans” know that their culture is dying, and their standard of living is declining. They sensed—correctly—that this would be their “last hurrah”, their last real kick at the cat. Trump is likely the last white male president. Unless a rabid statist like Tim Kaine is elected in 2020, with promises of a new and more radical New Deal. Or ongoing wars tilt the odds towards a general, most of whom are still white males.

     

    Second, don’t forget that Trump wasn’t the only protest candidate in the primaries. There was Bernie. His supporters know that Hillary and the Dem insiders stole it from him, and they’re still very unhappy. Many abstained from voting for Hillary because of the theft. A few probably voted for Trump out of spite. Or because they wanted to burn the house down. Nobody says this.

    Perversely, they’ll get their wish. The Greater Depression will deepen under Trump, even if he makes the right moves. Which will play into the election of someone from the Democrat cesspool in 2020. So maybe the Trump victory isn’t such a good thing after all.

    But let’s look at the bright side. All things considered, we’re in for some wonderful free (kind of) entertainment.

  • NATO Panics As Putin Urges Trump To Force Alliance Withdrawal From Russian Border

    While many in the media have speculated that the Kremlin had a hand in Wikileaks’ procurement of hacked Podesta emails – something Julian Assange denied last week – and US intelligence services officially accused Russian government-supported hackers of interfering with the US election (providing zero proof for the allegation), the truth is that Vladimir Putin is delighted with the outcome from the US elections: not so much for Hillary’s loss as that the sharp, neo-con wing in the Pentagon has been muted for the next four years.

    And, in the first test of Trump’s willingness to rebuild bridges with Russia, Putin’s spokesman suggested that President-elect Donald Trump should begin rebuilding the U.S.-Kremlin relationship by urging NATO to withdraw forces from the Russian border.  Dmitry Peskov told the Associated Press that such a move  “would lead to a kind of detente in Europe.” Trump repeatedly praised Putin during his campaign and suggested the U.S. abandon its commitment to the NATO alliance.

    The request comes at a time of disturbing, relentless escalations in military tensions between NATO and Russia: this week we reported that NATO has placed as much as 300,000 troops on “high alert” in preparation for confrontation with Russia. 

    Peskov said in the interview that the NATO presence does not make Russia feel “safe.”  “Of course, we have to take measures to counter,” he said.

    Additionally, setting the stage for Trump’s official position on Crimea, in a separate interview with the Associated Press on Thursday, Peskov insisted that Crimea which became part of Russia after the CIA-sponsored Ukraine presidential coup in 2014, will remain such.   “No one in Russia — never — will be ready to start any kind of discussion about Crimea,” he said, refusing to call it “annexation.”

    When asked how Trump could approach the Crimea issue, quoted by The Hill, Peskov said it would take time. “We understand that it will take time for our partners in Europe, for our partners here in the United States to understand that. We are patient enough to wait until this understanding occurs here in Washington, in the States, in Europe,” he said.

    * * *

    But while the Crimea issue is largely moot, with the West resigned to its concession to Moscow, fears that Trump will indeed follow Russia’s advice and pressure the alliance into standing down, or worse, withdraw US support, has resulted in outright panic, and according to German Spiegel, NATO strategists are planning for a scenario in which Trump orders US troops out of Europe.

    Spiegel adds that strategists from NATO Secretary-General Jens Stoltenberg’s staff have drafted a secret report which includes a worst-case scenario in which Trump orders US troops to withdraw from Europe and fulfills his threat to make Washington less involved in European security.

    “For the first time, the US exit from NATO has become a threat” which would mean the end of the bloc, a German NATO officer told the magazine. During his campaign, Trump repeatedly slammed NATO, calling the alliance “obsolete.” He also suggested that under his administration, the US may refuse to come to the aid of NATO allies unless they “pay their bills” and “fulfill their obligations to us.”

    Of course, this is the same Spiegel which after Trump’s victory has predicted the end of the world.

    “We are experiencing a moment of the highest and yet unprecedented uncertainty in the transatlantic relationship,” said Wolfgang Ischinger, former German ambassador in Washington and head of the prominent Munich Security Conference. By criticizing the collective defense, Trump has questioned the basic pillar of NATO as a whole, Ischinger added.

    Alternatively, by putting into question a core support pillar behind NATO’s endless provocations and troop buildup at Russia’s border, Trump may prevent World War III.

    NATO, however, demands its way or no other way at all, and it why Ischinger demands that the president-elect reassure his “European allies” that he remains firm on the US commitment under Article 5 of the NATO charter prior to his inauguration.

    This wasn’t the only criticism launched at Trump by the military alliance: earlier this week, Stoltenberg slammed Trump’s agenda, saying: “All allies have made a solemn commitment to defend each other. This is something absolutely unconditioned.” Perhaps the commitment was only contingent on having a resident in the Oval Office who put the interests of the Military Industrial Complex ahead of those of, for example, the American people?

    NATO’s panic has grown so vast that out of fear Trump would not appear in Brussels even after his inauguration, NATO has re-scheduled its summit – expected to take place in early 2017 – to next summer, Spiegel said.

    The NATO report likley also reflects current moods within the EU establishment as well, as Jean-Claude Juncker, President of the European Commission, has called on the member states to establish Europe’s own military. Washington “will not ensure the security of the Europeans in the long term… we have to do this ourselves,” he argued on Thursday. Because Greek troops just can’t wait to give their lives to defend German citizens and vice versa.

    Meanwhile, Spiegel admits that despite NATO’s bluster, Trump has all the leverage, and if Trump is serious about reducing the number of US troops stationed in Europe, large NATO countries like Germany have little to offer, Spiegel said. Even major member states’ militaries lack units able to replace the Americans, which in turn may trigger debate on strengthening NATO’s nuclear arm, a sensitive issue in most European countries for domestic reasons.

    How will Trump respond? It is unclear: while in his pre-election rhetoric, Trump pushed for an anti-interventionist agenda, and certainly made it seem that NATO would be weakned under his presidency, that remains to be seen as his transition team currently hammers out the specifics of his rather vague policies. We would not be surprised at all to find that for all the anti-establishment posturing, the “shadow government” – now in the hands of the Bush clan – which Ron Paul warned against earlier, manages to regain dominance, and far from a detente, Trump’s position emboldens NATO to pressure Putin even further. We would be delighted if our cynicism is proven wrong on this occasion.  

  • Chicago Man Beaten By Angry Black Mob For Voting Trump Speaks Out

    A couple of days ago we wrote about the 49-year old Chicago resident, David Wilcox, who was beaten by a group of angry black men as onlookers shouted “you voted Trump? you gonna pay for that sh*t,” “beat his ass,” and “don’t vote Trump.”  Today the battered Wilcox spoke to the Chicago Tribune to give more details on the events surrounding the assault.  In addition to being beaten mercilessly, Wilcox was also drug down the streets of Chicago’s West Side at 70-80 miles per hour as he attempted to prevent the mob from stealing his vehicle.

    “I stopped and parked. And I asked if they had insurance, and the next thing that I knew they were beating the s— out of me,” Wilcox said Thursday.

     

    “They were beating me to have me let go of the car,” Wilcox said. “The guy went to 70 and 80 mph. If I let go, I was dead. He slowed to 45. … He tried to push the door open. …So he stepped on it again.”

     

    “He stepped up back to 70 and 80, swerved again,” Wilcox said. “The wheels on my side left the ground, up to 2 inches. … Then he slowed down. I was looking at oncoming traffic. He probably slowed to about 45. God was watching over for me. I rolled about five or seven times into the oncoming traffic lanes.”

     

    “There was a parole officer with a gun and bulletproof vest,” he added. “He turned left, and he told me just sit down and wait for the police to come.”

     

    Wilcox filled out a police report, but no one was reported in custody Thursday afternoon. Police said they were investigating the beating and who made the “politically divisive” statements in the video.

     

    Wilcox believes the attackers, who were black, were egged on by the bystanders. “They intensified it, aggravated it and made it more than it was.”

     

    Ironically the attackers didn’t even know that Wilcox was a Trump voter at the time of the attack.  That said, he confirmed his support of Trump to the Chicago Tribune which he attributed to his view that Trump would be better for the economy.

    “He’s gonna bring back the economy. I believe he’s gonna be the one to protect the (nation). I know he doesn’t speak politically correct sometimes, but 95 percent of the country doesn’t.”

    Somehow we suspect if this event were reversed and a white Trump mob was video taped beating a black Hillary supporter the mainstream media would pay a little closer attention.  That said, we won’t hold our breath waiting for CNN and MSNBC to cover this one.

    * * *

    Below is what we shared a couple of days ago.

    Authored by Paul Joseph Watson, originally posted at InfoWars.com,

    Shocking video out of Chicago shows a mob of young black men viciously beating an older white man because he voted for Donald Trump, dragging him through the streets as he hangs out of the back of his car.

    The clip shows the thugs repeatedly screaming, “you voted Donald Trump” as they assault the victim from every angle while others steal his belongings.

    “You voted Trump,” the mob screams, “You gonna pay for that sh*t.”

    Another woman shouts “beat his ass,” while another man is heard laughing before remarking, “Don’t vote Trump.”

    A second video of the incident which is dubbed with the “F**k Donald Trump” song, a phrase now being chanted by “protesters” across the country, shows one of the attackers driving away in the man’s vehicle while his hand is still stuck in the window as the car drags him down the street.

    “The scene is frankly reminiscent of a lynching,” remarks Chris Menahan.

    It is not even clear if the victim was a Trump supporter. Presumably, the mob used that as an excuse to beat and rob him.

    YouTube quickly deleted the video, but it has been mirrored on numerous different websites.

    If the roles had been reversed, and Trump supporters had been caught on tape viciously beating a black Hillary voter, this would be a national news story right now.

    As it is, you won’t see this on CNN any time soon.

    Finally, here is SHFPlan.com’s Mac Slavo with his typically eloquent perspective on this deplorable behavior

    Violence and retribution for the election of Trump has proven to be the result of a media-driven attack on his character. For months now, the pundits and columnists have done nothing but tell the population that Trump supporters are racists, etc. and now racially-motivated beatings are taking place in the street without any other pretext or provocation.

     

    Are they proud of themselves yet? And how far will this violence spread?

     

    read more here…

  • Chart Of The Week: The Exodus Begins

    In March, hordes of 'triggered' and 'fearful' liberals began to investigate just what it would take to leave the country if – horror of horrors – Donald Trump should win the US presidential election. As the following chart shows, that 'blip' of search hysteria appears to have been nothing compared to the overwhelming exodus that just occurred…

    trends.embed.renderExploreWidget(“TIMESERIES”, {“comparisonItem”:[{“keyword”:”move to canada”,”geo”:””,”time”:”today 5-y”}],”category”:0,”property”:””}, {“exploreQuery”:”q=move%20to%20canada”});

    Of course, this has not gone unnoticed by the Canadians (who emigration website crashed on Wednesday), as Jim Quinn previously wrote, the flood of Trump-fearing American liberals sneaking across the border into Canada has intensified in the past week. The Republican presidential campaign is prompting an exodus among left-leaning Americans who fear they’ll soon be required to hunt, pray, pay taxes, and live according to the Constitution.

    Canadian border residents say it’s not uncommon to see dozens of sociology professors, liberal arts majors, global-warming activists, and “green” energy proponents crossing their fields at night.

     

    “I went out to milk the cows the other day, and there was a Hollywood producer huddled in the barn,” said southern Manitoba farmer Red Greenfield, whose acreage borders North Dakota. “He was cold, exhausted and hungry, and begged me for a latte and some free-range chicken. When I said I didn’t have any, he left before I even got a chance to show him my screenplay, eh?”

     

    In an effort to stop the illegal aliens, Greenfield erected higher fences, but the liberals scaled them. He then installed loudspeakers that blared Rush Limbaugh across the fields, but they just stuck their fingers in their ears and kept coming. Officials are particularly concerned about smugglers who meet liberals just south of the border, pack them into electric cars, and drive them across the border, where they are simply left to fend for themselves after the battery dies.

     

    “A lot of these people are not prepared for our rugged conditions,” an Alberta border patrolman said. “I found one carload without a single bottle of Perrier water, or any gemelli with shrimp and arugula. All they had was a nice little Napa Valley cabernet and some kale chips. When liberals are caught, they’re sent back across the border, often wailing that they fear persecution from Trump high-hairers.

     

    Rumors are circulating about plans being made to build re-education camps where liberals will be forced to drink domestic beer, study the Constitution, and find jobs that actually contribute to the economy.

     

    In recent days, liberals have turned to ingenious ways of crossing the border. Some have been disguised as senior citizens taking a bus trip to buy cheap Canadian prescription drugs. After catching a half-dozen young vegans in blue-hair wig disguises, Canadian immigration authorities began stopping buses and quizzing the supposed senior citizens about Perry Como and Rosemary Clooney to prove that they were alive in the ’50s.

     

    “If they can’t identify the accordion player on The Lawrence Welk Show, we become very suspicious about their age,” an official said.

     

    Canadian citizens have complained that the illegal immigrants are creating an organic-broccoli shortage, are buying up all the Barbara Streisand CD’s, and are overloading the internet while downloading jazzercise apps to their cell phones.

     

    “I really feel sorry for American liberals, but the Canadian economy just can’t support them,” an Ottawa resident said. “After all, how many art-history majors does one country need?"

    Finally, for those still thinking of leaving, our exclusive “Canadian insider” offered these tips and answers about making the move to Canada and what you can expect when you arrive:

    1. Are Canadians as polite as the jokes say?

    In fact they are. One joke that even Canadians laugh at goes, “How do you get 47 Canadians out of the pool as quickly as possible?” The answer: simply yell, “Get out of the pool!”

    2. Is the weather in Canada as bad as the jokes say?

    No; it is actually worse. The beautiful East Coast becomes an ice cube in the winter—an endurance test equaled only by the weather in the capital, Ottawa, where the main distraction (aside from watching your breath freeze) is skating on the central canal, which freezes solid during winter. The prairies are no better. The outdoor parking spots accompanying most condos and hi-rises each have a built-in electrical outlet. No, not for your orbital buffer; they’re for your block heater. (If you don’t know what a block heater is, perhaps the Dominican Republic should really be your first choice for bugging out…?)

    3. Of course, there is always Vancouver, which experiences the best winters in the country (like Seattle, but with fewer serial killings).

    Keep in mind, however, that Vancouver currently has the largest housing bubble on the planet. (Source: “This is Freaking Nuts — House sells $750K above Asking,” Zerohedge, March 1, 2016.)

    4. Canada has cross-country “value added tax” (VAT), called HST, that can add about 13% to a typical purchase in the mere blink of an eye.

    If you are in business, you may be able to reclaim it. Most Canadians just pay it. Americans will find this unsettling. Of course, the whole idea of a VAT is that it theoretically obviates the need for income tax. Unfortunately Canada has not figured this out yet. They introduced income tax right after WWI, swore it was just temporary, and yet it is still here…? If, however, you are seeking the comfort and nostalgia of politicians who say one thing and then do another, Canada could be a dream come true.

    5. Speaking of politics, the wise voters of Canada just threw out the most conservative leader in decades (that is “conservative” with BOTH a small “c” and a capital “C”).

    This was mainly because they were bored with his conservatism, and (the irony!) they felt he was too close to the U.S.

    6. Social medicine will be a kick if you are making the journey north.

    It has its plusses and minuses. If you are in dire need, it is there. I have a friend who recently received a lung transplant, did not pay a nickel, and now loves Canada so much he moved back to Toronto from the Czech Republic. On the other hand, if you are looking for a simple MRI in a non-urgent situation, be prepared to wait several months or (more irony!) be prepared to cross into a U.S. border town and pony up cold hard cash.

    7. Supermarkets will be a shocker.

    Imagine that 70% of all the products you have come to know and love disappeared in the blink of an eye, like in a sci-fi movie, and, in many cases, they were replaced by brands you have never heard of. Your first time grocery shopping may possibly bring a tear to your eye. Good news? They do stock Kleenex, just like in the U.S.

    8. No, you don’t have to learn French, in spite of the millions of dollars a year Canadians spend translating and labeling everything that moves or squeaks into the official “second language.”

    Learning French is mainly useful only if you plan to live in Quebec or run for federal office. And if you learned history via U.S. textbooks, be prepared for some revisionism. Turns out that France did not lose the war for Canada to the Brits at the Battle of the Plains of Abraham. It was actually a “draw.” (Luckily, nobody bothered to tell the British or every province in Canada would have two tax systems and two levels of government, just like those freethinkers in Quebec.)

    9. The thing you will notice the most?

    Well, the whole money thing will be uncomfortable. First of all, everything in Canada costs more, ceteris paribus, than the equivalent item in the U.S., even before taxes. Why? Mainly because of the higher costs of labeling and moving goods in the sparser geography (hey! those French labels don’t put themselves on the items, do they…). Next, if you factor in the weaker loonie, well, let’s just say that as a Canadian newbie, your first experience with socialized medicine might be for anti-depressants. The good news? The doctor’s visit, and part of the cost of your meds, will be picked up by the very same country that depressed you in the first place!

  • As The Dust Settles: Goldman Q&A On Life In Trumplandia

    Expect the election result to increase policy uncertainty, warns Goldman Sachs, as a result of an increased pace of legislative action in 2017 without clarity, so far, regarding which issues the administration will prioritize. Over the near-term, much will depend on how financial conditions respond to the policy positions of the new administration. Despite today’s favorable market reaction, investors may take a dimmer view on proposals to raise tariffs or otherwise restrict international trade.

    Via Goldman Sachs,

    Q: Where do the final results stand?

    A: Republican sweep. At this point, Mr. Trump is likely to finish with 309 electoral votes but is slightly behind Sec. Clinton in the popular vote (the margin is likely to grow as votes are still being counted). In the Senate, one race has not yet been decided but Republicans look likely to hold 52 seats in the next Congress, two less than the 54 they hold currently. Likewise, in the House, four races have yet to be called, but Republicans look likely to hold 241 seats, down six from the their current level (including one vacant Republican seat).

    Q: What does this mean for policy in general?

    A: Overall, we think the election result implies greater policy uncertainty, for two reasons. First, the likelihood of significant legislative activity has increased as a result of single-party control for the first time since 2010, and Republican single-party control since 2006. In some areas, like fiscal policy, the question is now less if legislation passes, but what legislation passes. Second, uncertainty also looks likely to rise, at least temporarily, because it is much less clear what the priorities—or, on some issues, even the general views—of a Trump Administration are likely to be compared to most incoming administrations. As a first pass in thinking about policy under the new administration and Congress, we would categorize issues along two dimensions: how much political support Mr. Trump would need from Congress, and which issues have been key to his political success, suggesting a need to follow through directionally though not necessarily on the specifics.

    Q: What is likely to be on the Trump Administration’s agenda?

    A: The issues on Mr. Trump’s agenda are fairly apparent but it is less clear how priorities will be ordered. The campaign focused on tax reform, trade and immigration restrictions, easing of regulation, repeal of the Affordable Care Act (ACA, or Obamacare) and increased spending on infrastructure and defense. Some of these issues appear more likely to become priorities for the Trump Administration than others. For example, it is clear that congressional Republicans hold tax reform as a top priority, along with ACA repeal. While both of these issues likely resonated with many of Mr. Trump’s supporters, these are issues that congressional Republicans—and the 2012 Republican presidential candidate—have highlighted in the past, with mixed electoral success.

    By contrast, Mr. Trump focused new attention on trade policy and immigration, taking more restrictive stances in both areas than many Republican members of Congress support. While there were several factors behind Mr. Trump’s surprising victory, many of the states where he significantly outperformed were those with some of the highest shares of manufacturing-related employment (Exhibit 1). Given this, it would be surprising to see a Trump Administration distance itself entirely from commitments made on the campaign trail regarding trade. He also appears focused, as do many of his advisors, on reducing regulation, particularly in the energy and financial sectors. Some of these changes could require legislation, but many would be possible through executive action.

    Exhibit 1: Trump outperformed in manufacturing-intensive swing states


    Source: CNN, Department of Labor, Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research

    Q: How much congressional support will President Trump need for his agenda?

    A: It ranges from needing bipartisan support to unilateral executive authority, depending on the particular issue. He would need bipartisan support for regulatory-focused legislation, for example. Under current Senate rules, it usually takes 60 votes to pass major legislation dealing with most policy areas, such as regulatory changes affecting various sectors, legal changes (for instance, dealing with immigration or anti-trust laws) or labor laws like a minimum wage increase. In some cases, bipartisan support in the Senate might be possible in light of the fact that 10 Democratic senators representing states that Mr. Trump won will be up for reelection in 2018 (only one Republican senator representing a state that Sec. Clinton won will face reelection in 2018). Coalitions will differ based on the issue, but a deregulatory push in some areas, like energy, could receive sufficient support from these Democratic lawmakers to cross the 60-vote threshold. On many other issues, like comprehensive immigration reform, we expect that reaching a compromise would remain difficult.

    Fiscal policies could be addressed with only a simple majority in the House and Senate. Under the budget “reconciliation” process, the majority party can pass legislation to cut or raise taxes with only 51 votes in the Senate, rather than the usual 60 votes needed for most legislation. The two issues most likely to be addressed using this process would be tax reform and changes to the ACA. It is possible that certain aspects of federal spending, like Mr. Trump’s infrastructure program, might be addressed through this process as well.

    A third set of issues could be addressed without congressional involvement at all. The president has broad powers related to trade policy, as discussed below. Once in office, President-elect Trump could also reverse the “deferred action” policies for undocumented immigrants that President Obama put in place in 2012. Beyond this, there are a number of regulatory actions that the current administration has taken that could be modified or reversed, related to labor rules, energy exploration and production, carbon emissions and other aspects of environmental regulation, and financial regulation.

    Q: What has President-elect Trump proposed on taxes?

    A: Mr. Trump has proposed personal and business tax reform that would reduce tax revenues by an estimated $4.4 trillion over ten years, or roughly 1.9% of GDP over that period. Roughly half of this cost is estimated to come from his proposed corporate tax reform plan, which would reduce the corporate income tax rate to 15% and would impose a one-time 10% tax on all foreign earnings not yet taxed by the US. Companies would be free to repatriate earnings without additional tax once this tax has been paid. Like the House Republican proposal, this would involve a transition to a new corporate tax system for taxing foreign earnings. The two plans are similar in several other respects as well, including a top individual marginal tax rate of 33%. However, the House Republican plan is estimated to cost around half as much over the next ten years as Mr. Trump’s plan, at least in part because it proposes to go further in limiting or eliminating existing individual and corporate tax preferences (Exhibit 2).

    Exhibit 2: Tax plans compared


    Source: Office of Management and Budget, House Ways and Means Committee, Trump Campaign, Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research

    Q: Will his tax proposal pass?

    A: We expect that significant tax legislation has a good chance of passing in 2017, but we would not expect it to reduce revenues by as much as Mr. Trump has proposed. We note three potential obstacles to passing such a proposal:

    First, the cost is likely to be prohibitive for some members of Congress. While the majority party is able to pass tax legislation with only a simple majority in the Senate using the budget reconciliation process described above, it would require near-unanimity among the 52 Republicans in the Senate next year to do so. Our expectation is that some Republican lawmakers would balk at the deficit impact of his proposal.

     

    Second, while the House Republican proposal would increase the deficit less, it has also generally been proposed in the context of the broader Republican budget proposal, which would also reduce spending in several areas. Mr. Trump has not proposed a significant net spending reduction.

     

    Third, tax reform is complicated, and even under a unified Republican government, it may be too complex to resolve in a matter of months.

    Ultimately, the outlook for a tax cut depends on how willing marginal Republican lawmakers are to increase the deficit, and/or how willing they are to find offsetting savings elsewhere. Overall, our expectation is that there is a good chance that some type of tax legislation passes next year, but the obstacles to comprehensive tax reform go beyond partisan disputes, so we would expect tax legislation that is adopted in 2017 to be narrower in scope than the campaign proposal, and significantly smaller in its revenue effect.

    Q: What has Mr. Trump proposed in terms of infrastructure spending?

    A: His infrastructure plan calls for up to $1 trillion in additional spending over ten years, most of it privately financed. A memo released in late October by Mr. Trump’s economic advisors Wilbur Ross and Peter Navarro detailed a plan to finance up to $1 trillion in infrastructure spending over ten years, equal to $100bn per year or about 0.5% of GDP. We previously estimated that a spending boost of this size would reduce the unemployment rate by about 0.3pp and raise inflation a touch, leading the Fed to eventually hike one or two more times by 2019 relative to a baseline without the infrastructure package.

    The plan described by Ross and Navarro would be largely privately financed, but encouraged by tax credits. The plan would seek to incentivize the private sector to increase investment in infrastructure projects that would be supported by future usage fees, such as road tolls. Ross and Navarro suggest that 17% of the initial investments could be financed with equity and the remainder with debt. The government would then provide a tax credit equal to 82% of the equity to reduce the cost of financing. The large role of debt-financed private investment in Mr. Trump’s infrastructure plan implies that a significant increase in interest rates could be a hurdle for the plan’s feasibility.

    Ross and Navarro argue that the plan would be revenue neutral because the tax credit would be offset by revenue raised from taxes on income earned by workers employed by the infrastructure projects and on profits earned by contractors. However, their calculations both assume that the workers employed would not otherwise be earning taxable income and assume a tax rate that looks somewhat optimistic under the tax plan proposed by the Trump campaign. We expect that the Congressional Budget Office and Joint Tax Committee would find that the plan increased the deficit under their methodologies.

    Q: Will it pass?

    A: Mr. Trump appears to be more focused on infrastructure than many Republicans in Congress are. That said, his proposal, which relies on tax credits, might attract more Republican support than a spending plan of the same size. Moreover, there is significant Democratic support for additional infrastructure investment, which raises the possibility that it could be combined with the tax reform legislation discussed earlier to increase support for the overall package.

    Q: What does this signal regarding overall fiscal policy?

    A: We expect fiscal policy to loosen by about 0.75% of GDP, though there would be only a partial effect in 2017. Our very preliminary view is that fiscal policy might loosen by around 0.75% of GDP, with perhaps 0.5% coming through tax reductions and 0.25% through spending. Our expectation is that the effect in 2017 would probably be smaller, for two reasons. First, tax legislation would probably not pass until around mid-year, at earliest. Second, increases in infrastructure spending (or subsidies) and/or defense spending would likely take until 2018 to materially change spending levels.

    Q: What has President-elect Trump proposed regarding trade and tariffs?

    A: Mr. Trump has opposed existing trade agreements and suggested large tariff increases. He has proposed to renegotiate the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and raised the possibility of withdrawing from the World Trade Organization (WTO). Mr. Trump also opposes the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP). In terms of explicit changes, Mr. Trump has suggested imposing a 35% tariff on imports from Mexico and a 45% tariff on imports from China. If tariffs on imports from Mexico and China only were raised to 35 and 45% respectively, the average effective tariff rate would rise by roughly 11-12 percentage points (pp) from 1.5% to roughly 13%, a level not seen since WWII (Exhibit 3).

    Exhibit 3: Will tariffs stay low?


    Source: International Trade Commission, Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research

    Q: What authority does the President have over trade and tariffs?

    A: Trade policy is an area of greater presidential discretion. The Constitution gives Congress the power to regulate commerce with foreign nations but as a practical matter Congress has ceded much of this power to the executive branch over the years. Congress approves trade agreements, but the actual legislation that Congress passes usually simply authorizes the president to enter into an agreement that has already been concluded. The consensus among legal scholars is that presidents generally have the authority to withdraw from bilateral and multilateral trade agreements approved this way.

    Tariff levels are technically under the purview of Congress, though most levels are governed by commitments in bilateral and multilateral agreements. The executive branch lacks the authority to make broad permanent changes to tariffs on a unilateral basis, such as Mr. Trump’s suggestion that imports from China should face a 45% tariff. That said, the president does have authority to raise tariffs broadly on a temporary basis, or to raise tariffs narrowly on a longer term basis. Regarding the former, authority exists under the Trade Act of 1974 that grants the president power to impose quotas and/or an import surcharge of no more than 15%, though neither could be left in place for longer than 150 days. Regarding the latter, the Department of Commerce and the International Trade Commission oversee anti-dumping and countervailing duty complaints from various US industries seeking relief from import competition. The tariffs imposed in these cases are often substantial, but they are limited to certain narrowly defined products from certain countries, rarely affecting more than 1% of annual imports and averaging less than 0.2% of imports since 1980.

    Q: What would be the effects of tariff hikes on the economy?

    A: Tariff increases would likely boost inflation, and have mixed short-run but negative long-run growth effects. We estimate that a hypothetical 10pp hike in US import tariffs would 1) depress imports by about 5% and 2) boost the core PCE price level by roughly 0.6% cumulatively. The decline in exports would depend on the extent to which trading partners retaliate.

    The growth effects of import tariff increases depend on the horizon. The short-term impact on GDP is uncertain and likely mixed. On the one hand, the shift from imports to domestic production contributes positively to short-term growth, and tariff revenues can finance fiscal stimulus. On the other hand, the real income loss from expensive imports lowers consumption and investment. Other important negative short-term effects include the decline in exports under retaliation, tighter monetary policy, and possibly broader FCI tightening. While trade raises important distributional questions, the long-term aggregate growth effects from trade restrictions are negative in our view. The academic trade literature has highlighted several channels through which trade fosters long-run welfare. Trade can boost output as countries specialize; raise the variety of available products; and increase productivity through larger and more competitive markets.

    Q: What are the President-elect’s views on monetary policy and the Federal Reserve?

    A: As a candidate Mr. Trump was sometimes critical of the Fed, but his views on the appropriate direction for policy are unclear. On the one hand, Mr. Trump has expressed support for low interest rates, given the current inflation backdrop: “If inflation starts coming in, and we don’t see any signs of that, inflation starts coming in, that’s a different story. You have to go up and you have to slow things down. But right now I am for low interest rates.” He has also expressed concern about excessive dollar appreciation, saying in the same interview: “If we raise interest rates, and if the dollar starts getting too strong, we’re going to have some very major problems.” He added: “While there are certain benefits, it sounds better to have a strong dollar than it actually is.” Mr. Trump has also often noted that, as a developer, he prefers low rates. For example, at the Economic Club of New York in September, he said: “As a real estate person, I always like low interest rates, of course.”

    On the other hand, Mr. Trump has said he worries low interest rates are artificially supporting asset prices: “In terms of real estate, if I want to develop … from that standpoint I like low interest rates. From the country’s standpoint, I’m just not sure it’s a very good thing, because I really do believe we’re creating a bubble.” Similarly, he has said Fed policy has created a “false stock market”, that the “only reason the stock market is where it is, is because you get free money”, and that the FOMC “should have raised the rates” at its September 2016 meeting. Many conservative economists favor tighter monetary policy, but Mr. Trump’s views appear more nuanced, and we are therefore unsure whether he would favor a more hawkish Fed stance after taking office.

    Similarly, Mr. Trump’s preferences for Fed Chair are still unclear. During the campaign he said clearly that he would want to replace Yellen: “She is not a Republican … When her time is up, I would most likely replace her because of the fact that I think it would be appropriate.” And earlier today, a campaign spokesperson said that Mr. Trump would prefer a Fed Chair “whose thinking is more in keeping with his own”. However, at other times during the last year Mr. Trump said that he has “great respect” for the Fed Chair, and that he is “not a person who thinks Janet Yellen is doing a bad job.” So while unlikely, we would not totally rule out a Yellen reappointment. Several past Fed chairmen have been reappointed after the White House changed parties, including Chairmen Martin, Volcker, Greenspan, and Bernanke (Exhibit 4).

    Exhibit 4: Fed Chairs have been reappointed by presidents of the other party


    Source: Federal Reserve Board, Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research

    Q: What changes have you made to your forecasts following the election result?

    A: We nudged down the odds of a Fed rate increase next month, but have made no other changes at this point. After the tightening in financial conditions immediately following the election results, we lowered our subjective probability of a December rate increase to 60% from 75% previously. Markets have now recovered substantially—the S&P 500 in fact closed 1.1% higher on the day. If financial conditions remain benign in the coming weeks, the odds of a December rate hike would rise.

    For now we are sticking with our forecast that real GDP will grow at a 2% pace in 2017. Over the near-term, much will depend on how financial conditions respond to the policy positions of the new administration. Despite today’s favorable market reaction, investors may take a dimmer view on proposals to raise tariffs or otherwise restrict international trade. Beyond the next couple of quarters, increased potential for fiscal stimulus may be a source of upside risk. Given that the US economy is already close to full employment, aggressive fiscal stimulus would also point to upside risks to inflation.

  • Trading For A Living

    Submitted by Erico Matias Tavares via Sinclair & Co.,

    Adam Grimes has two decades of experience in the industry as a trader, analyst and system developer. His trading experience covers all major asset classes–futures, currencies, stocks, options, and other derivatives, and the full range of timeframes from very short term scalping to constructing portfolios for multi-year holding periods. Adam is currently Chief Investment Officer of Waverly Advisors, LLC, a research and advisory firm for which he writes daily market commentary and trade notes. He is also a contributing author for several publications on quantitative finance and related topics, and is much in demand as a speaker and lecturer on the topics of technical trading, risk management, and system development. When not doing finance stuff, Adam is also an accomplished musician and a classically-trained French chef.

    E. Tavares: Adam, you have dedicated most of your professional life to trading, as a private trader and later also including research publisher and coach. You have traded for a living since the 1990s and at this point have looked at all kinds of systems and approaches out there. This is actually a very valuable perspective today. In addition to a tough jobs market central banks have condemned savers – especially retirees – with zero interest rate policies, and so trading might be an alternative to generate income. Have you seen an increasing number of people trying to trade for a living in recent years?

    A. Grimes: I think it comes and goes with market cycles. When markets get difficult the number of people interested in doing this drop off because as we know trading profitably is a very hard skill to develop. I may have missed it but I have not really seen people driven by the low interest rates moving into active trading. However, there is a perennial ongoing interest from people trying to figure out the markets.

    ET: Your background is quite unique in that regard. You went from a trained musician to a full time trader. What prompted you to do that? Are there similarities between the two professions?

    AG: I honestly don’t know if there was any rationale for that. Trading caught my interest. I had some negative early experiences but then I was fortunate to figure some things out—I think the negative experiences were good learning experiences, and probably part of why I eventually did figure it out. It was more of a hobby which eventually grew into something significant.

    People talk a lot about the parallels between the two professions and maybe make too much of that. A lot of the skills and a lot of the intelligence we develop are very domain specific, meaning if you study chess it will make you a better chess player. I don’t know if studying chess makes you better or more intelligent at other tasks.

    Maybe the things that I carried from being a musician centered around focus. It was very natural for me to work six to eight hours a day, day after day, for months at a time in a project. That’s not a normal skill for people to have; and also the emphasis on basics, on the importance of really understanding the basic building blocks and how if you have a strong foundation you can build an impressive structure.

    It seems that many people just want to get to the cool stuff and they ignore the basics. They don’t understand that the soul of any discipline truly is the basics.

    ET: Indeed. Trading is very difficult, extremely difficult in fact, as it requires a range of skills and a level of performance that most people are not even aware of when they begin that journey. Today we would like to briefly explore three core trading fundamentals, or basics as you call them: technicals, risk management and psychology.

    Let’s start with technicals, meaning having the right tools. One concept that is enormously helpful particularly for new traders is a proper understanding of the expectancy formula, roughly speaking the number of times you win times the gain per trade less the number of times you lose times the loss per trade over time. Can you talk about this and the importance of developing a system that has a trading “edge”, meaning a sustainable positive expectancy (expected gains greater than expected losses)?

    AG: The key is that we have a positive expectancy and we hope that it is enduring. All of our system work, if done correctly, should point us towards having something that is robust, meaning that if it works today it should still continue to work tomorrow. Of course, depending on the system the edge may be more or less stable and may require some work here and there. There are plenty of quantitative systems that require a good deal of refitting and rework on a semi-regular basis and that’s fine, it’s part of the game.

    It’s very easy when you start trading to look at patterns, to start thinking about all the money you are going to make and to forget – coming back to those basic concepts – that if you don’t have an edge, a positive expectancy, then nothing else matters.

    One of the reasons why traders struggle is because they are using systems that don’t work and they cannot work because those systems just don’t have an edge. It is essential that you have an edge.

    ET: Yes, in fact there are thousands of trading systems out there being advertised to retail investors using every financial instrument possible, from buying stocks to highly sophisticated option strategies. Some promise very high win rates, meaning the chances of having a loss are small, which intuitively is appealing because nobody likes to lose money. But that is not the whole story, not if you want to make it in this business. How can you use that expectancy formula to evaluate the system you are looking at?

    AG: Well, for one there is a difference in quality in what I consider to be three types of data or system stats.

    First, doing some type of backtest, meaning going back in time and testing different parameters in search of that positive expectancy. You should never trust a backtests done by others, certainly from anyone wanting to sell you things. Even if they are not dishonest people make all kinds of mistakes, not to mention things like aggressive marketing and the like. You want to do your own backtest but even that I would not really trust because there are so many ways it can be wrong. In general, any backtest is highly suspect!

    The next piece is some type of forward test. Perhaps do some paper trading where you can execute the system without real money. Basically what you are looking for here is if the paper trading resembles the results of the backtest. In both of these cases we are looking for that positive expectancy.

    And then the third piece is trading with real money where what we are looking to do is see if each of these kind of link together. We are talking statistical measures with a good deal of variation, it is not always easy to say yes, they do look the same, but we want to have some consistency between all of these different expressions.

    You talk about the high win ration and this to me is pure marketing. There are a lot of people who have made a lot of money winning just 25% of the time. I can tell you from my own experience that you can win 90% of the time and not make money. What matters is that you have a positive expectancy.

    ET: Let’s focus on that trading edge now. Your research indicates that securities behave differently, something that perhaps is not widely understood: stocks trade differently from commodities and foreign exchange, for instance. As such, in order to find that edge your system either needs to be adapted to the asset class you are trading or be so robust that it can be applied across the board. How do you go about doing that?

    AG: You are correct. One of the great lies of technical analysis that is perpetuated in so many places today is that you can apply any tool to any market in any timeframe and you can make money. Somebody doing statistical tests with no more powerful tools than Microsoft Excel and freely available data can show you that there are basic differences between asset classes, for instance in the way they mean revert, and it’s illogical to think that you can apply tools the same way if markets behave differently.

    ET: If you do a backtest when stocks are at all-time highs this means by definition that you could have bought at any time in the past in any imaginable way and you would be in the money. So you can come up with any number of parameters and you will always end up with a system that has a positive expectancy, provided that you stay in the market. Can this stock market condition make people develop systems which are not as reliable going forward? Actually, this may be more relevant at this juncture into a seven year bull market in stocks. Investors seem to forget that in nature – as in markets – trees don’t grow to the sky…

    AG: If we take stocks that are at all-time highs and then look at statistical edges going forward that is different. Otherwise you are correct. If you take stocks now and look at how they have performed over the past you would have made money – in theory.

    There are things that we can do to have more robust results. One of the huge problems we need to account for is survivorship bias. In other words you want to make sure that in your backtesting you are somehow incorporating delisted stocks and stocks that are undergoing some type of market action.

    But in general you need to be very aware of how you are constructing your test and being aware of any leakage from the future, meaning that you have to make sure that your system does not in any way know about what will happen after.

    However, I consider that the stock market has a fundamental element in that stocks over any appreciable period of time always seem to go up. It is quite difficult to imagine anything happening that would move us out of that environment. So I would not have a problem dealing with stocks in the conditions you described. But you can develop systems and edges that are not conditional on this fundamental upward shift in stocks.

    ET: A quick note on market indicators, which seem to fill trading screens these days. Some are very sophisticated and based on exotic proprietary formulas. In your opinion are they worth the complexity and often the cost?

    AG: It’s definitely hard to make a hard generalization. But the efficiency of simple tools for instance ultimately depends on how they are applied. You can have a tool that works very well but if you don’t apply it properly you will not get good results. Complexity is not a bad thing but may not be necessary.

    ET: Can you comment on using purely mechanical systems, where the parameters are predefined (largely as a result of the backtesting we just discussed) and you just follow that plan day in day out, versus more discretionary systems, where you can add your own input to the final decision, some of it more subjective like economic conditions, supply and demand and so forth? It seems you use both in your work, do you favor one in particular?

    AG: There are certainly people who do both effectively, others who are more effective in just one. But particularly for developing traders, if you are going to be a discretionary trader you need to make sure that you are aligned with the market. You can’t just trade any old idea and hope that it works. So there needs to be some type of education there. Other than that I don’t have a particular bias towards any approach.

    ET: Is it fair to say that the quicker you turn over your positions (day trading being the most extreme for retail investors) the more technical systems you should use, and the longer your timeframe the more you should consider factors like longer term trendlines, fundamentals and economic conditions? Is it also fair to say that in trading the real money is made in the bigger moves, meaning trading less and being positioned for the bigger swings over time? The short term, especially day trading, appears to be very noisy, perhaps too noisy to consistently make money.

    AG: You certainly can make money day trading. More people talk about it than doing it effectively but it is possible. Most developing traders will probably find better success in longer time frames. I don’t think that a generalization is possible, other than using fundamental data for short-term systems makes less sense to me.

    ET: That gets us to risk management, another fundamental of trading, which in very simplified terms deals with how much you should invest in each trade. This is another area where that expectancy formula can be very helpful. If a trader is seeking to change her approach to limit her loss per trade she will very likely find that her win ratio will drop as a result, so that the expected result may not change that much. In other words, in efficient markets there are no free lunches; any improvement comes at the expense of something else. So can risk management really help you?

    AG: What you just outlined is a very good expression of the edge, the expectancy. Yes, you can change your win ratio and the relationship between average win and average loss but at the end of the day the other side will compensate such that your expectancy will be more or less the same within some limits.

    To me risk management is a bigger topic than just position sizing. How much you risk on each trade is certainly a part of that, but the idea is to maximize your equity curve while reducing the chance of something very bad happening. Basically position sizing lets you stay in the game, make the most money you can with the minimal chance of going broke.

    ET: Actually, we often hear that “you will not go broke by taking a profit”. That’s actually not quite true. If your system needs to have profits per trade 5x larger than your losses just to breakeven this means that if you always sell as soon as you reach 2x or even 4x you will eventually go broke. Your thoughts?

    AG: Yes, that saying is one of the great lies told to traders. That is absolutely untrue. In fact one of the biggest psychological barriers of developing traders is managing winning trades. I hear this over and over from people: “it’s very easy for me to get out of my losers but I can’t hold on to winners, I always take profits too early”. This is something that people don’t think about often enough but it is a serious problem.

    ET: That’s a great point. In fact, while it is hard to consistently make money over time there are things that will definitely put you on the losing side over time. Can you briefly talk about those?

    AG: The biggest, I think, is simply doing something that doesn’t work, having some trading system that you don’t understand because you got it off some chat room or bought it from someone else. Even if the system has an edge it’s not your system so you can’t execute it appropriately.

    And then there are things like sabotaging yourself, meaning taking the wrong size in trades, the behavioral issue of ignoring stops, getting lazy and not doing the necessary work, skipping trades, not managing your positions and so forth. There are many things you can do wrong that will effectively sabotage you.

    ET: How would you rate the importance of finding a trading edge versus risk management? You closely liken the two but some traders suggest that the latter is the absolute key and even propose different optimization formulas.

    AG: Yes, they’re equally important but the idea that you could go into a market and make money provided you have good risk management is incorrect. There’s this famous trading book where only one random test in a group of commodity markets is presented confirming this idea, but it was a bad test—the standard obviously should be the baseline drift, not that the tests made money, and it was just one result. Though this test is famous, it was poorly constructed as a statistical argument.

     Risk management is not enough. You can’t make money if you don’t have an edge and risk management does not solve that problem.  

    ET: So let’s look at psychology, the third fundamental which ties together all that we just discussed. Its importance is of course beyond dispute. If you have a winning system but the inevitable losses put you off trading then you can never be a trader. Full stop.

    It can also be more subtle than that, as each trader needs to find and adapt a trading system that truly suits his or her personality. In other words, to be a profitable trader there are no shortcuts, it requires a lot of introspection, research, hard work and confidence. Like every other challenging undertaking in life actually. Your thoughts here?

    AG: Again, trading psychology is not an edge by itself, but you can certainly have an edge and sabotage it with the wrong psychology. It is vital in many level and stages. You have traders who may do well for a while but then they struggle with some aspect and everything comes crashing down. You can also have inherent conflicts with money, the wrong reasons for trading or you are not a coherent human being, all of these can come out and affect your trading over the long run.

    All of this is important but it is critical to understand that you need these three pieces: the edge, the risk management to apply the edge and the psychology to make sure you do what you are actually supposed to do.

    ET: Should trading be boring or exciting, especially if you want to do it for a living? What should motivate you each day as a trader?

    AG: When I talk to a trader who wants to work with me as a coach or mentor, I get very concerned when somebody tells me that they are looking for excitement in trading. If that is your motivation you can have that; simply put on some positions that are too large or ignore your stops and all of the sudden your trading will be very exciting.

    To be a profitable trader this means that you find something that is robust and repeatable and sadly this means it’s boring. Effective professional trading is really doing the same thing over and over. One of my closest mentors said that the best definition of good trading is like being a stonemason or bricklayer. You put a brick down, then put the mortar, smooth it, then put another brick down, then the mortar, smooth it and so on. If you continue doing the same thing over and over at some point you will build a big wall. But the actual act of doing is the same boring, tedious routine. It is almost an insignificant thing.

    And by the way this parallel goes a bit further because most people can’t build a brick wall. It’s not as easy as it looks and they don’t have the skills to do it. Even though the basic elements seem to be simple, it takes real work to develop the skills—the same as in trading.

    Your motivation for trading cannot be excitement. An important stumbling block is once you become a successful trader it can get pretty boring. All of the sudden you realize you lack excitement, that you will not solve any of the world’s problems trading. You’re just doing the same thing over and over, it’s a reality shock that many people having difficulties coping with.

    ET: You have written extensively over the years on all these topics in your blog and even produced a video trading course, all which are available for free. We can’t recommend those enough to anyone wanting to think through and improve their trading skills. Why did you go through all that effort and then charge nothing for it? These are excellent resources that can be further explored in your book, The Art and Science of Technical Trading, which was very well received, and even help to better understand the thinking behind your excellent research product at Waverly Advisors, but aren’t you concerned about giving away your “secret ingredients”?

    AG: First of all thank you for your kind words on my work. Everything I do I try to put out information that I wish I had had when I started trading. I have certainly been immensely touched by the feedback that I have received and I think I’ve shortened the learning curve for some people.

    Regarding the trading course I wanted to put out a product that was equal to or better than courses that cost $10,000+, and I did that. This course has been very well received and has put me in touch with a lot of smart people, but it really did have an altruistic beginning.

    It’s been a great way to get in touch with a lot of intelligent people. It is free, there is no upsell, no hidden fees and it will always remain free. I very much believe that anyone starting from scratch will learn enough to build a profitable trading system, and that’s based on actual feedback.

    ET: That’s excellent. Final question. In light of everything we just discussed, can retail investors prevail in the markets and find consistent ways to supplement their income, if not outright trade for a living, or does it all boil down to a coin flip?

    AG: The answer is yes you can do this, but the way I would think about it is that you have a choice to make.

    If you treat trading as a hobby then you can certainly do that and there’s room in the market for that. But realize that this is entertainment and you probably will not make much money doing that. Your primary motivation is an interest in the financial markets, you want to solve the puzzle but let’s be honest: hobbies cost money.

    If you want to make money in the market then I think you need to make the commitment to trade with a professional mindset. This does not mean that it is your full time job necessarily, that you should take your focus away from your family and anything else that you are doing but it does mean that you approach the market with a full professional mindset, understanding that you operating within the bounds of probability and that you’re looking to apply the same simple system over and over.

    I don’t know how else to put it. You have to make the commitment to become a professional trader because I don’t think the hobbiest has much of a chance to make money. Having said that, virtually anyone in the world with that desire could commit to becoming a professional trader. If you want to do this, you can do it.

    ET: Adam, thank you very much for sharing your thoughts.

    AG: My pleasure, thank you.

  • What "The World's Most Bearish Hedge Fund" Thinks Of The Trump Presidency

    October was not a good month for the “world’s most bearish hedge fund” Horseman Global Management, which suffered another steep drop, losing 5% in the month, and down 5.5% YTD. Absent a rebound in the last two months of the year, Horseman is set to have its worst year since 2009. Alas, with Horseman’s net exposure a whopping -84% (if fractionally more bullish than the -100% recorded in early 2016) as a result of an equity short and a bond long, November does not appear overly promising for the fund’s investors. Unless, of course, the market swoons as both yields and the dollar continue surging (as DB warned), and Horseman does have the final laugh.

    That, however, would be surprising considering that some of the most prominent billionaire mega-bears, such as Carl Icahn and Stanley Druckenmiller, both quikcly flopped to bullish in the aftermath of Trump’s election, on just one catalyst: more debt resulting in more stimulus, and (hope) for more growth.

    Yet Horseman refuses to change its thesis. Why? Instead of guessing, here is the answer straight from the “Horse’s mouth” – the following excerpt from the latest letter to investors by CIO Russell Clark lays out what the gloomy hedge fund believes will be the outcome from a Trump presidency.

    Your fund fell 4.96% last month. Losses came from the bond book, the forex book and the short book. The long book made money.

     

    First Brexit and now the Trump triumph has left many supporters of open liberal economies despairing. They feel that the world is turning in on itself and that perhaps a darker less safe world is emerging. And perhaps they are right.

     

    But in many ways, the great western democracies of the world, the UK and the US are working as they should. It is plainly obvious that large parts of the population in both the UK and the US feel that the system has not worked for them, and they have voted for change. And those voters have had their voices heard and change is on the way.

     

    Undemocratic regimes in the rest of the world look on in either horror or bemusement at the changes in the UK and US and congratulate themselves that their system is so safe and stable. And yet, the reality is that if the political system cannot provide the change that people seek, then eventually and inevitably, revolution becomes the only option for change. And revolution always extracts a very high price on those that have been in power.

     

    When thinking about a possible Trump victory, I perceived that the USD could be very weak, and that this weakness would lead to treasuries also being weak as foreign investors dumped their holdings. What has happened is that domestic US investors have reappraised their views of US domestic growth upwards, and have dumped treasuries to buy equities, and the US dollar has been very strong.

     

    While the stated aims of the Trump administration are very pro-growth, to me the actual effects seem likely to disappoint. Plans to allow more drilling will be dependent on a much higher oil and gas price. Scrapping car emission standards whilst good for SUV makers, will unlikely reverse the falling demand for cars due to high levels of auto debt. Lower taxes and more infrastructure spending may well be bullish for growth, but need to be balanced against the sell-off in the long end of bonds, which will have a negative effect on housing and with DR Horton reporting weak numbers makes, I feel growth will disappoint in the short term.

     

    The more apparent of the negative aspects is that higher bond yields are starting to cause some financial pressure in Hong Kong and Chinese interest rates. If a trade war, becomes more likely, then a large Chinese devaluation also becomes more likely. Furthermore, the Trump win makes the break up of the Eurozone far more likely in my mind.

     

    After Brexit, being short equities and long bonds was a fantastic trade for a week or two, but then reversed quickly after, causing severe pain for those that had reacted to the market quickly. I think the Trump win has seen many investors sell defensive positions and buy cyclical positions. I suspect they will come to regret that. Your fund remains long bonds and short equities.

    * * *

    Steepping away from Trump, here is Clark’s asset allocation and sector breakdown, and what appears to be a wager that Trump is about to end the record wave of industry consolidation in a move straight out of Teddy Roosevelt’s playbook:

    This month losses in the short portfolio, in particular from the European and Japanese banks and the automobile sectors, were partially offset by gains in the banks and oil sectors in Brazil and the defence contractors in the long portfolio.

     

    In the US the value of announced mergers and acquisitions (M&A) reached $337 billion in October, making it the biggest deal-making month ever. 2015 was the biggest M&A year ever globally with total deals of about $4.3 trillion dollars (source: Bloomberg). High M&A activity may give the impression that the economy is robust, but in our opinion it merely reflects a sluggish economic environment as companies struggling to grow their revenues and profit margins organically, and turn to mergers and acquisitions instead.

     

    QE monetary policies have supported M&A activity by allowing ample availability of funding, as investors searching for yield are eager to buy corporate debt and drive credit margins lower.

     

    M&A activity causes a decrease in the number of firms and an increase of their respective market shares. This can result in significantly reduced competition between firms. In economic theory, when a few large firms dominate a market there is the potential to engage in collusive behaviours such as deliberately joining together in cartels in order to increase prices. In extreme cases a company that becomes too dominant develops the power to influence market price, run competition out of business or not allow competitors to emerge. Once enough other companies are bankrupt or bought off, the remaining company can stop improving its product, lower the quality and raise prices as much as it wishes, because consumers have no choice.

     

    It has been argued that some companies with large market shares can employ what game theorists call a “trigger strategy,” whereby they signal to their competitors that if they lower their prices, they will start a vicious retail war. If a rogue player refuses to play the game, it becomes the target of an aquisition, not because it makes great products, but because owning it allows an oligopolist to raise prices.

     

    Another detrimental effect of low competition to the consumer was illustrated by an article in The New York Times entitled ‘Arbitration Everywhere, Stacking the Deck of Justice’, about the rise of private arbitration clauses in consumer services contracts, which allow large companies to avoid the court system and prevent consumers from joining together in class-action lawsuits.

     

    The Herfindahl-Hirschman index (“HHI”) measures market concentration by industry and is used by regulators when reviewing mergers, values between 1,500 and 2,500 are defined as “moderately concentrated,” while values above 2,500 are defined as “highly concentrated”.

     

    The US beer market has a high HHI of 2696, it is dominated by one large producer, whose current market share is 46%. The company recently made a large acquisition, but subsequently was forced by the Department of Justice to sell part of the acquired business as the combined market share of 70% would have resulted in almost monopolistic conditions.

     

    At the turn of the 20th century, Teddy Roosevelt became president. He realised that for capitalism to maintain popular support, the monopolists and oligopolists of his time had to be taken on, and his presidency was driven by Trust busting. This set of policies looks set to re-appear.

     

    The fund maintains short positions in airlines, banks, and certain consumer staples, primarily because we think that margins will remain under pressure due to the macro-economic environment and specific sectoral issues (please refer to Russell Clark’s Market views). These are not monopolistic sectors, however they are concentrated, should competition increase at some point, stock prices could de-rate even further.

    Finally, here are Horseman’s Top 10 long positions as of this moment. Alas, the far more useful, top 10 shorts, are not public.

  • "The Economic Peace Is Over" – Get Ready, Change Is Upon Us

    Submitted by Chris Martenson via PeakProsperity.com,

    “After four years of warfare that tore the world apart like never before, a peace was finally reached.  But it was a peace which one man in particular vociferously condemned — and that man was John Maynard Keynes.

     

    In just two months, Keynes wrote the book that would make him a household name around the world — The Economic Consequences of the Peace.

     

    In the book, Keynes was highly critical of the deal struck at Versailles, which he felt sure would lead to further conflict in Europe — describing the agreement as a “Carthaginian peace” — and with the passing of a surprisingly short period of time, he would be proven correct.”

     

      ~ Grant Williams in The Economic Consequences of Peace

    After WWI, a particularly noxious set of treaties and economic reparations agreements were put in place that all but guaranteed a future WWII.   Mr. Keynes sniffed that out and, sadly, was proven correct.

    The lesson from this is that, at certain times, it’s really not that hard to predict "what" is going to happen next after disastrously short-sighted and self-interested policies are enacted. Predicting the "when", with precision, is much trickier. But obvious misguided economic policies are destined to have a limited period of apparent (but false) prosperity, after which they end with a nasty Bang!.

    We have entered just such a time. This isn't a Trump vs. Clinton thing; I'd make this claim regardless of who won this week's presidential election — as our plight is much bigger than a single Administration. And my observation is that neither political party had much interest beyond some temporary election year lip-service to the economic plight of the middle class.

    And by “middle class” I mean anybody not in the top 5% economic bracket. For those doing the math at home, that leaves the remaining 95% of us stuck in the meat grinder.

    WTF Happened?

    I know a lot of people who are suffering very raw emotional wounds from the harsh negativity and divisiveness of the seemingly never-ending election we just went through.  There will be a period of healing and adjustment for many, and I can fully empathize with how they feel.

    For the Clinton supporters stunned that she didn't experience the victory so many predicted, here's a “what went wrong” post-mortem given by the brilliant British comedian Jonathan Pie that I think hits close to the mark (caution: it's a pretty heated rant):

    Pie asks some very important questions, chief among them: Have we lost the ability to entertain alternative points of view? Are we ready to begin finally talking to each other again?

    The Left has a lot of soul searching to do. As does the Right.  Because let’s be clear: Trump wasn’t the Republican’s preferred choice either.  They fought him tooth and nail. In terms of the traditional Left vs Right rivalry, both sides lost this time.

    If we're to heal and progress from here, it's critical that we take the time to understand why.

    The conversation has to begin here, I believe, with this excellent article that I ran across in Cracked – yes, the comedy alt-everything online outfit – explaining how it's the rural vs urban divide more than anything else that's pulling our society apart at the moment.

    For those desperately seeking answers to Trump's surprise win, this article, of which I have reproduced only a small part, provides essential context. It's explanation has done wonders for everyone I have shared it with who was struggling:

    How Half Of America Lost Its F**king Mind

    Oct 12, 2016

    [Note: please go to the article to read reasons #6 through #3 as they are very important for understanding the two I have snipped out below]

    (…)

     

    Reason #2:  Everyone Lashes Out When They Don't Have A Voice

     

    [To a rural person] it really does feel like the worst of both worlds: all the ravages of poverty, but none of the sympathy. "Blacks burn police cars, and those liberal elites say it's not their fault because they're poor. My son gets jailed and fired over a baggie of meth, and those same elites make jokes about his missing teeth!" You're everyone's punching bag, one of society's last remaining safe comedy targets.

     

    They take it hard. These are people who come from a long line of folks who took pride in looking after themselves. Where I'm from, you weren't a real man unless you could repair a car, patch a roof, hunt your own meat, and defend your home from an intruder. It was a source of shame to be dependent on anyone — especially the government. You mowed your own lawn and fixed your own pipes when they leaked, you hauled your own firewood in your own pickup truck. (Mine was a 1994 Ford Ranger! The current owner says it still runs!)

     

    Not like those hipsters in their tiny apartments, or "those people" in their public housing projects, waiting for the landlord any time something breaks, knowing if things get too bad they can just pick up and move. When you don't own anything, it's all somebody else's problem. "They probably don't pay taxes, either! Just treating America itself as a subsidized apartment they can trash!"

     

    The rural folk with the Trump signs in their yards say their way of life is dying, and you smirk and say what they really mean is that blacks and gays are finally getting equal rights and they hate it. But I'm telling you, they say their way of life is dying because their way of life is dying. It's not their imagination. No movie about the future portrays it as being full of traditional families, hunters, and coal mines. Well, except for Hunger Games, and that was depicted as an apocalypse.

     

    So yes, they vote for the guy promising to put things back the way they were, the guy who'd be a wake-up call to the blue islands. They voted for the brick through the window.

    It was a vote of desperation.

     

    #1. Assholes Are Heroes

     

    But Trump is objectively a piece of shit!" you say. "He insults people, he objectifies women, and cheats whenever possible! And he's not an everyman; he's a smarmy, arrogant billionaire!"

     

    Wait, are you talking about Donald Trump, or this guy:

     

    Marvel Studios

     

    You've never rooted for somebody like that? Someone powerful who gives your enemies the insults they deserve? Somebody with big fun appetites who screws up just enough to make them relatable? Like Dr. House or Walter White? Or any of the several million renegade cop characters who can break all the rules because they get shit done? Who only get shit done because they don't care about the rules?

     

    "But those are fictional characters!" Okay, what about all those millionaire left-leaning talk show hosts? You think they keep their insults classy? Tune into any bit about Chris Christie and start counting down the seconds until the fat joke. Google David Letterman's sex scandals. But it's okay, because they're on our side, and everybody wants an asshole on their team — a spiked bat to smash their enemies with. That's all Trump is. The howls of elite outrage are like the sounds of bombs landing on the enemy's fortress. The louder the better.

     

    Already some of you have gotten angry, feeling this gut-level revulsion at any attempt to excuse or even understand these people. After all, they're hardly people, right? Aren't they just a mass of ignorant, rageful, crude, cursing, spitting subhumans?

     

    Gee, I hope not. I have to hug a bunch of them at Thanksgiving. And when I do, it will be with the knowledge that if I hadn't moved away, I'd be on the other side of the fence, leaving nasty comments on this article.

    The essential context is simply that rural residents are drowning under chronic economic blight. And when they dare to complain about it, they're castigated and humiliated by the dominant city culture that has no awareness of or sympathy for their troubles.

    We've NAFTA'd away millions of manufacturing jobs (and those that served manufacturing communities) without providing the displaced labor a path to reskill and apply itself. Instead, we've left a patchwork of bomb crater communities across the heartland, where there are no employers and no prospects. To these rural folks, being cast as racist, misogynist, ignorant, or uneducated buffoons for being angry about their plight just adds kerosene to the fire that's been smoldering within theem. A fire which just conflagrated during this week's election.

    So to reiterate: the cultural divide that's really in play here is not between the 'enlightened/progressive' people and their supposed opposites. Rather, it's Urban vs Rural.  

    And as the rural dwellers have increasingly felt marginalized, demonized and otherwise unfairly treated, they are now angry enough at the perceived injustice to lash out against the status quo and roll the dice with an outsider who promises to shake things up. It's not surprising, really — as I've written about before, we humans are wired to reject unfairness. This next short video is a favorite of mine, because it perfectly demonstrates how it's in our genes to become enraged when we perceive we're being unjustly treated:

    To put in in monkey terms: since surbanites set the rules because they happen to outvote the rural people, and those same urbanites don't have to live with the consequences of their decisions, then it's cucumbers for rural people and grapes for the urban folks.

    Adding to this understanding is today's article by our good friend Charles Hughes Smith, who validates the rage the downtrodden are feeling these days:

    The Source of our Rage: The Ruling Elite Is Protected from the Consequences of its Dominance

     

    There are many sources of rage: injustice, the destruction of truth, powerlessness.

     

    But if we had to identify the one key source of non-elite rage that cuts across all age, ethnicity, gender and regional boundaries, it is this: The Ruling Elite is protected from the destructive consequences of its predatory dominance.

     

    We see this reality across the entire political, social and economic landscape. If I had to pick one chart that illustrates the widening divide between the Ruling Elite and the non-elites, it is this chart of wages as a share of the nation's output (GDP): 46 years of relentless decline, interrupted by gushing fountains of credit and asset bubbles that enriched the few while leaving the economic landscape of the many in ruins.

     

     

    The Ruling Elite once had an obligation to uphold the social contract as a responsibility that came with their vast privilege, power and wealth (i.e. noblesse oblige).

     

    America's Ruling Elite has transmogrified into an incestuous self-serving few unapologetically plundering the many. In their hubris-soaked arrogance, their right to rule is unquestioningly based on their moral and intellectual superiority to "the little people" they loot with abandon.

     

    Rather than feel a responsibility to the nation, America's Elite views the status quo as a free pass to self-aggrandizement. Much has changed in America in the past 46 years. Not only have wages and salaries declined as a share of "economic growth," but the wealth that has been generated has flowed to the top of the wealth/power pyramid (see chart below).

     

     

    Social mobility has also declined drastically: Restoring America’s Economic Mobility, as has trust in government and key institutions.

     

    As Frank Buckley, the author of The Way Back: Restoring the Promise of America observed: "In a corrupt country, trust is a rare commodity. That’s America today. Only 19 percent of Americans say they trust the government most of the time, down from 73 percent in 1958 according to the Pew Research Center."

     

    The top .01% has seen its share of the household wealth triple from 7% to 22% in the past four decades, while the share of the nation's wealth owned by the bottom 90% has plummeted from 36% to 23%.

    Look at that.  The share of the national wealth has been steadily, if not increasingly, siphoned away from the 95% and towards the 5%.  In reality, it's almost entirely gone towards the 0.1%.

    The economic “peace” we’ve seemingly enjoyed over the past number of decades turned out to be no peace at all. It was the same sort of peace that existed between the Treaty of Versailles and the outbreak of WWII — a crippling arrangement that overwhelmingly favored one side over the other. Germany eventually had no choice but to rebel.

    Similarly, by failing to protect anyone but their cloistered and wealthy friends, the elites of both current US political parties has laid the fuel for the fire that now burns.

    Bernie Sanders’ post-election statement had this to say about the economics that drove the result:

    "Donald Trump tapped into the anger of a declining middle class that is sick and tired of establishment economics, establishment politics and the establishment media. People are tired of working longer hours for lower wages, of seeing decent paying jobs go to China and other low-wage countries, of billionaires not paying any federal income taxes and of not being able to afford a college education for their kids — all while the very rich become much richer.”

    Bernie would have easily bested Trump in my opinion. It was a huge twin set of mistakes by the DNC to first hamper his primary efforts, and then fail to at least make him Clinton's running mate. 

    Redistribution of money and power seem to happen peacefully only rarely among humans and virtually never in America.  Labor rights?  Fought and died over.  Women’s right to vote?  Fought and died over.  Environmental rights?  Brought kicking and screaming across the moats.  Racial rights?  Only partially achieved after the greatest amount of violence and bloodshed of all these causes.

    Can we do better? Absolutely, in theory.  But so far we don’t a lot of better examples to point to inside the US.

    So this battle is just getting started and will far outlive Trump and everybody reading this. Decades of ill-advised growth and financial squandering cannot be wished away — we, and our children (and likely our grandchildren, too), will be cleaning up the messes of our profligacy for a long time.

    And just as one can easily peer at Charles Hughes Smith's charts and conclude that eventually a rebellion of sorts is inevitable, there’s an even more startling chart you need to see. If you can truly internalize it, you'll understand why the new era of status quo rejection is just getting underway.

    Promises That Can’t Be Kept

    There's a lot of data I can provide here, but I’ll go with a single — but critically important — chart from Ray Dalio’s Bridgewater Associates, one of the largest money management firms out there.

    I’m sorry that you have to squint a little to see this, but here’s all you need to know: when you add up both the debts and the liabilities of the US, those are more than 1,000% of current GDP:

    (Source)

    One thousand one hundred percent?!?!?  As in eleven times GDP??  You might as well say eleventy gajillion because there’s no sense in any of these numbers.

    Yep.  No country has ever dug out from under such a load. None have even come close.  The “prediction,” which is so simple it’s not really a prediction at all, that flows from the above chart is this: Somebody is going to have to eat the losses.

    Massive, fabulously enormous losses. 

    Trillions and trillions of losses in current dollars. Even if the economic elites don’t try to force all of those losses on the ‘little people’, the pain is still going to be so extraordinary that serious political and social crises will erupt.

    You can count on it.

    You can already see that larger future predicament playing out painfully around us. One example is how pensions are cutting back benefits, lowering expectations, demanding higher funding payments by taxpayers, and otherwise displaying signs of distress.

    And this is with equity markets perched at all-time highs (at the moment of this writing, the Dow is at a new record).

    So our recent decades of economic peace must end, given the thousand percent indebtedness predicament revealed by the chart above.

    We got into that thousand percent predicament the exact same way the DNC lost to Trump: by failing to address things that plainly needed to be dealt with.  We proved to ourselves, yet again, that pretending something uncomfortable doesn’t exist doesn’t make it go away.

    “Well, we might just grow out from under those debts and obligations” some might be tempted to say. My response is to ask you to go back and look at that chart again and note that it has grown from 700% to 1,100% since 2001.  If GDP had been growing at the same pace, the ratio value wouldn't have budged. It would have remained at 700%.

    But it grew to 1,100%, which means the debts and obligations were growing much faster than GDP.

    So for the past 15 years the “grow out of it” mantra — which has been echoed ad nauseum — has been a complete train wreck of a failure.  How many more years before we can all just admit the obvious?

    Just as both the RNC and DNC opted to ignore the extreme damage their policies had been inflicting on the upper, middle and lower classes, sparing only the very tippy-top elites (but hand-feeding those elites peeled grapes it should be noted, because their lot improved wildly over the past decades), everybody in power has been steadfastly ignoring our massive debt and liability problems, too.

    Those are going to shape the future, and that future is going to be plenty painful. The longer we wait, the more painful it will be. This has been our steady message at Peak Prosperity for a very long time, and we are actually hopeful that now, finally, we can speak about the unspeakable to those who had no willing ear for it just a short week ago.

    Conclusion

    The political upheaval of Donald Trump is best understood through the lens of economic erosion suffered by the vast majority of people.  If a democracy is measured in how well it serves the interests of the majority, the United States is not a democracy at all.

    Of course, nearly everyone already knows this. But it's been all but unspeakable in polite circles to say so.

    Now, it is finally becoming okay to voice.

    Which is, admittedly, a breath of fresh air for us at Peak Prosperity.  Because not only are massive, obvious economic issues going to unavoidably visit the US in the not-too-distant future, but they'll be doing so at a time when many critical resources will be in decline.

    Chief among those? Oil, of course.

    To skirt the impact of a future oil supply crunch, we'll need an incredible effort of joined forces and strict prioritization to assure that whatever transition we can effect will be a smooth as possible.  Even then, we’ll be lucky to evade painful disruption.

    But if we don't begin to view our future with clear eyes and a united sense of what the predicaments are, if we instead turn to another version of four more years of preservation of the status quo, then we will face a future of disruption so painful it will make the worst of post-election Wednesday for the most ardent liberal seem like a minor inconvenience (by comparison, I mean, of course). 

    It will take an enormous amount of effort simply to stem the tide of economic erosion that now besets the land.  And that’s just as true for the US as it is for Japan, Europe and the UK.  The same forces are at play in all of these centers.

    It will take another massive bowlful of effort to begin to address the debts and liabilities issues.  And yet another cauldron of effort to revamp our energy infrastructure in parallel with all the other challenges.  Put it all together and you can begin to understand why, if we're going to deplore something from the recent election, it should be the running of an intentionally divisive set of campaigns that have driven as large a wedge between people in the US as has existed in a very long time.

    We need to be working together on the common predicaments that care not if we are liberal or conservative, religious or not, male or female, or which race or sexual persuasion best applies to us. Declining global net energy per capita. Our massive fiscal over-indebtedness. The collapse of too many ecosystems we depend on for food and drinkable water. The list is sadly long…

    It’s not just time to heal; it’s imperative that we do. So that we stand united to deal with these predicaments as they arrive in full force.

    There’s really not a moment to spare.

    And for those looking to get a jump on what's coming, we need to better understand the implications of what just happened this week. The Trump upset has changed all of the probabilities that we track.

    I've been keeping a running update of the developing situation in OK, Here's What We Think Is In Store After Trump's Win (free executive summary, enrollment required for full access). We'll be continuing to update this important assessment as new information filters in over the next few days.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 12th November 2016

  • Do Progressives Really Find "White Trash" More Threatening Than Nuclear War?

    Authored by Paul Craig Roberts,

    The American electorate’s preference for Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders has established two facts. One is that the majority of the American people do not believe the media presstitutes. The other is that only the “progressives” and “liberals” who inhabit the Atlantic Northeast and Pacific West coasts believe the presstitutes.

    Trump’s election to the presidency has confirmed these holier-than-thou souls in their strongly held belief that America is a white trash racist country. They have told us this all day long today.

    From these people and from the presstitutes we hear that white supremacy elected Trump. This is their propaganda, the intention of which is to discredit a Trump administration before it is inaugurated. Funny how white supremacy elected black Obama twice previously.

    Truthout has lost it completely. John Knefel declares “The David Dukes of the World Prevail.”

     

    Kelly Hayes declares “White Supremacy Elected Donald Trump.”

     

    William Rivers Pitt declares “We have elected a fascist that Mussolini would have recognized on sight.”

     

    Hillary carried only a handful of states, the states that comprise the One Percent’s stomping grounds. Yet Amy Goodman of Democracy Now sees meaning in political writer John Nichols claim that as Hillary carried New York and California, she won the popular vote and should be in the White House. I remember a few days ago George Soros saying that Trump would win the popular vote, but that the electoral vote would go to Hillary, thus ridding the oligarchs of Trump.

     

    Earth Justice promises to hold Trump accountable. Trump who promises to end the threat of nuclear war with Russia and China, thereby doing more to save animal and human life than the entirety of the Democratic Party and environmental organizations, is going to be held accountable by an organization that allegedly is beyond politics and is dedicated to preserving animals from destruction.

     

    The ACLU, of which I am a member, has also put “on notice” the president-elect who has said he will save us from nuclear war. Faced with this idiocy from the ACLU, I will not renew my membership.

     

    Feminists tell us that we are “grieving, scared, and in shock,” and that “it is critical that we stand together and support each other.”

     

    Jeremy Ben-Ami of the J Street Jewish Community tells us that it is “an incredibly sad and difficult day. For tens of millions of Americans who share a core belief in tolerance, decency and social justice, the election results are a severe shock. In this challenging moment, we turn to one another for comfort and community. During this election, J Street made unequivocally clear our conviction that Donald Trump is not fit to be president of the United States.”

     

    Van Jones, a CNN commentator, said that Trump’s election is a nightmare, “a deeply painful moment,” a “whitelash” against minorities. While he bemoaned the pain inflicted upon poor little presstitute Van Jones, he didn’t mind insulting the American electorate and the President-elect of the United States. After all, Van Jones sees that as his racist prerogative.

    And so, the holier-than-thou crowd prefers Hillary, despite her unambiguous position that she would maximize conflict with Russia and China, provoke direct military conflict between the US and Russia by imposing a no-fly zone in Syria, attack Iran and other of Israel’s targets, further enrich her Wall Street handlers by privatizing Social Security, and prevent any dissent from the lowly people class of her high-handed ways. If William Rivers Pitt sees Trump as a Mussolini fascist, Trump is too mild for Pitt. He prefers Hillary, a Hitler to the third power.

    The progressives have totally discredited themselves just as the presstitutes have done. Their need for a bogyman to nourish their hysteria indicates serious psychological disturbance. They actually prefer the risk of Armageddon to peace among nuclear powers. As their 501(c)3s live off corporate contributions, they prefer globalist corporate profits to jobs for ordinary Americans.

    These are the people who think of themselves as our instructors and our betters.

    If only Trump could exile the lot of them. They are anti-American to the core.

  • OreGONE – Oregon Joins California In Proposal To Secede After Trump Victory

    Just yesterday we wrote about the “Calexit” proposal that was starting to gather steam after Trump’s historic victory on Tuesday night.  Now The Oregonian points out that a group in Oregon has also filed the “Oregon Secession Act” in response to the perceived notion that “Oregonian values are no longer the values held by the rest of the United States.”  But, unlike the Calexit proposal, the distraught Hillary supporters in Oregon are thinking big picture and have invited the states of California, Washington, Hawaii, Nevada and Alaska to all band together to form a new nation.

    On Thursday morning, Jennifer Rollins, a lawyer, and Christian Trejbal, a writer, filed the Oregon Secession Act.

     

    “Oregonian values are no longer the values held by the rest of the United States,” Trejbal said over the phone Thursday.

     

    Those values? “Life, liberty, the pursuit of happiness,” Trejbal said, “plus equality.”

     

    “Obviously,” he said, the ballot proposal “came about partially in response to the election results on Tuesday.”

     

    Trejbal said that joining forces with other states like Washington, California and Nevada is “a viable way to go forward.”

     

    These states, he said, “could all get together and form a nation that uphold the values that we share.”

     

    To start the ballot title drafting process, the Oregon Secession Act must receive 1,000 signatures. Trejbal said he and Rollins would be at Pioneer Courthouse Square in Portland on Thursday night to begin the process of getting those signatures.

    And here is the full 1-page proposal…clearly they put a lot of time and effort into this between their violent protest sessions and crying fits.

    Oregon

     

    The good thing is that the devastated Hillary supporters are moving through the “7 Stages of Grief” pretty quickly as they seem to have already reached stage 4 after only 3 days.  That said, we suspect the depression stage could last for a little while…college professors shouldn’t expect our snowflakes to be taking tests for at least another couple of weeks.

    Oregon

  • Paul Joseph Watson Crushes The Hypocrisy Of The Left And Their "Temper Tantrum"

    Earlier today, Paul Joseph Watson posted the following epic video in which he systematically destroys the utter hypocrisy of the left for, among other things, failing to denounce the violent riots flaring up across the country in response to Trump’s victory.  The whole video is a must see but below is just a small selection of our favorite quotes:

    “After weeks of taunting Trump supporters, over Trump’s suggestion that he might not immediately accept the election results, Hillary voters came together preached the message of unity and graciously accepted Donald Trump’s victory.  Oh no, they actually rioted, attacked people in the street and threatened to kill Donald Trump and his supporters.

     

    “All year they denounced us as being hateful and intolerant.  And what’s the first thing they do after the election?  Engage in rampant hateful intolerance.

     

    “Seriously, has anyone told you people you can’t change the outcome of democratic election by throwing a temper tantrum.”

     

    Your behavior is why Trump won in the first place.  Do you understand that yet?

  • Never Forget!

    Thank you…

     

    Source: MichaelPRamirez.com

    Veterans Lives Matter…

    98 years ago today, the guns of the Great War fell silent after four years of unimaginable suffering and destruction. The Battle of the Somme was the largest battle on the Western Front during World War 1 with more than a million men killed or wounded. Today is Armistice Day and Statista's infographic below looks at at the estimated casualties of World War 1's most horrific battle.

    Infographic: There were over a million casualties at the Somme | Statista
    You will find more statistics at Statista

     

    Americans shed some guilt for sending young soldiers to war by saying “thank you for your service” but it’d be better to ask vets about their war experiences, says ex-U.S. Army chaplain Chris J. Antal who served in Afghanistan (via ConsrtiumNews.com)

    Veteran’s Day too often only serves to construct and maintain a public narrative that glorifies war and military service and excludes the actual experience of the veteran. This public narrative is characterized by core beliefs and assumptions about ourselves and the world that most citizens readily accept without examination.

     

    The U.S. public narrative reconciles deep religiosity with a penchant for violence with an often unexamined American National Religion. The core beliefs of this religion include the unholy trinity of governmental theism (One Nation Under God, In God We Trust, etc.), global military supremacy, and capitalism as freedom. These core beliefs provide many U.S. citizens with a broad sense of meaning and imbue the public narrative with thematic coherence.

     

    War is a Force that Gives Us Meaning, as Christopher Hedges wrote. Yet this kind of coherence has a moral and psychological cost. The consequence of an unexamined faith in American National Religion is a moral dualism that exaggerates U.S. goodness and innocence and projects badness on an “other” who we then demonize as the enemy and kill.

     

    Walter Wink described this moral dualism as a “theology of redemptive violence,” the erroneous belief that somehow good violence can save us from bad violence.

     

    Veteran’s Day, in the context of American National Religion, enables selective remembering, self-deception, and projected valorization. In short, it serves to perpetuate lies in order to avoid facing uncomfortable truths about who U.S. citizens are and what kind of people we are becoming.

     

    Imagine a Veteran’s Day where citizens gathered around veterans and asked, “what’s your story?” Citizens who risk this bold step begin to bridge the empathy gap between civilians and veterans and open up the path for adaptive change and post-traumatic growth.

     

    I believe one citizen who approaches a veteran with the invitation, “what’s your story?” does more for the veteran than a thousand patriotic platitudes like “Thank you for your service” could ever do.

     

    Only a First Step

     

    Asking the question is only the first step. A citizen who wants to give back to veterans should cultivate narrative competence, the capacity to recognize, absorb, interpret, and be moved by the stories one hears or reads. The voice of veterans, if we open our ears to hear them, often provides an essential counter-narrative to the U.S. public narrative.

     

     

    Violent, sudden, or seemingly meaningless deaths, the kind of deaths often experienced by veterans, can make the world appear dangerous, unpredictable, or unjust. The experience of warfare can often undercut our sense of meaning and coherence and shatter assumptions. Because of this many veterans carry a depth of pain that is unimaginable to many citizens.

     

    The voice of the veterans often reveals uncomfortable truths and invites collective examination of core beliefs and assumptions, especially those that form the bedrock of American National Religion.

    Imagine a Veteran’s Day where communities join together for authentic dialogue between veterans and civilians. Such a gathering would empower veterans to share the kind of stories that would help the community face real problems. What new story might emerge in the process? How might we become a better people as a result?

  • The Clintons And Soros Launch America's Purple Revolution

    Submitted by Wayne Madsen via Strategic-Culture.org,

    Defeated Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Rodham Clinton is not about to «go quietly into that good night». On the morning after her surprising and unanticipated defeat at the hands of Republican Party upstart Donald Trump, Mrs. Clinton and her husband, former President Bill Clinton, entered the ball room of the art-deco New Yorker hotel in midtown Manhattan and were both adorned in purple attire. The press immediately noticed the color and asked what it represented. Clinton spokespeople claimed it was to represent the coming together of Democratic «Blue America» and Republican «Red America» into a united purple blend. This statement was a complete ruse as is known by citizens of countries targeted in the past by the vile political operations of international hedge fund tycoon George Soros. 

    The Clintons, who both have received millions of dollars in campaign contributions and Clinton Foundation donations from Soros, were, in fact, helping to launch Soros’s «Purple Revolution» in America. The Purple Revolution will resist all efforts by the Trump administration to push back against the globalist policies of the Clintons and soon-to-be ex-President Barack Obama. The Purple Revolution will also seek to make the Trump administration a short one through Soros-style street protests and political disruption.

    It is doubtful that President Trump’s aides will advise the new president to carry out a diversionary criminal investigation of Mrs. Clinton’s private email servers and other issues related to the activities of the Clinton Foundation, especially when the nation faces so many other pressing issues, including jobs, immigration, and health care. However, House Oversight and Government Reform Committee Chairman Jason Chaffetz said he will continue hearings in the Republican-controlled Congress on Hillary Clinton, the Clinton Foundation, and Mrs. Clinton’s aide Huma Abedin. President Trump should not allow himself to be distracted by these efforts. Chaffetz was not one of Trump’s most loyal supporters.

    America’s globalists and interventionists are already pushing the meme that because so many establishment and entrenched national security and military «experts» opposed Trump’s candidacy, Trump is «required» to call on them to join his administration because there are not enough such «experts» among Trump’s inner circle of advisers. Discredited neo-conservatives from George W. Bush’s White House, such as Iraq war co-conspirator Stephen Hadley, are being mentioned as someone Trump should have join his National Security Council and other senior positions. George H. W. Bush’s Secretary of State James Baker, a die-hard Bush loyalist, is also being proffered as a member of Trump’s White House team. There is absolutely no reason for Trump to seek the advice from old Republican fossils like Baker, Hadley, former Secretaries of State Rice and Powell, the lunatic former U.S. ambassador to the United Nations John Bolton, and others. There are plenty of Trump supporters who have a wealth of experience in foreign and national security matters, including those of African, Haitian, Hispanic, and Arab descent and who are not neocons, who can fill Trump’s senior- and middle-level positions.

    Trump must distance himself from sudden well-wishing neocons, adventurists, militarists, and interventionists and not permit them to infest his administration. If Mrs. Clinton had won the presidency, an article on the incoming administration would have read as follows:

    «Based on the militarism and foreign adventurism of her term as Secretary of State and her husband Bill Clinton’s two terms as president, the world is in store for major American military aggression on multiple fronts around the world. President-elect Hillary Clinton has made no secret of her desire to confront Russia militarily, diplomatically, and economically in the Middle East, on Russia’s very doorstep in eastern Europe, and even within the borders of the Russian Federation. Mrs. Clinton has dusted off the long-discredited ‘containment’ policy ushered into effect by Professor George F. Kennan in the aftermath of World War. Mrs. Clinton’s administration will likely promote the most strident neo-Cold Warriors of the Barack Obama administration, including Assistant Secretary of State for European and Eurasian Affairs Victoria Nuland, a personal favorite of Clinton».

    President-elect Trump cannot afford to permit those who are in the same web as Nuland, Hadley, Bolton, and others to join his administration where they would metastasize like an aggressive form of cancer. These individuals would not carry out Trump’s policies but seek to continue to damage America’s relations with Russia, China, Iran, Cuba, and other nations.

    Not only must Trump have to deal with Republican neocons trying to worm their way into his administration, but he must deal with the attempt by Soros to disrupt his presidency and the United States with a Purple Revolution

    No sooner had Trump been declared the 45th president of the United States, Soros-funded political operations launched their activities to disrupt Trump during Obama’s lame-duck period and thereafter. The swiftness of the Purple Revolution is reminiscent of the speed at which protesters hit the streets of Kiev, the Ukrainian capital, in two Orange Revolutions sponsored by Soros, one in 2004 and the other, ten years later, in 2014.

    As the Clintons were embracing purple in New York, street demonstrations, some violent, all coordinated by the Soros-funded Moveon.org and «Black Lives Matter», broke out in New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Oakland, Nashville, Cleveland, Washington, Austin, Seattle, Philadelphia, Richmond, St. Paul, Kansas City, Omaha, San Francisco, and some 200 other cities across the United States. 

    The Soros-financed Russian singing group «Pussy Riot» released on YouTube an anti-Trump music video titled «Make America Great Again». The video went «viral» on the Internet. The video, which is profane and filled with violent acts, portrays a dystopian Trump presidency. Following the George Soros/Gene Sharp script to a tee, Pussy Riot member Nadya Tolokonnikova called for anti-Trump Americans to turn their anger into art, particularly music and visual art. The use of political graffiti is a popular Sharp tactic. The street protests and anti-Trump music and art were the first phase of Soros’s Purple Revolution in America.

    President-elect Trump is facing a two-pronged attack by his opponents. One, led by entrenched neo-con bureaucrats, including former Central Intelligence Agency and National Security Agency director Michael Hayden, former Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff, and Bush family loyalists are seeking to call the shots on who Trump appoints to senior national security, intelligence, foreign policy, and defense positions in his administration. These neo-Cold Warriors are trying to convince Trump that he must maintain the Obama aggressiveness and militancy toward Russia, China, Iran, Venezuela, Cuba, and other countries. The second front arrayed against Trump is from Soros-funded political groups and media. This second line of attack is a propaganda war, utilizing hundreds of anti-Trump newspapers, web sites, and broadcasters, that will seek to undermine public confidence in the Trump administration from its outset.

    One of Trump’s political advertisements, released just prior to Election Day, stated that George Soros, Federal Reserve chair Janet Yellen, and Goldman Sachs chief executive officer Lloyd Blankfein, are all part of «a global power structure that is responsible for the economic decisions that have robbed our working class, stripped our country of its wealth and put that money into the pockets of a handful of large corporations and political entities». Soros and his minions immediately and ridiculously attacked the ad as «anti-Semitic». President Trump should be on guard against those who his campaign called out in the ad and their colleagues. Soros’s son, Alexander Soros, called on Trump’s daughter, Ivanka, and her husband Jared Kushner, to publicly disavow Trump. Soros’s tactics not only seek to split apart nations but also families. Trump must be on guard against the current and future machinations of George Soros, including his Purple Revolution.

  • What Donald Trump's Proposed Tax Cut Means For You

    Now that Trump is president, both individual and corporate tax-payers are taking a second look at Trump’s proposed tax regime to see how it will impact their bottom line.

    Here is a quick primer.

    Trump has proposed personal and business tax reform that would reduce tax revenues by an estimated $4.4 trillion over ten years, or roughly 1.9% of GDP over that period. Alternatively, this also means that GDP will grow by roughly the same amount, all else equal, with incremental debt use to fund the shortfall.  Roughly half of this cost is estimated to come from his proposed corporate tax reform plan, which would reduce the corporate income tax rate to 15% and would impose a one-time 10% tax on all foreign earnings not yet taxed by the US.

    Companies would be free to repatriate earnings without additional tax once this tax has been paid. Like the House Republican proposal, this would involve a transition to a new corporate tax system for taxing foreign earnings. The two plans are similar in several other respects as well, including a top individual marginal tax rate of 33%. However, the House Republican plan is estimated to cost around half as much over the next ten years as Mr. Trump’s plan, at least in part because it proposes to go further in limiting or eliminating existing individual and corporate tax preferences.

    This is summarized in the chart below. The good news is that virtually all entities and income tax brackets will pay less taxes compared to Obama’s 2017 Budget (assuming Trump does not change his mind on this framework). The bad news, is that even more debt will be used to replace it, and should foreign buyers balk at US obligations it will require more deficit monetization courtesy of the Fed and another QE episode.

    Which brings us to the second point: will Trump’s tax plan pass? According to Goldman Sachs, the tax legislation has a good chance of passing in 2017, but it is not expected to reduce revenues by as much as Trump has proposed. There are three potential obstacles to its passage:

    • First, the cost is likely to be prohibitive for some members of Congress. While the majority party is able to pass tax legislation with only a simple majority in the Senate using the budget reconciliation process described above, it would require near-unanimity among the 52 Republicans in the Senate next year to do so. The prevailing expectation is that some Republican lawmakers would balk at the deficit impact of his proposal.
    • Second, while the House Republican proposal would increase the deficit less, it has also generally been proposed in the context of the broader Republican budget proposal, which would also reduce spending in several areas. Mr. Trump has not proposed a significant net spending reduction.
    • Third, tax reform is complicated, and even under a unified Republican government, it may be too complex to resolve in a matter of months.

    Ultimately, the outlook for a tax cut depends on how willing marginal Republican lawmakers are to increase the deficit, and/or how willing they are to find offsetting savings elsewhere. Overall, there is a good chance that some type of tax legislation passes next year, but the obstacles to comprehensive tax reform go beyond partisan disputes, so one should expect tax legislation that is adopted in 2017 to be narrower in scope than the campaign proposal, and significantly smaller in its revenue effect; in other words much of this week’s market rally – driven by hopes of tax-cut boosted economic growth  and consumer spending – will be for nothing.

  • This Trophy Of Mainstream Media Arrogance Can Be Yours For Only $250

    As we pointed out last weekend, with several days to go before the presidential election on November 8th, bookstores around the country started receiving a curious commemorative edition of Newsweek with their chosen candidate on the cover.  As Infowars reported, the magazines went viral when a Twitter user, who works at one of those bookstores, tweeted the images with the comment, “I work at a bookstore and we typically get magazines early and lookie what we got here.” 

    While Newsweek later explained that they had created 2 versions of the magazine with Trump and Hillary on the cover, apparently they made a “business decision” to only print the “Madam President” version.

     

    Now, you too can own your very on own piece of the mainstream media’s arrogance courtesy of numerous Ebay auctions looking to fetch a couple hundred dollars for the ill-advised magazines.  Somehow we suspect these “collectors editions” will end up as stocking stuffers for many Hillary supporters this holiday season.

    Hillary

     

    And while this is certainly embarrassing for Newsweek, it’s not the first time the arrogant mainstream media got caught off guard.

    Hillary Defeats Trump

  • A Visit To Trump's America

    Authored by retired bank CEO Edward Speed, originally posted at TheRivardReport.com,

    Two months ago, when I was in Ohio visiting my daughter, I was given an insight into the early indicators of a Trump victory. The clues were there, but I didn’t fully understand what I was seeing. At that time, I had no inkling of the depth and breadth of rural dissatisfaction that would elect a Donald Trump as President.

    I’m a photographer and the coordinator of The Texas Farm and Ranch Photography Project, photographing the daily lives of farm and ranch families, their work, meals, worship, and family life. In September, I drove almost 300 miles up and down the rural roads east of Dayton and south of Columbus, Ohio, to add some farm images to my portfolio.

    Mile after mile, farm after farm, town after town, ag business after ag business, I saw only Trump signs. It was obvious that if Ohio was going to block Trump, it would have to be in the cities because agricultural Ohio was overwhelmingly Trump country. This mirrored the same Trump support that I saw in the agricultural communities I have been photographing across Texas for the past year.

    As I engaged in countless conversations in both rural Ohio and Texas, I tried to understand how any farming or ranching family could even remotely identify with a brash, thrice-married, womanizing, bankruptcy-declaring, New York billionaire. 

    What I learned is that agricultural America felt not only ignored and forgotten, it felt rejected and despised by America’s political elite, and that any candidate who could hurt that elite was worth their vote.

    No story brought this home to me more powerfully than a grandfather who spoke of national news stories about what he described as the whining and crying on elite college campuses by those who demanded “safe places” and “safe zones” where they will be sheltered from anything that remotely offends them. He spoke of ingrates wanting special “only me” safe places where they do not have to do anything, hear anything, see anything, or be around anyone or anything they don’t like.

    In that farmer’s mind, while the safe-space crowd whined about its “offendedness” and demanded entitlements, children of agricultural families were up early in the morning working on their chores and projects, followed by a full day at school, coming home to more work – all while being part of a family, a community, and a nation.

    He described watching youngsters at county fairs and livestock shows hauling feed, cleaning stalls, washing and grooming livestock, shoveling manure, unloading and loading their family trucks and trailers, and trying to sleep in uncomfortable chairs – all while ungrateful elite college students failed to appreciate their pampered lives.

    In this gentleman’s world view, it was not black versus white, rich versus poor, feminism versus patriarchy, illegal versus citizen; rather, it was those who produce nothing believing themselves entitled, without appreciation, to the goods produced by others versus those who actually produce.

    Although this grandfather did not use the exact words, he pretty much described a political elite and liberal establishment as thinking of American agriculture families as nothing more than serfs in a self-protecting, self-serving feudal system.

    A ranch mom whose family I photographed in far West Texas alluded to the Black Lives Matter movement by telling me that unless America starts recognizing that Farm Lives Matter, no lives are going to matter.

    Rural and agricultural America has revolted against this perceived feudal system in an unimaginable way. It voted not only out of feelings of rejection and abandonment, but also out of the sentiment of being taken for granted. The result was an agricultural electorate that rose up against urban elites who they believed show only disdain and ridicule to those who endure the back-breaking work and financial hardships required to feed our nation.

    As a result, hard-working, long-suffering agricultural families sent Hillary Clinton, the Democratic Party, and the perceived political establishment to bed without their supper.

    They also sent a powerful message and reminder that our food does not spring magically from grocery stores.

    Agricultural America helped deliver the White House to Trump, then got up early the next morning and went back to its daily, unending chores.

  • ObamaTrade Is Dead: White House Abandons TPP As EU Halts Trade Talks After Trump Victory

    It appears the entire ‘ObamaTrade’ farce is collapsing under the weight of its secrecy and corporatocracy in the immediate aftermath of Trump’s triumph. First this morning, Bloomberg reported that EU Trade Commissioner Cecilia Malmstrom said EU-U.S. negotiations on a free-trade agreement are on hold, and now WSJ reports that the Obama administration on Friday gave up all hope of enacting its sweeping Pacific trade agreement, denting American prestige in the regions at a time when China is flexing its economic and military muscle.

    Just days after Donald Trump won the election, all of Washington’s major trade deals are dead or dying.


    First, NAFTA

    As Joe Joseph reports, both Mexico and Canada have agreed to re-negotiate the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) signed under President Clinton.

    You have the Canadian Prime Minister and his Mexican counterpart that are now saying, “hey buddies… hey United States… we want to renegotiate NAFTA.”

     

    …Maybe, just maybe, we might actually have a little bit of justice… he hasn’t even taken the oath of office yet.

    Second, TTIP

    Trump lashed out at market-opening initiatives such as the planned Trans-Atlantic Trade and Investment Partnership, or TTIP, during his successful campaign to succeed U.S. President Barack Obama. Trump, the Republican Party’s candidate, defeated Democrat Hillary Clinton in the Nov. 8 election.

     

    “With the new president-elect, we don’t really know what will happen,” Malmstrom told reporters on Friday in Brussels. “There is strong reason to believe that there will be a pause in TTIP, that this might not be the biggest priority for the new administration.”

     

    The EU and U.S. have spent three years working on an accord to expand the world’s biggest economic relationship by eliminating tariffs on goods, enlarging services markets, opening public procurement and bolstering regulatory cooperation. Obama and European leaders such as German Chancellor Angela Merkel had called TTIP a policy priority.

     

    Both sides have held 15 rounds of talks since 2013. The last round took place in October in New York.

     

    “Whether it makes sense to have new rounds — well probably not,” Malmstrom said on Friday.

    And Finally, TPP

     Just days after Donald Trump surprise victory, U.S. officials said Republican congressional leaders had made clear that they wouldn’t consider the 12-nation Trans-Pacific Partnership in the remainder of Mr. Obama’s term. The White House had lobbied hard for months in the hope of moving forward on the pact if the Democratic nominee, Hillary Clinton, had won.

     

    The failure to pass what is by far the biggest trade agreement in more than a decade is a bitter defeat for Mr. Obama, whose belated but fervent support for freer trade divided his party and complicated the campaign of Mrs. Clinton.

     

    The TPP’s collapse also dents American prestige in the region at a time when China is flexing its economic and military muscle.

    The 2016 election season has shown that domestic concerns about globalization, the trade deficit and stagnant wages easily beat out the appetite for international engagement. The TPP became a symbol Washington pursuing policies that disproportionately favor wealthier Americans over ordinary workers. Mr. Trump blamed the TPP on special interests trying to “rape” the country.

    As we detailed previously, Trump was right on Trade Agreements.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 11th November 2016

  • "He Won Because The Elites Want Him There, The Global Economy Will Collapse"

    Though Trump’s election was a great victory/rebuke over the dictates and controls of the financial oligarchy that own and run this nation, SHTFPlan.com's Mac Salvo warns, the American people are not out of the woods yet.

    Quietly but constantly in the background of the entire Obama Administration, the Federal Reserve’s stimulus program that combined unlimited QE with zero percent interest rates has absolutely wrecked this country and its economic stability.

     

    The system as we know it cannot be sustained. Yellen and co. have been simply waiting for the right time to let the other shoe drop – namely, after it could influence the election even further in the direction of Trump’s populist uprising. Unfortunately, he will now be largely blamed for the great destruction that is scheduled to fall upon this nation. In fact, that is the very reason that Brandon Smith of Alt-Market.com attributed to Trump’s victory when he predicted his election many months ago.

     

    Something big is coming… prepare yourselves accordingly.

    How Alt-Market Predicted Trump’s Win Months in Advance: “He won because the elites WANT HIM THERE, the global economy WILL collapse”

    Authored by Melissa Dykes via The Daily Sheeple,

    While many of us in the alternative media and especially those researchers of Clinton crimes are breathing a big fat sigh of relief that anybody but Hillary is headed to the White House in 2017, Brandon Smith of Alt Market is warning us all not to get too comfortable… and with history on his side here, we should listen to him.

    Despite what looked like a rigged, fraudulent Hillary win orchestrated from the top down with the entire establishment machine behind her, Trump won the election. In an election year that would have otherwise seen record low voter turnout, the specter of Hillary that led to Trump’s victory has now given the people a reason to believe their vote actually matters again, an extra boon to further relegitimize the corrupt system running things in this country.

    But Smith reminds us that if Trump is walking into the Oval Office in January, it is only because the elites decided to put him there in advance — and for a reason.

    First it should be noted that Smith accurately predicted that Brexit would pass, even when the majority of the alt media was reporting that there was no way it possibly could. Was it another victory for the people?

    No, it was predetermined well in advance:

    “The mainstream media has been consistently comparing Trump supporters to Brexit supporters, and Trump himself has hitched his political wagon to the Brexit. This fits perfectly with the globalist narrative that populists and conservatives are killing the global economy and placing everyone at risk.

    Then he accurately predicted a Trump win… but not because voting actually matters:

    “U.S. elections are indeed controlled, and have been for decades, primarily through the false left/right paradigm.  However, as I have been pointing out since I correctly predicted the success of the Brexit referendum, I don’t think that Clinton is the choice of the elites.”

     

    “To be clear, my position is that Trump is slated to take the White House and that this is by design. This has been my position since before Trump won the Republican Primaries, it was my position when the election cycle began, it has never changed, nor have my views on the reasons for this outcome ever changed…”

    Smith says regardless of whether or not Trump is a legitimate anti-establishment candidate, his win means the global economic collapse the system has been holding off on will finally come to pass — as planned — under Trump’s watch:

    “…Even if Trump is a legitimate anti-establishment conservative, his entry into the Oval Office will seal the deal on the economic collapse, and will serve the globalists well.  The international banks need only pull the plug on any remaining life support to the existing market system and allow it to fully implode, all while blaming Trump and his conservative supporters…”

    He will be the perfect scapegoat for something the alternative media have known is coming for a long, long time.

    Now Smith is spelling it out:

    The bottom line is, Trump is on the way to the White House because the elites WANT HIM THERE.  Now, many liberty proponents, currently in a state of elation, will either ignore or dismiss the primary reason why I was able to predict the Brexit and a Trump win.  These will probably be some of the same people that were arguing with me only weeks ago that the elites would NEVER allow Trump in office.

     

    So, to clarify:

     

    Trump may or may not be aware that he and his conservative followers have been positioned into a a trap.  We will have to wait and see how he behaves in office (and he WILL be in office, despite the claims of some that the elites will try to “stop him” before January).  My primary point is THAT IT DOES NOT MATTER, at least not at this stage.  The elites will initiate a final collapse of the global economy under Trump’s watch (this will probably escalate over the course of the next six months), and they WILL blame him and conservatives in general.  This IS going to happen.  The elites play the long game, and so must we.

    And there you have it.

    It’s not much of a secret that the economy is being artificially propped up. The Fed’s QE stimulus programs are no longer working. We know it can’t remain this way forever.

    And even though everyone just feels so much relief that we’ve all been spared the nightmare of Hillary Clinton climbing into yet another seat of even more power, we can’t just assume we’re all going to skip off into happy magical fairy sprinkle land unscathed.

    Sure, the people have spoken, but it’s only the illusion of power that we’re seeing play out now. The Powers That Shouldn’t Be running this insanity circus always have a plan… how else have they gotten away with controlling the globe for at least the past century?

    After saying “I told ya so,” Smith issued a final warning that we shouldn’t be so naive:

    While millions of Americans are celebrating Trump’s win today, I will remain even more vigilant.  The party is just getting started, folks.  Don’t get too comfortable.

    Sadly, we can’t ignore decades of New World Order history here just because we’re relieved a psychopath like Hillary lost the election. Smith is right. We’d all do well to listen to him and get prepared for what’s coming.

    2017 is going to be a bumpy ride.

  • More Troubling Signs For NYC Real Estate As Rent Concessions Soar

    The October 2016 Douglas Elliman Real Estate Guide for Manhattan reveals some fairly startling hints about the “health” of NYC real estate.  For months we’ve been writing about the soaring capacity of luxury apartment buildings in New York City and it looks as though that capacity influx is starting to take a toll as the percentage of rental inventory offering landlord concessions soared to 23.9% in October, more than double the 10.4% recorded last October.

    The market continues to be softest at the top.  Luxury median sales price declined 10.9% to $7,792 over the same period and the largest decline in more than 4 years.  The market share for landlord concessions more than doubled to 23.9% from the same period last year to the highest share in 6 years this metric has been tracked.  As a result, net effective median rent fell 1% to $3,322 from the same period last year.  Days on market, the number of days from the original list date to the lease date, expanded by 6 days to an average of 46 days.  Listing discount, the percentage from the original list price to the rental price, rose to 3.1% rom 2.3% in the same month a year ago.

    The percent of rental inventory granting landlord concessions has surged in recent months as building owners attempt to fill new apartment capacity.  As Bloomberg points out, with several buildings still under construction, the surge in new high-end capacity shows no signs of abating at any point in the new future.

    Lease-signing sweeteners, such as a month of free rent or payment of broker fees, were offered on 24 percent of new rental agreements in October, up from 10 percent a year earlier, according to a report Thursday by appraiser Miller Samuel Inc. and brokerage Douglas Elliman Real Estate. It was the biggest share for any month since the firms began tracking the data six years ago. Landlords also agreed to cut an average of 3.1 percent from their asking rents in order to reach a deal.

     

    Property owners in Manhattan are working harder to lure tenants who now have the ability to bargain-shop amid a surge of high-end apartment construction that shows no signs of abating. The final months of the year are considered to be the slowest time for apartment leasing in New York City, adding to the urgency for landlords, said Jonathan Miller, president of Miller Samuel.

     

    “Concessions are one way to keep the vacancy rate in check and keep the buildings as full as possible,” Miller said in an interview. “It’s a baseline metric we’re going to be dealing with for the next several years, at least.”

    NYC Rents

     

    Meanwhile, it’s not just new capacity that’s putting pressure on rental prices and concessions.  As the following chart highlights, new leases signed in recent months have also been falling with October new leases down 3.9% YoY and nearly 23% sequentially. 

    NYC Rents

     

    Rental days on the market also increased by 15% YoY to 46 days while listing discounts increased 80 bps to 3.1% of the original listing price.

    NYC Rents

     

    Finally, listing inventory in Manhattan is up nearly 23% YoY while Jonathan Miller, President of New York City appraiser Miller Samuel, warned “This is probably not a temporary blip.”

    “There must be great concern because of how much competition has been added to the market over the last couple of years,” Miller said. “This is probably not a temporary blip.”

     

    For Manhattan apartments, the median rent rose 0.3 percent from a year earlier to $3,400 a month, Miller Samuel and Douglas Elliman said. But when factoring in the value of concessions, the median actually declined by 1 percent.

     

    “Incentives remain the preferred alternative for owners to keep face rents high while creating a sense of value in the marketplace,” Gary Malin, president of brokerage Citi Habitats, said in a separate report on the rental market Thursday.

     

    The fancier and more costly the apartment, the more landlords had to offer enticements. In Manhattan buildings with doormen, 31 percent of new leases last month came with incentives, Miller Samuel and Douglas Elliman said. In buildings without lobby attendants, sweeteners were given on 17 percent of new agreements.

    NYC Rents

     

    With trends like this, Jimmy McMillan may be able to retire soon.

    Rent

  • Trump Voter Beaten By Black Mob: "You Voted Trump. You Gonna Pay For That Sh*t"

    Authored by Paul Joseph Watson, originally posted at InfoWars.com,

    Shocking video out of Chicago shows a mob of young black men viciously beating an older white man because he voted for Donald Trump, dragging him through the streets as he hangs out of the back of his car.

    The clip shows the thugs repeatedly screaming, “you voted Donald Trump” as they assault the victim from every angle while others steal his belongings.

    “You voted Trump,” the mob screams, “You gonna pay for that sh*t.”

    Another woman shouts “beat his ass,” while another man is heard laughing before remarking, “Don’t vote Trump.”

    A second video of the incident which is dubbed with the “F**k Donald Trump” song, a phrase now being chanted by “protesters” across the country, shows one of the attackers driving away in the man’s vehicle while his hand is still stuck in the window as the car drags him down the street.

    “The scene is frankly reminiscent of a lynching,” remarks Chris Menahan.

    It is not even clear if the victim was a Trump supporter. Presumably, the mob used that as an excuse to beat and rob him.

    YouTube quickly deleted the video, but it has been mirrored on numerous different websites.

    If the roles had been reversed, and Trump supporters had been caught on tape viciously beating a black Hillary voter, this would be a national news story right now.

    As it is, you won’t see this on CNN any time soon.

    Finally, here is SHFPlan.com's Mac Slavo with his typically eloquent perspective on this deplorable behavior

    Violence and retribution for the election of Trump has proven to be the result of a media-driven attack on his character. For months now, the pundits and columnists have done nothing but tell the population that Trump supporters are racists, etc. and now racially-motivated beatings are taking place in the street without any other pretext or provocation.

     

    Are they proud of themselves yet? And how far will this violence spread?

     

    read more here…

  • Grubhub CEO Faces Backlash After Telling Trump-Supporting Employees "You Have No Place Here"

    Many faux-liberal tech firm CEOs have responded to the election of Donald Trump in the same "stunned" memos to staff reassuring them "our firm is a safe space" with some even promising to fund a so-called CaliExit secession from the Union. However, as Fox News reports, GrubHub CEO Matt Maloney has – to some who have begun to boycott the food-delivery app – gone too far by implying in a company-wide email that Trump-supporting staff are not welcome and should resign.

    “If you do not agree with this statement then please reply to this email with your resignation because you have no place here,” wrote Matt Maloney, Co-Founder of Grubhub. “We do not tolerate hateful attitudes on our team."

    Maloney, a Hillary Clinton supporter, sent the email Wednesday afternoon with the subject line, “So…that happened…what’s next?”

     

    He made it clear in the email statement that he is personally stunned and deeply concerned with the results of Tuesday’s election.

    “I absolutely reject the nationalist, anti-immigrant and hateful politics of Donald Trump and will work to shield our community from this movement as best as I can,” Maloney wrote about Trump’s supporters. 

     

    “I want to reaffirm to anyone on our team that is scared or feels personally exposed, that I and everyone else here at Grubhub will fight for your dignity and your right to make a better life for yourself and your family here in the United States.”

     

    The CEO made it clear he’s particularly concerned Trump’s victory will empower others in his workplace to act out against marginalized groups.

     

    “While demeaning, insulting, and ridiculing minorities, immigrants, and the physically/mentally disabled worked for Mr. Trump, I want to be clear that this behavior — and these views — have no place at Grubhub,” Maloney explained.

    Ironically, the CEO said that he deeply respects the right of people to vote for whoever they decide, but that he simply wanted to “reassure our employees that our company will actively support diversity and inclusion — regardless of national politics."

    As Fox concludes, this letter is noteworthy because it underscores the fine-line between the intersection of politics and business, especially given the divisive presidential campaign of the past year and a half.

    However, the backlash had already begun and, in a tweet that was later deleted, Maloney added: "To be clear, GrubHub does not tolerate hate and we are proud of all our employees – even those who voted for Trump."

    As The Chicago Tribune reports, in a statement posted by Grubhub later Thursday evening, Maloney said his comments had been misconstrued.

    "I want to clarify that I did not ask for anyone to resign if they voted for Trump," the statement said. "I would never make such a demand."

    By Thursday afternoon, Twitter users were calling others to #boycottgrubhub.

  • Calexit – California Secession Petition Gaining Strength After Trump Win

    A group of secessionists in California are taking advantage of post-election discontent and re-introducing their petition to make California its own country.  Apparently, the liberal elites of California aren’t big fans of Donald Trump…who knew? 

    According to the Sacramento Bee, support for the “The 2019 #Calexit Independence Referendum” is gaining some momentum after devastated Hillary supporters received their bad news on Tuesday night.

    About 11,000 people liked the Facebook page for the “Yes California Independence Campaign” as of Tuesday night. By midday Wednesday, it had grown to nearly 17,000 likes and counting.

     

    “Obviously it was a huge boost for the movement because Californians hate Donald Trump,” said Marcus Ruiz Evans, vice president of the group.

     

    The hashtag #Calexit was already trending on Twitter and Facebook on Wednesday. Posts ranged from Shervin Pishevar, a Bay Area venture capitalist and tech entrepreneur, calling for the state to secede, to conservatives welcoming a California-less nation.

     

    Ruiz Evans said Yes California intends to launch an initiative that asks Californians whether they believe the state should remain part of the United States or break away on its own. Similar to the Citizens United ballot measure voters approved Tuesday, it would begin as an advisory proposal to kick-start an arduous process.

     

    The results will serve as a rallying cry and give the campaign credibility with lawmakers, he said. If passed, it would call for a special election and official vote on whether California should become its own country. Ultimately, Congress and the states would likely have to ratify an amendment to the U.S. Constitution.

     

    “The reason that we’re here today is we wanted to point out to everybody in California that the American system is broken. It’s failing. It’s sinking,” he said. “You as a Californian have a choice to make: Do you go down with that ship out of tradition or sail on your own?”

    Apparently the group’s leadership is convinced that California’s economic problems are the direct result of their statehood as opposed to the failed liberal agenda of their  elected officials.  The group’s website lays out a myriad of reasons for secession but summarizes that “the United States of America represents so many things that conflict with Californian values.”

    In our view, the United States of America represents so many things that conflict with Californian values, and our continued statehood means California will continue subsidizing the other states to our own detriment, and to the detriment of our children.

     

    Although charity is part of our culture, when you consider that California’s infrastructure is falling apart, our public schools are ranked among the worst in the entire country, we have the highest number of homeless persons living without shelter and other basic necessities, poverty rates remain high, income inequality continues to expand, and we must often borrow money from the future to provide services for today, now is not the time for charity.

     

    However, this independence referendum is about more than California subsidizing other states of this country. It is about the right to self-determination and the concept of voluntary association, both of which are supported by constitutional and international law.

     

    It is about California taking its place in the world, standing as an equal among nations. We believe in two fundamental truths: (1) California exerts a positive influence on the rest of the world, and (2) California could do more good as an independent country than it is able to do as a just a U.S. state.

     

    In 2016, the United Kingdom voted to leave the international community with their “Brexit” vote. Our “Calexit” referendum is about California joining the international community. You have a big decision to make.

    While this will unfortunately never come to a fruition, we suspect after Tuesday’s election results that, outside of a couple of major metro areas in the Northeast, a lot of people in this country would be quiet happy to be rid of their leftist west coast state.

  • China 'Devalues' Yuan To Weakest Since Breaking The Peg In 2010

    With offshore Yuan tumbling in recent days – echoing the collapse in US Treasury bond prices – the spread to the onshore fix appears to have forced the PBOC’s hand. With a 200 pip cut in the CNY fix tonight, China has all but erased any strength in the Renminbi against the USD since it broke the peg (“enabled more flexibility”) in June 2010.

    • CHINA SETS YUAN FIXING AT 6.8115 VS 6.7885 DAY EARLIER

     

    Given the wakness in the Reniminbi basket, one could argue that the Yuan could be sold against the USD considerably more to catch down to the pressure that other major basket currencies have been under…

     

    With US Treasury market closed tomorrow, one wonders where China’s wrath will fall…

  • Canadian Parliament Condemns Free Speech

    Submitted by Judith Bergmann via The Gatestone Institute,

    • "Now that Islamophobia has been condemned, this is not the end, but rather the beginning." — Samer Majzoub, president of the Canadian Muslim Forum. Majzoub is affiliated with the Muslim Brotherhood.
    • What exactly are they condemning? Criticism of Islam? Criticism of Muslims? Debating Mohammed? Depicting Mohammed? Discussing whether ISIS is a true manifestation of Islam? Is any Canadian who now writes critically of Islam or disagrees with the petitioners that ISIS "does not reflect in any way the values or the teachings of the religion of Islam" now to be considered an "Islamophobe"?
    • The question, naturally, is whether Canada's motion will be replicated in other parliaments in the West. The Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) is particularly active in Europe, having opened a Permanent Observer Mission to the European Union in 2013.
    • In what parallel universe can the efforts of the OIC to stifle free speech possibly be considered advancement of freedom of speech and religion?
    • As the OIC steps up its media campaign and efforts in Europe, European parliaments are likely to experience initiatives like the petition in Canada. The European Union, for one, looks as if it would be to happy facilitate such a motion.

    On October 26, Canada's parliament unanimously passed an anti-Islamophobia motion, which was the result of a petition initiated by Samer Majzoub, president of the Canadian Muslim Forum. The petition garnered almost 70,000 signatures.

    According to the text of the petition,

    "Recently an infinitesimally small number of extremist individuals have conducted terrorist activities while claiming to speak for the religion of Islam. Their actions have been used as a pretext for a notable rise of anti-Muslim sentiments in Canada; and these violent individuals do not reflect in any way the values or the teachings of the religion of Islam. In fact, they misrepresent the religion. We categorically reject all their activities. They in no way represent the religion, the beliefs and the desire of Muslims to co-exist in peace with all peoples of the world. We, the undersigned, Citizens and residents of Canada, call upon the House of Commons to join us in recognizing that extremist individuals do not represent the religion of Islam, and in condemning all forms of Islamophobia".

    The Parliament of Canada, in Ottawa. (Image source: Saffron Blaze/Wikimedia Commons)

    While a motion will have no legal effect unless it is passed as a bill, the symbolic effect of the Canadian parliament unanimously condemning "all forms of Islamophobia," without making the slightest attempt at defining what is meant by "Islamophobia," can only be described, at best, as alarming.

    What exactly are they condemning? Criticism of Islam? Criticism of Muslims? Debating Mohammed? Depicting Mohammed? Discussing whether ISIS is a true manifestation of Islam? Is any Canadian who now writes critically of Islam or disagrees with the petitioners that ISIS "does not reflect in any way the values or the teachings of the religion of Islam" now to be considered an "Islamophobe"?

    No one knows, and it is doubtful whether the members of the Canadian parliament know what it means themselves. It would seem, however, that the initiator of the petition, Muslim Brotherhood-affiliated Samer Majzoub, knows. This is what he had to say in an interview with the Canadian Muslim Forum after the motion passed:

    "Now that Islamophobia has been condemned, this is not the end, but rather the beginning … We need to continue working politically and socially and with the press. They used to doubt the existence of Islamophobia, but now we do not have to worry about that; all blocs and political figures, represented by Canada's supreme legislative authority, have spoken of that existence. In the offing, we need to get policy makers to do something, especially when it comes to the Liberals, who have shown distinct openness regarding Muslims and all ethnicities… All of us must work hard to maintain our peaceful, social and humanitarian struggle so that condemnation is followed by comprehensive policies."

    Whereas the Canadian parliamentarians seem entirely unaware of what Muslim organizations have in store for them in terms of "comprehensive policies", it is clear that to the parliamentarians, the motion constitutes "virtue-signaling" at its worst. Whereas the parliamentarians might now feel good about themselves, does their vote mean that those Canadians who dare to criticize Islam and disagree vehemently with the premises of the motion are likely to be considered (even more) beyond the pale of civilized society? Does it mean that only one view is correct and that any view that differs from it will now be, by default, incorrect — if not criminal?

    It will almost certainly deter people from speaking up, for fear that they will be labeled "racists" or "Islamophobes" by arbitrarily creating a threatening atmosphere of political correctness, where those who do not adhere to the groupthink are shamed and ostracized. Such strangulation of opinion also cannot be beneficial to any country's national security. How can anyone warn the authorities about virtually anything if they have to worry first that their warning might be considered "Islamophobic"?

    There were, of course, no parallel motions in Canada's parliament to condemn "Christianophobia" or "Judeophobia," the latter being much more prevalent than "Islamophobia." In fact, according to statistics, Jewish Canadians are more than 10 times as likely to be the victim of a hate crime than Muslim Canadians.

    It was exactly this kind of toxic, politically correct atmosphere in the United States that enabled Major Nidal Malik Hasan, an Army psychiatrist, to gun down 13 people and to wound 29 others in the Fort Hood massacre in 2009. His former classmate, Lt. Col. Val Finnell, told Fox news at the time that, despite Hasan's suspicious behavior, such as giving a presentation justifying suicide bombings, nothing was done about Hasan to see if he might be a security risk. Instead, he was treated with kid gloves. "The issue here is that there's a political correctness climate in the military. They don't want to say anything because it would be considered questioning somebody's religious belief, or they're afraid of an equal opportunity lawsuit", said Lt. Col. Finnell.

    In December 2015, a man who had been working in the area where the San Bernardino terrorist Syed Farook lived told CBS Los Angeles that,

    "he noticed a half-dozen Middle Eastern men in the area in recent weeks, but decided not to report anything since he did not wish to racially profile those people. "We sat around lunch thinking, 'What were they doing around the neighborhood?'" he said.

    The fear of being labeled an "Islamophobe" is real and has had lethal consequences. It is this fear that the Canadian parliament has now elevated into a parliamentary motion, signaling that this sentiment is shared by the highest echelons in the country, those who make the laws.

    A democratic parliament presumably should not be cowing its citizens into silence. The term "bullying" comes to mind. Parliamentary bullying and reckless disregard of the freedom of speech should have no place in a society that cares about the values of freedom and national security. Canada has already seen, to its disgrace, attacks on free speech against Mark Steyn and Ezra Levant, among others. Is this the country Canada wishes to become?

    The motion is reminiscent of the US House Resolution 569, "Condemning violence, bigotry, and hateful rhetoric towards Muslims in the United States," which was introduced in the House of Representatives on December 17, 2015. This Resolution is more detailed than the short condemnation of Islamophobia from the Canadian parliament, but the essence of both appears to be the same: Criticism of Islam or of Muslims is wrong and should be condemned, if not outright criminalized.

    In condemning "all forms of Islamophobia", Canada's parliament has in effect done everything the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) — consisting of 56 Muslim states plus "Palestine" — could wish for. Fighting "Islamophobia" is at the very top of the agenda of this organization, which is headquartered in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. The OIC is aggressively promoting the so-called Istanbul Process, which aims to forbid all criticism of Islam and make this ban a part of international law.

    Ironically, the Saudi Arabian flag flew on Parliament Hill in Ottawa on November 2, as Canadian public officials met with a so-called "human rights" commission from Saudi Arabia. This commission publicly supported Saudi Arabia's mass executions in January 2016, in which 47 people were executed by the authorities, saying that they "enforce justice, fulfill … legitimate and legal requirements, and protect the society and its security and stability". That, apparently, is not problematic in the eyes of Canadian parliamentarians.

    As recently as October 24, the General Secretariat of the OIC held a meeting "to review the media strategy for countering Islamophobia". The meeting was scheduled to:

    "discuss the OIC media strategy and ways to counter Islamophobia in light of the recent developments and hate campaigns in different parts of the world, especially with the increasing number of Muslim refugees in Western countries and the mounting hate discourse in a manner that causes serious concern. The meeting aims to come up with clear and practical mechanisms for a counter-Islamophobia media campaign that highlights the true noble image of Islamic and contributes to halting the ongoing deliberate defamatory campaigns waged in different Western fora".

    The question, naturally, is whether Canada's motion will be replicated in other parliaments in the West. The OIC is particularly active in Europe, having opened a Permanent Observer Mission to the European Union in 2013. The OIC also recently formed the so-called Contact ‎Group for Muslims in Europe, whose formation was announced at the OIC Istanbul Summit in April 2016, and includes Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, Algeria, Egypt, Somalia, Malaysia and Jordan.

    The establishment of the OIC Contact Group for Muslims in Europe

    "aims at ensuring the effective cooperation between the relevant parties, in order to lay out strategies to eliminate hate speech, physical assault, practices of intolerance, prejudice, racial discrimination and Islamophobia, and to support intercultural dialogue and social inclusion.‎ Further, the Group ‎can be a platform through which Muslims from various nationalities can exchange experiences, define best practices, with a view to increase Muslim participation in the political and social life in Europe". [emphasis added]

    The EU apparently sees the OIC as a friendly and benevolent organization with shared values. According to the EU's European External Action service (its diplomatic service, which assists the EU's foreign affairs chief):

    "The OIC has undergone important changes during the last decade: it made advances in support of freedom of speech and freedom of religion/belief. It enlarged its cooperation to economic, cultural, development and humanitarian fields."

    Seriously? In what parallel universe can the efforts of the OIC to stifle free speech possibly be considered advancement of freedom of speech and religion?

    As the OIC steps up its media campaign and its efforts in Europe, European parliaments are likely to experience initiatives like the petition in Canada. The European Union, for one, looks as if it would be happy to facilitate such a motion.

  • Russell Napier Interviewed: Fiscal Stimulus Comes With Dangerous Baggage – Financial Repression

    Financial repression is coming to Europe and the people that can’t see that don’t have a strong understanding of financial history and the lengths that politicians will go to get re-elected. That’s the view of financial historian and strategist Russell Napier, who thinks that the failure of central banks to reflate the global financial system will lead to stronger and more significant government action.

    Napier is the co-founder of online research platform ERIC and the author of Anatomy of the Bear: Lessons from Wall Street’s Four Great Bottoms. In an interview with Real Vision TV, he envisions a sharp change in momentum from governments, starting with Europe, which is in a clear state of policy paralysis.  Items on the policy menu include capital controls, dividend controls and the forced purchase of government debt.


    Manipulated by the System with a Deluge of Monetary Policy

    While professional investors have learned how to play the game against central bankers, who are not too dissimilar to investors themselves – being forward looking and focused on inflation – Napier said they have been “royally gamed by the financial system” on a diet of monetary policy more monetary policy and more monetary policy.

    “But if it switches to government, then I think it’s a completely different game,” he said. “We’ve seen a little bit of it already in terms of government action, regulation, forcing people to buy that debt. But primarily, that debt’s been bought by central bankers,” he said.

    It’s clear now that central banking isn’t working in terms of reflating the economy and its failure to produce nominal GDP growth above the growth in debt, is now leading some to believe that a fiscal solution is coming. But if people are getting excited about that, then Napier thinks they couldn’t be more wrong.

    Fiscal Expansion Comes with Dangerous Baggage – The Tools of Financial Repression

    The nine most dangerous words in the English language are: ‘We’re from the government and we’re here to help you,’” he told Real Vision. “So to me it’s bizarre that people who are the stewards of other people’s capital are getting really excited because the government is coming,” adding that a fiscal expansion is likely to come with a lot of dangerous baggage.

    These are the tools of financial repression and Napier said the first thing to understand about the government is that they don’t give up, they want to get re-elected and they’ll come back with something else. And once you go down the rabbit hole of financial repression then one control eventually leads to another.

    It all starts with keeping the yield curve below inflation, which is easy enough for investors who will simply not buy any bonds, but that of course will encourage borrowing, which is what the government is trying to discourage, Napier says.

    So they have to bring in other things, measures, to stop you and I gearing up, which is the elements of financial repression. They have to try and force you and I to buy government debt even though it is a virtually guaranteed loss-making proposition, and they have to bring in controls that would stop us behaving naturally as a response to negative real interest rates. Now, those historically have been some horrific things.”

    Who’s Going to Buy the Government Debt ? You Are !

    While the first main tool of financial repression has to be capital controls, Napier said it won’t just stop there, with dividend controls and higher corporate profits among the tactics designed to make other investments look less attractive, relative to government debt

    “A lot of people think central bankers will keep going forever, but if we ever go to inflation, they clearly have to stop expanding their balance sheet, but somebody has to buy the government debt,” he said.  “So let’s say the fiscal policy comes. It succeeds. We get growth. We get inflation. Central bank balance sheets cannot expand in the growth and inflation. So who’s going to buy the government debt? The answer is you are. Particularly if you work for a regulated financial institution. It’s much better if you’re an individual. But regulated financial institutions are the people who will be expected to do that, and that is financial repression.”

    The Focus is Productive Growth – Not Speculative Growth

    Over the past thirty years, it’s been an easy job for investors to buy an asset, gear up and wait for the profits, but not necessarily in an era where debt is supposed to grow more slowly than GDP and Napier said it is clear there will need to be a period of adjustment where the flow of credit needs to be controlled. “It has to go to what they will define as productive, not speculative,” he said. “And I think Theresa May may have already used that phrase.

    “So we could be looking at a prolonged period of re-equitization of the whole financial system. It would happen tomorrow morning on the passage of one piece of legislation. The government bans the ability to deduct interest in the computation of corporation tax.”

    “Instantly, you’ve got a huge change. Now, do you think asset prices would go up in that environment? It seems to me that that policy, actually, would be a prime policy for financial repression. And I think if you take a longer term view– if you look at the structure of what we’ve built, it wouldn’t be a bad thing in the long term. You’d have to phase it in slowly.”

    Europe is the Battleground for Financial Repression

    The economic and political problems in Europe are well documented and this is where we could see the start of financial repression, Napier contends. In fact, its already been introduced twice with two countries having exchange controls imposed on them in the single currency block.

    “Everything’s possible. And the political justifications are Europe is going through a major reconsideration of its constitutional relationship. It’s deciding whether it’s going to have fiscal integration or not fiscal integration,” Napier said. “Now, against the background of that we can’t have the financial professionals front-running all of that.”

    No-one really cares about the call for capital controls when it’s happening in places like Greece and Cyprus, he adds, but if it happens in one market where people have significant liquid assets, then that changes everything.

    That is the crucial thing about the global impact of this,” Napier said, “If you de-liquify a major asset class– which is what a capital control does. It’s a de-liquefication event. As we know from financial history, that can be a solvency event for somebody. So that’s why I think it’s important.

    “You have to rank things by their probability and their importance. I think this is probable, and I think it changes the 21st century,” he said, adding that when he speaks to investment managers about it, they just want him to phone them up the day before it happens, which sums up the problem as far as he is concerned. “We have to ride this to the end,” Napier said. “I think if you’re a steward of other people’s money and savings and their savings for their pensions and their retirement, you don’t get to leave the party at one minute to midnight.”

    It all Comes Down to Financial History

    What it all boils down to is a lack of understanding and appreciation of financial history, which isn’t taught in business school, but it’s a subject close to Napier’s heart, which he has written and taught about at length. He’s even opened a library in Edinburgh, dedicated to financial history, called ‘The Library of Mistakes’.

    “They just don’t get it. They can’t cope with it. They don’t want to analyze it. They don’t want to talk about it. As far as they’re concerned, I’ll just buy good companies. I’ll stick with good companies. Everything will be fine. That will be what I’ll do,” he said.

    “Now, that didn’t work out so well in the great financial crisis. Nothing to do with politicians, but to do with more not understanding money and credit. But this time, they don’t want to get to grips with the politicians.”

    With Europe now in the process of potentially dissolving the euro for political reasons – nothing to do with economics and finance, which Napier said should have meant it would have been falling apart for years – it really highlights that politicians have been prepared to bend just about every rule to make it work

    “Clearly if you’ve read a bit of financial history, you can’t forecast with 100 degree accuracy. But politicians may ultimately be more forecast-able than the prices you’re trying to forecast every day,” he said.

    Watch the full interview on Real Vision TV , a dedicated financial television service featuring in-depth interviews with many of the worlds most respected investors, analysts, investment strategists and geopolitical analysts.  No ads, no bias, no bullshit.  Try it free for 7 days.

     

  • The Unbearable Smugness Of The American Media

    Submitted by Will Rahn via CBS News

    The mood in the Washington press corps is bleak, and deservedly so.

    It shouldn’t come as a surprise to anyone that, with a few exceptions, we were all tacitly or explicitly #WithHer, which has led to a certain anguish in the face of Donald Trump’s victory. More than that and more importantly, we also missed the story, after having spent months mocking the people who had a better sense of what was going on.

    This is all symptomatic of modern journalism’s great moral and intellectual failing: its unbearable smugness. Had Hillary Clinton won, there’s be a winking “we did it” feeling in the press, a sense that we were brave and called Trump a liar and saved the republic.

    So much for that. The audience for our glib analysis and contempt for much of the electorate, it turned out, was rather limited. This was particularly true when it came to voters, the ones who turned out by the millions to deliver not only a rebuke to the political system but also the people who cover it. Trump knew what he was doing when he invited his crowds to jeer and hiss the reporters covering him. They hate us, and have for some time.

    And can you blame them? Journalists love mocking Trump supporters. We insult their appearances. We dismiss them as racists and sexists. We emote on Twitter about how this or that comment or policy makes us feel one way or the other, and yet we reject their feelings as invalid.

    It’s a profound failure of empathy in the service of endless posturing. There’s been some sympathy from the press, sure: the dispatches from “heroin country” that read like reports from colonial administrators checking in on the natives. But much of that starts from the assumption that Trump voters are backward, and that it’s our duty to catalogue and ultimately reverse that backwardness. What can we do to get these people to stop worshiping their false god and accept our gospel?

    We diagnose them as racists in the way Dark Age clerics confused medical problems with demonic possession. Journalists, at our worst, see ourselves as a priestly caste. We believe we not only have access to the indisputable facts, but also a greater truth, a system of beliefs divined from an advanced understanding of justice.

    You’d think that Trump’s victory – the one we all discounted too far in advance – would lead to a certain newfound humility in the political press. But of course that’s not how it works. To us, speaking broadly, our diagnosis was still basically correct. The demons were just stronger than we realized.

    This is all a “whitelash,” you see. Trump voters are racist and sexist, so there must be more racists and sexists than we realized. Tuesday night’s outcome was not a logic-driven rejection of a deeply flawed candidate named Clinton; no, it was a primal scream against fairness, equality, and progress. Let the new tantrums commence!

    Deplorable

     

    That’s the fantasy, the idea that if we mock them enough, call them racist enough, they’ll eventually shut up and get in line. It’s similar to how media Twitter works, a system where people who dissent from the proper framing of a story are attacked by mobs of smugly incredulous pundits. Journalists exist primarily in a world where people can get shouted down and disappear, which informs our attitudes toward all disagreement.

    Journalists increasingly don’t even believe in the possibility of reasoned disagreement, and as such ascribe cynical motives to those who think about things a different way. We see this in the ongoing veneration of “facts,” the ones peddled by explainer websites and data journalists who believe themselves to be curiously post-ideological.

    That the explainers and data journalists so frequently get things hilariously wrong never invites the soul-searching you’d think it would. Instead, it all just somehow leads us to more smugness, more meanness, more certainty from the reporters and pundits. Faced with defeat, we retreat further into our bubble, assumptions left unchecked. No, it’s the voters who are wrong.

    As a direct result, we get it wrong with greater frequency. Out on the road, we forget to ask the right questions. We can’t even imagine the right question. We go into assignments too certain that what we find will serve to justify our biases. The public’s estimation of the press declines even further — fewer than one-in-three Americans trust the press, per Gallup — which starts the cycle anew.

    There’s a place for opinionated journalism; in fact, it’s vital. But our causal, profession-wide smugness and protestations of superiority are making us unable to do it well.

    Our theme now should be humility. We must become more impartial, not less so. We have to abandon our easy culture of tantrums and recrimination. We have to stop writing these know-it-all, 140-character sermons on social media and admit that, as a class, journalists have a shamefully limited understanding of the country we cover.

    What’s worse, we don’t make much of an effort to really understand, and with too few exceptions, treat the economic grievances of Middle America like they’re some sort of punchline. Sometimes quite literally so, such as when reporters tweet out a photo of racist-looking Trump supporters and jokingly suggest that they must be upset about free trade or low wages.

    We have to fix this, and the broken reasoning behind it. There’s a fleeting fun to gang-ups and groupthink. But it’s not worth what we are losing in the process.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 10th November 2016

  • Truth Is The Enemy Of The State

    Submitted by Bob Livingston via PersonalLiberty.com,

    There is a saw that comes from Shakespeare’s “The Merchant of Venice” that “the truth will out.” But not if government has its way.

    That’s because truth is the enemy of the state. The state, meaning the apparatus of government, is “the system” that controls the American people.

    Most people believe they control the political system through elections. Little do they know that the government and the corporate state own and control the state and the people. In other words, the system is rigged, as Donald Trump says. The system must keep this information invisible and it does so through constant conditioning of the public mind.

    Now consider what has happened and is happening to Julian Assange. Consider Edward Snowden.

    Assange created WikiLeaks in 2006, exposing, among other things, malfeasance in the conduct of Bush the Lesser’s “War on Terror.” Progressive Democrats loved Assange then.

    But by 2010, with George W. Bush out of power and Barack Obama continuing old wars and starting new ones, the truths that were being outed by WikiLeaks were hitting too close to home. WikiLeaks got its hands on a treasure trove of State Department and Pentagon emails and documents being dispatched across the globe.

    I wrote at the time in “A war on the truth,” that what WikiLeaks was revealing was:

    …the result of a secretive, unaccountable and over-powerful government; a perfidious empire that seeks to rule the world by guile, cunning or force, if necessary. And the response by the United States government and by authorities in some of the U.S.’s puppet states — like Great Britain, which arrested Assange, and Sweden, which brought spurious charges of rape against him — demonstrate the length the ruling elites will go to suppress the truth.

     

    Truth is the enemy of a totalitarian regime. Fooling, lying, spying: That is the way of the totalitarian regime. Fooling, lying to and spying on friends and enemies, and even worse, its own citizens.

    Just before I wrote that, we now know, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton was contemplating various ways to shut WikiLeaks down. During a November meeting, sources say, Clinton suddenly blurted out, “Can’t we just drone this guy?”

    According to sources present at the meeting:

    The statement drew laughter from the room which quickly died off when the Secretary kept talking in a terse manner, sources said. Clinton said Assange, after all, was a relatively soft target, “walking around” freely and thumbing his nose without any fear of reprisals from the United States. Clinton was upset about Assange’s previous 2010 records releases, divulging secret U.S. documents about the war in Afghanistan in July and the war in Iraq just a month earlier in October, sources said. At that time in 2010, Assange was relatively free and not living cloistered in in the embassy of Ecuador in London. Prior to 2010, Assange focused Wikileaks’ efforts on countries outside the United States but now under Clinton and Obama, Assange was hammering America with an unparalleled third sweeping Wikileaks document dump in five months. Clinton was fuming, sources said, as each State Department cable dispatched during the Obama administration was signed by her.

     

    Clinton and other top administration officials knew the compromising materials warehoused in the CableGate stash would provide critics and foreign enemies with a treasure trove of counterintelligence. Bureaucratic fears about the CableGate release ultimately proved to be well founded by Clinton, her inner circle and her boss in the White House.

    Efforts to shut down WikiLeaks included an American intelligence-initiated operation to entrap Assange in a phony rape charge. The U.S. government also pressured PayPal, VISA and MasterCard to shut down donations to WikiLeaks. The Swedish bank handling Assange’s legal defense fund was pressured by the U.S. government to freeze the account. The firm hosting WikiLeaks’ website was pressured to shut the site the down.

    Now WikiLeaks is revealing widespread corruption, vote rigging, media manipulation and other damning evidence against the Democrat Party, Hillary Clinton and her minions. WikiLeaks and Assange are prying the lid off the propaganda machine and exposing the corrupt system.

    In response, U.S. intelligence (an oxymoron) initiated another effort to entrap Assange in a sex-related scandal; this time by connecting him with a phony “dating site” and alleging he solicited sex with an 8-year-old girl.

    John Kerry’s State Department pressured Ecuador to cut off Assange’s internet connection. There is a new move afoot to figure a way to pry him out of the Ecuadorian Embassy in London and turn him over to U.S. authorities, where he will no doubt disappear into the bowels of indefinite detention.

    Only the power of propaganda keeps the people from overthrowing the U.S. government by force. So truth is the enemy of the state and the state will do everything it can to suppress it.

    That’s not surprising. What is surprising is the vast number of people on both “sides” of the political spectrum outside of government who see truth seekers and truth disseminators like Assange, Snowden and Bradley Manning as enemies rather than friends of liberty.

  • 5 Shot, 2 Life-Threatening Injuries During Anti-Trump Protest In Seattle

    Following an afternoon and evening of protests decrying the election of Donald Trump as America’s next president, The Seattle Times reports, police are responding to reports that at least four people were shot downtown Wednesday night.

    Officers were converging on the area of Third and Pike.  

    An anti-Trump rally, which started at Westlake Mall, turned into a march and was proceeding down nearby streets at the time of the shootings, according to witnesses.

    Video from Seattle…

     

    More details to follow…

    Seattle Fire Dept confirm 5 short, 2 life-threatening injuries…

  • Anarchists Storm US Consulate, Protest Obama's Visit To Greece

    Anarchists entered the US Consulate in Thessaloniki, Northern Greece and threw flyers opposing the upcoming visit of Barack Obama to Greece. As KeepTalkingGreece.com reports, a group of some 15 people reportedly entered the building where the Consulate is located on the 7th floor on Tuesday morning. They chanted slogans, threw flyers in the corridors and attempted to open banners.

     

    Police rushed to the area and detained six of the protesters.

    According to Athens News Agency, the “Anarchist Collective of Rubicon” and the “Libertarian Thessaloniki Initiative” uploaded a text in a website of the Greek anti-authoritarian movement. They stated that “the visit of the outgoing US President, Barack Obama in Greece on the eve of the anniversary of the [Students’] Polytechnic uprising (and thus under a left government) is anything but a courtesy visit. The content of the visit could be summed up as “business as usual” and it is known that such “jobs are dirty with the blood of the people.”

    The group Rubicon is known for raiding and entering even public buildings and public transport stations to protest the state mechanisms.

  • The Source Of Our Rage: The Ruling Elite Is Protected For The Consequences Of Its Dominance

    Submitted by Charles Hugh-Smith via OfTwoMinds blog,

    ELECTION NOTE: As I write this Tuesday evening, it appears Donald Trump may win the presidency. For those who cannot understand how anyone could possibly vote for Trump, please read the above essay again and ponder what people were voting against by voting for Trump.

     

    They may well have been voting against the corrupt, self-serving status quo rather than voting for the individual Donald Trump.

     

    There are very few opportunities for powerless non-elites to register their disapproval of the nation's Ruling Elite and the corrupt status quo. Voting for an outsider in a national election is one such rare opportunity.

     

    As I noted in October, The Ruling Elite Has Lost the Consent of the Governed (October 20, 2016).

     

    If you still don't understand how Trump could win, please read the below essay as many times as is necessary for you to get it: the status quo of corrupt self-serving insiders generates injustice and inequality as its only possible output.

    There are many sources of rage: injustice, the destruction of truth, powerlessness. But if we had to identify the one key source of non-elite rage that cuts across all age, ethnicity, gender and regional boundaries, it is this: The Ruling Elite is protected from the destructive consequences of its predatory dominance.

    We see this reality across the entire political, social and economic landscape.

    If I had to pick one chart that illustrates the widening divide between the Ruling Elite and the non-elites, it is this chart of wages as a share of the nation's output (GDP): 46 years of relentless decline, interrupted by gushing fountains of credit and asset bubbles that enriched the few while leaving the economic landscape of the many in ruins.

    The Ruling Elite once had an obligation to uphold the social contract as a responsibility that came with their vast privilege, power and wealth (i.e. noblesse oblige).

    America's Ruling Elite has transmogrified into an incestuous self-serving few unapologetically plundering the many. In their hubris-soaked arrogance, their right to rule is unquestioningly based on their moral and intellectual superiority to "the little people" they loot with abandon.

    Rather than feel a responsibility to the nation, America's Elite views the status quo as a free pass to self-aggrandizement.

    Much has changed in America in the past 46 years. Not only have wages and salaries declined as a share of "economic growth," but the wealth that has been generated has flowed to the top of the wealth/power pyramid (see chart below).

    Social mobility has also declined drastically: Restoring America’s Economic Mobility, as has trust in government and key institutions.

    As Frank Buckley, the author of The Way Back: Restoring the Promise of America observed:

    "In a corrupt country, trust is a rare commodity. That’s America today. Only 19 percent of Americans say they trust the government most of the time, down from 73 percent in 1958 according to the Pew Research Center."

    The top .01% has seen its share of the household wealth triple from 7% to 22% in the past four decades, while the share of the nation's wealth owned by the bottom 90% has plummeted from 36% to 23%.

    As I described in America's Ruling Elite Has Failed and Deserves to Be Fired and Now That the Presidential-Election Side Show Is Finally Ending…., the economy is rapidly undergoing structural changes that tend to reward the top 5% class of technocrats and managers and the top .1% with millions in mobile capital, while leaving the bottom 95% in the dust.

    Rather than address this rising inequality directly and honestly, the Ruling Elite has parroted propaganda and policies that protect their gains while obfuscating the reality that most American households have been losing ground for decades, a decline that has been masked by replacing real income with rising debt.

    The ceaseless parroting of the Ruling Elite and the Mainstream Media that prosperity has been rising for everyone is nothing less than the destruction of truth. This propaganda has one purpose: to mask the inequality and injustice built into the American status quo.

    The rapid concentration of wealth has also concentrated political power in the hands of a few who seamlessly combine public and private modes of power.

    This wealth and power protects the Ruling Elite from the perverse consequences of their dominance. Their precious offspring rarely serve at the point of the American military's spear, they never lose their jobs or income when corporations shift production (and R&D, etc.) overseas, and they are never replaced with illegal immigrants paid under the table.

    Rather, the Ruling Elite is pleased to pay immigrants a pittance to care for their children, clean their luxe homes, walk their dogs, etc.

    This is why we're enraged: we bear the consequences of the Ruling Elite's dominance. The system is rigged to benefit the few, who use their wealth and power to protect themselves from the destructive consequences of their self-serving dominance.

    This rage is as yet inchoate, sensed but not yet understood as the inevitable result of a broken system and a predatory Elite that exploits the system to maximize their private gain by any means available.

  • After Bashing "Son Of A Whore" Obama, Philippines' Duterte Congratulates, Wants To Work With Trump

    Trump has barely been president elect for one day, and he is already fixing the foreign policy mistake of his predecessor.

    What a difference a presidential election makes: after lashing out on an almost daily basis at outgoing American president Barack Obama, calling him “son of a whore” and telling him he can “go to hell”, Philippine President Rodrigo Duterte joined Vladimir Putin in congratulating Donald Trump on his election success, and said on Wednesday he now wishes to stop quarrelling with the United States, recalling his anger at the Obama administration for criticising him.

    The maverick leader, incidentally known as “Trump of the East” for his unrestrained rants and lewd remarks, has repeatedly hit out at Washington in recent months, threatening to cut defense pacts and end military joint drills. “I would like to congratulate Mr. Donald Trump. Long live,” Duterte said in a speech to the Filipino community during a visit to Malaysia.

    “We are both making curses. Even with trivial matters we curse. I was supposed to stop because Trump is there. I don’t want to quarrel anymore, because Trump has won” he said cited by Reuters.

    Duterte, who as profiled previously won a May election by a huge margin and is often compared with Trump, having himself been the alternative candidate from outside of national politics, campaigned on a populist, anti-establishment platform and struck a chord among ordinary Filipinos with his promises to fix what he called a broken country.

    But the biggest fixture of Duterte’s presidency so far has been his hostility toward the Obama White House, expressed in near-daily eruptions of anger over its concerns about human rights abuses during his deadly war on drugs.

    He also threatened on numerous occasions to sever a military relationship that has been a key element of Washington’s “pivot” to Asia.

    Duterte on Wednesday told Filipinos how angry he had been at Washington, saying it had threatened to cut off aid and had treated the Philippines like a dog tied to a post. “They talk as if we are still the colonies,” he said. “You do not give us the aid, shit, to hell with you,” he said, recalling comments he had directed at Obama. In retrospect, we can partially commiserate with the outgoing administration: it is not exactly clear what the proper response to such daily verbal diarrhea is.

    Ironically, with the Obama administration having effectively lost the Philippines as a core strategic ally in the Pacific Rim, it was Trump who told Reuters that the Philippines was a very important strategic location and that Duterte’s comments about removing foreign troops showed “a lack of respect for our country.”

    Judging by Duterte’s sudden change of heart, it wasn’t lack of respect for the country, just the individual in charge of it.

    On the other hand, for some reason we get the feeling that once the US Trump and the “Trump of the East”, the outcome will be quite volatile, if extremely entertaining.

  • How Did The Media Pollsters Get The Election So Wrong?

    The day before the 2016 US Presidential Election, most pollsters and statistical models had pegged Hillary Clinton’s chances of winning at greater than 90%.

    However, as VisualCapitalst’s Jeff Desjardin noted yesterday, the consensus view is not to be trusted in a post-Brexit world.

    Here’s what went wrong:

     

    Courtesy of: Visual Capitalist

     

    We looked at the predictions made by 12 major newspapers and pollsters the day before the election, to see where they went wrong.

    For Wisconsin, Michigan, Pennsylvania, and New Hampshire – not a single source gave an edge to Republicans.

    For Florida and North Carolina, the pollsters were slightly less reckless. The Associated Press correctly had the Sunshine State as “leaning red”, while the Huffington Post saw North Carolina ultimately voting Trump.

    After this and the Brexit polling disaster, the media is sure to be much more cautious with their models going into the next big political event.

  • Soros-Sponsored Social Justice Warriors Besiege Trump Tower – Live Feed

    Seemingly unwilling to accept the results of the democratic selection of the nation's leader for the next four years, hundreds of grieving Hillary Clinton supporters – egged on by George Soros' MoveOn.org – are laying siege to Trump Tower in New York City. Screaming "Fuck Donald Trump", yelling "Not My President", chanting "Pussy Grabs Back", and burning the American flag, it appears these young millennials are just the kind of deplorables this country should be proud of…

    As NBC's Katy Tur exclaimed "It's surreal in NYC. People are walking around like zombies with thousand yard stares."

    MoveOn.org released the following press release Wednesday afternoon:

    Americans to Come Together in Hundreds Peaceful Gatherings of Solidarity, Resistance, and Resolve Following Election Results

     

    Hundreds of Americans, dozens of organizations to gather peacefully outside the White House and in cities and towns nationwide to take a continued stand against misogyny, racism, Islamophobia, and xenophobia.

     

    Tonight, thousands of Americans will come together at hundreds of peaceful gatherings in cities and towns across the nation, including outside the White House, following the results of Tuesday’s presidential election.

     

    The gatherings – organized by MoveOn.org and allies – will affirm a continued rejection of Donald Trump’s bigotry, xenophobia, Islamophobia, and misogyny and demonstrate our resolve to fight together for the America we still believe is possible.

     

    Within two hours of the call-to-action, MoveOn members had created more than 200 gatherings nationwide, with the number continuing to grow on Wednesday afternoon.

     

    WHAT: Hundreds of peaceful gatherings of solidarity, resistance, and resolve nationwide

     

    WHEN / WHERE: Find local gatherings here. Major gatherings include in New York City’s Columbus Circle and outside the White House in Washington, DC.

     

    RSVP: Please email press@moveon.org to confirm attendance.

     

    “This is a disaster. We fought our hearts out to avert this reality. But now it’s here,” MoveOn.org staff wrote to members on Wednesday. “The new president-elect and many of his most prominent supporters have targeted, demeaned, and threatened millions of us—and millions of our friends, family, and loved ones. Both chambers of Congress remain in Republican hands. We are entering an era of profound and unprecedented challenge, a time of danger for our communities and our country. In this moment, we have to take care of ourselves, our families, and our friends—especially those of us who are on the front lines facing hate, including Latinos, women, immigrants, refugees, Black people, Muslims, LGBT Americans, and so many others. And we need to make it clear that we will continue to stand together.”

    Live Feed from New York's Trump Tower…

     

    The 'basket' of protesters marched up through Times Square…

    Images of the deplorable behavior…

     

  • Meanwhile, From Canada…

    Submitted by Jim Quinn via The Burning Platform blog,

    h/t Robmu1

    The flood of Trump-fearing American liberals sneaking across the border into Canada has intensified in the past week. The Republican presidential campaign is prompting an exodus among left-leaning Americans who fear they’ll soon be required to hunt, pray, pay taxes, and live according to the Constitution.

    Canadian border residents say it’s not uncommon to see dozens of sociology professors, liberal arts majors, global-warming activists, and “green” energy proponents crossing their fields at night.

    “I went out to milk the cows the other day, and there was a Hollywood producer huddled in the barn,” said southern Manitoba farmer Red Greenfield, whose acreage borders North Dakota. “He was cold, exhausted and hungry, and begged me for a latte and some free-range chicken. When I said I didn’t have any, he left before I even got a chance to show him my screenplay, eh?”

    In an effort to stop the illegal aliens, Greenfield erected higher fences, but the liberals scaled them. He then installed loudspeakers that blared Rush Limbaugh across the fields, but they just stuck their fingers in their ears and kept coming. Officials are particularly concerned about smugglers who meet liberals just south of the border, pack them into electric cars, and drive them across the border, where they are simply left to fend for themselves after the battery dies.

    “A lot of these people are not prepared for our rugged conditions,” an Alberta border patrolman said. “I found one carload without a single bottle of Perrier water, or any gemelli with shrimp and arugula. All they had was a nice little Napa Valley cabernet and some kale chips. When liberals are caught, they’re sent back across the border, often wailing that they fear persecution from Trump high-hairers.

    Rumors are circulating about plans being made to build re-education camps where liberals will be forced to drink domestic beer, study the Constitution, and find jobs that actually contribute to the economy.

    In recent days, liberals have turned to ingenious ways of crossing the border. Some have been disguised as senior citizens taking a bus trip to buy cheap Canadian prescription drugs. After catching a half-dozen young vegans in blue-hair wig disguises, Canadian immigration authorities began stopping buses and quizzing the supposed senior citizens about Perry Como and Rosemary Clooney to prove that they were alive in the ’50s.

    “If they can’t identify the accordion player on The Lawrence Welk Show, we become very suspicious about their age,” an official said.

    Canadian citizens have complained that the illegal immigrants are creating an organic-broccoli shortage, are buying up all the Barbara Streisand CD’s, and are overloading the internet while downloading jazzercise apps to their cell phones.

    “I really feel sorry for American liberals, but the Canadian economy just can’t support them,” an Ottawa resident said. “After all, how many art-history majors does one country need?”

    *  *  *

    Fact or Fiction?

  • European Politicians Terrified By "Horror Scenario" After Brexit, Trump

    First it was Brexit, then there was Trump. Two “shocking” events that nobody in the media, markets or punditry could admit could possibly happen. They happened… and that’s just the beginning – as we showed last night, the political calendar over the next two years is only heating up, with countless potential “black swan” events – often involving nationalist tendencies or outright separatism, and further hits to the establishment status quo – on the horizon.

    Most of these events take place in Europe, a powderkeg of simmering anger and resentment built up over the centuries of artificially enforced borders cutting across religions, ethnicities and cultures, which has only been swept under the rug over the past several decades with the help of an artificial customs and monetary union which is increasingly unstable. As such, even the smallest domino can push the entire continent into a state of terminal socio-economic collapse.

    And both Europe, and the globalist establishment, know this.

    The “horror scenario”

    Which is why back in May, when Donald’s Trump’s victory in the U.S. presidential election seemed the remotest of possibilities, a senior European official took to Twitter before a G7 summit in Tokyo to warn of a horror scenario“.

    Imagine, said the official quoted by Reuters, if instead of Barack Obama, Francois Hollande, David Cameron and Matteo Renzi, next year’s meeting of the club of rich nations included Trump, Marine Le Pen, Boris Johnson and Beppe Grillo: truly a horror for an exclusive group of aloof elitists who enjoy sneering on the same people whom they take advantage of every single day.

    A month after Martin Selmayr, the head of European Commission President Jean-Claude Juncker’s cabinet made the comment, Britain shocked the world by voting to leave the European Union. Cameron stepped down as prime minister and Johnson – the former London mayor who helped swing Britons behind Brexit – became foreign minister. Now, five months later, with Trump’s triumph over his Democratic rival Hillary Clinton, the populist tsunami that seemed outlandish a few months ago is becoming reality, and the consequences for Europe’s own political landscape are potentially huge.

    This is why Europe is suddenly terrified that what until June seemed impossible, is now all too likely: in 2017, voters in the Netherlands, France and Germany – and possibly in Italy and Britain too – will vote in elections that could be coloured by the triumphs of Trump and Brexit, and the toxic politics that drove those campaigns.

    And, as Reuters writes, the lessons will not be lost on continental Europe’s populist parties, who hailed Trump’s victory on Wednesday as a body blow for the political mainstream. “Politics will never be the same,” said Geert Wilders of the far-right Dutch Freedom Party. “What happened in America can happen in Europe and the Netherlands as well.”

    Just like after Brexit, French National Front founder Jean-Marie Le Pen was similarly ebullient. “Today the United States, tomorrow France,” Le Pen, the father of the party’s leader Marine Le Pen, tweeted.

    Trump as a Model

    Daniela Schwarzer, director of research at the German Council on Foreign Relations (DGAP), said Trump’s bare-fisted tactics against his opponents and the media provided a model for populist European parties that have exercised comparative restraint on a continent that still remembers World War Two. “The broken taboos, the extent of political conflict, the aggression that we’ve seen from Trump, this can widen the scope of what becomes thinkable in our own political culture,” Schwarzer said.

    Perhaps it is not the “political conflict” or aggression from Trump that Daniela is worried about; perhaps it is the threat of a truly democratic vote in a world in which all the benefits of crony capitalism and suppressed representation have gone exclusively to the 1%, something which is now openly known and resented by the rest of the increasingly angry population. And, as both Brexit and Trump have shown, an angry, education population is the worst possible enemy of any elitist, globalist clique.

    Italy and Austria

    Europe will get the first taste of its own “Trump Moment” as early as next month, when on December 4 Austrians will vote in a presidential election that could see Norbert Hofer of the Freedom Party become the first far-right head of state to be freely elected in western Europe since 1945. On the same day, a constitutional reform referendum on which Prime Minister Renzi has staked his future could upset the political order in Italy, pushing Grillo’s left-wing 5-Star movement closer to the reins of power.

    Channeling Donald Trump, local Euroskeptic politician and comedian, Beppe Grillo said that “an epoch has gone up in flames. The real demagogues are the press, intellectuals, who are anchored to a world that no longer exists.”

    Right-wing parties are already running governments in Poland and Hungary. In western Europe, the likelihood of a Trump figure taking power seems remote for now but that too is rapidly changing. In Europe’s parliamentary democracies, traditional parties from the right and left have set aside historical rivalries, banding together to keep out the populists.

    But the lesson from the Brexit vote is that parties do not have to be in government to shape the political debate, said Tina Fordham, chief global political analyst at Citi. She cited the anti-EU UK Independence Party which has just one seat in the Westminster parliament. “UKIP did poorly in the last election but had a huge amount influence over the political dynamic in Britain,” Fordham said. “The combination of the Brexit campaign and Trump have absolutely changed the way campaigns are run.”

    On Wednesday, UKIP leader Nigel Farage hailed Trump’s victory on Wednesday as a “supersized Brexit”.

    Europe’s Political Limbo

    As new political movements emerge, traditional parties will find it increasingly difficult to form coalitions and hold them together.  In Spain, incumbent Mariano Rajoy was returned to power last week but only after two inconclusive elections in which voters fled his conservatives and their traditional rival on the left, the Socialists, for two new parties, Podemos and Ciudadanos. After 10 months of political limbo, Rajoy finds himself atop a minority government that is expected to struggle to pass laws, implement reforms and plug holes in Spain’s public finances.

    The virus of political fragility could spread next year from Spain to the Netherlands, where Wilders’s Freedom Party is neck-and-neck in opinion polls with Prime Minister Mark Rutte’s liberals. For Rutte to stay in power after the election in March, he may be forced to consider novel, less-stable coalition options with an array of smaller parties, including the Greens.

    The Le Pen Factor

    In France, which has a presidential system, the chances of Marine Le Pen, leader of the far-right National Front, emerging victorious are seen as slim. According to Reuters, the odds-on favourite to win the presidential election next spring is Alain Juppe, a 71-year-old centrist with extensive experience in government who has tapped into a yearning for responsible leadership after a decade of disappointment from Francois Hollande and Nicolas Sarkozy.

    Then again if there is anything the Trump election has shown, is how woefully bad the polling industry has become and how incapable it is to deal with a splintering society that no longer conforms to historical norms. In a sign of Le Pen’s strength, polls show she will win more support than any other politician in the first round of the election. Even if she loses the second round run-off, as polls suggest, her performance is likely to be seen as a watershed moment for continental Europe’s far-right. It could give her a powerful platform from which to fight the reforms that Juppe and his conservative rivals for the presidency are promising.

    The Heart of Europe

    And then there is the country at the center of its all. In Germany, where voters go to the polls next autumn, far-right parties have struggled to gain a foothold in the post-war era because of the dark history of the Nazis, but that too is changing. Just three years old, the anti-immigrant Alternative for Germany (AfD), has become a force at the national level, unsettling Chancellor Angela Merkel’s conservatives, who have been punished in a series of regional votes because of her welcoming policy towards refugees.

    Merkel could announce as early as next month that she plans to run for a fourth term, and if she does run, current polls suggest she would win. But she would do so as a diminished figure in a country that is perhaps more divided than at any time in the post-war era. Even Merkel’s conservative sister party, the Bavarian Christian Social Union, has refused to endorse her.

    * * *

    One year ago, Europe would have ignored any potential risks from the vote of society’s “fringe.” Now, after the two biggest political shocks in recent “developed nation” history, it can no longer afford to leave any outcome to chance, which means that the contemplated “horror scenario” is an all too real threat for the European’s political oligarchy. The question we have, however, is whether similar to previous occasions in which the establishment status quo has found itself trapped, Europe’s political elite will do anything and everything to stay in power, even if that means engage in preemptive “horrors” of its own against its own people. Sadly, Europe’s history is all too full of precisely such examples and if there is anything the recent leaked glimpses into the decisionmaking process of the elite have confirmed, it is that one can no longer discount any theoretical outcome, no matter how ridiculous or “conspiratorial” it may appear at first glance.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 9th November 2016

  • Huffington Post Ends Editor's Note Calling Trump "Serial Liar, Rampant Xenophobe, Racist, Misogynist"

    For months, every story on the Huffington Post about Trump came with a disclaimer at the end describing him as a “serial liar, rampant xenophobe, racist, misogynist,” among other things.  Now, according to Politico, a note sent to HuffPo staff from the organization’s Washington Bureau Chief, Ryan Grim, on Tuesday evening said the disclaimer will no longer be used in an effort create a “clean slate”.

    “Editor’s note: Donald Trump regularly incites political violence and is a serial liar, rampant xenophobe, racist, misogynist and birther who has repeatedly pledged to ban all Muslims — 1.6 billion members of an entire religion — from entering the U.S.”

    Of course, Huffington Post spokeswoman Sujata Mitra noted that the plan all along was to remove the “Editor’s Note” after the election cycle…of course, because the point was to block a Trump presidency which didn’t really work out that well apparently.

    “The thinking is that (assuming he wins) that he’s now president and we’re going to start with a clean slate,” Grim wrote in the memo, obtained by POLITICO. “If he governs in a racist, misogynistic way, we reserve the right to add it back on. This would be giving respect to the office of the presidency which Trump and his backers never did.”

     

    “This note was added to stories about presidential candidate Donald Trump during the election cycle,” Huffington Post spokeswoman Sujata Mitra wrote in a statement. “Now that the election is over, we will no longer be adding the note to future stories, as he is no longer a presidential candidate.”

    Seems like Ariana probably should have accepted this board position from PMUSA…turns out her “independence” wasn’t all that “useful” to Hillary after all.

    “She is enthusiastic abt the project but asks if she’s more useful to us not being on the Board and, instead, using Huffpo to echo our message without any perceived conflicts. She has a point.”

    HuffPo

  • Yale Professor Makes Exam Optional Due To Student Shock Over Presidential Election

    Students are being triggered across the nation tonight and so one Yale Economics professor has taken a stand to protect the special snowflakes are they wrote him expressing shock over the outcome of the presidential election… by making their exams optional.

     

    h/t @Jon_Victor_

  • Meanwhile, At Hillary Clinton's Headquarters: Tragedy

    It was supposed to be a night of joy, celebrations and breaking “glass ceilings.” It is now nothing short of tragedy.

    despite a palpable buzz in the air at the start of the evening, the crowd grew quiet as the swing states of North Carolina and Florida went to the Republican presidential nominee. Michigan, New Hampshire and Wisconsin all look as though they could swing for Trump, as well. Pardon, president Trump.

    “I feel nauseous,” one top campaign official for Clinton told People before slipping behind a black curtain beyond which reporters were barred.

  • S&P & Nasdaq Limit-Down, Erase 2016 Gains, Peso Plunges To Record Low As Trump Victory Looks Assured

    This chart tells the whole story of the night: Trump – the massive underdog – appears to have pulled off precisely what he promised to do: Brexit times 10, having won virtually every key battleground state including Ohio, North Carolina and moments ago, Florida.

    The latest electoral map:

    *  *  *

    Futures

    • S&P: -5%
    • FTSE: -5%
    • DAX: -5%
    • Nikkei: -6.3%
    • Crude: -3.8%
    • Peso/USD: -13%
    • Dollar Index: -2%
    • Gold: +4.3%
    • 30-Yr Treasury: +1.2%

    Who could have seen this coming?

     

    S&P and Nasdaq are limit down…

     

    Nasdaq has given up 2016 gains…

     

    Nikke Futures are down 1000 points…

     

    USDJPY overnight vol at its highest since Lehman…

     

    10Y yields have plunged most since Brexit…

     

    December rate hike odds have collapsed to 50-50…

     

    S&P 500 Futures are very near limit down…

     

    AP has called Florida for Trump…

     

    US equities are down almost 5% from the close… (S&P -100, Dow -700, Nasdaq -200)

    Every market is in turmoil…

     

    These are the key battleground states that Trump won tonight against all odds:

    • Florida
    • Georgia
    • Iowa
    • North Carolina
    • Ohio
    • Utah

    And, more shockingly, he appears set to win Pennsylvania, Michigan, New Hampshire, Wisconsin and Arizona.

    *  *  *

    Update 1046:

    Trump is projected to win North Carolina by FOX

    * * *

    Update 10:32PM

     

    *  *  *

    Update 10:24pm

    NBC project Trump winner in Ohio, and sees 168 electoral college votes for Trump, 109 for Clinton

    * * *

    Update 10:15pm

    Total bloodbath in markets – Peso has crashed to record lows above 20/$ and Dow Futures are down over 650 points…

     

    VIX Futures are soaring above 22 and Gold is above $1310…

    *  *  *

    Update 10:00 pm

    Donald trump is prijected to win Montana, Hillary Clinton is projected to win Virginia.

    * * *

    Update 9:40pm

    Donald Trump is declared winner in Louisiana; Hillary Clinton is projected to win Connecticut.

    * * *

    Update 9:13pm

    Trump declared winner in Texas, Arkansas

    * * *

    Update: 09.10pm

    Clinton is projected to win New York; Trump Wins Dakotas, Kansas, Wyoming

    * * *

    Update 09:04pm

    Bloodbath in markets as Trump leads in Florida and Ohio…

    *  *  *

    Update 8:33pm

    • REPUBLICANS MAINTAIN CONTROL OF HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES: NBC

    *  *  *

    Update 8:04pm

    Peso and Stocks are soaring as Clinton leads Florida and takes 68-48 lead in early states.

     

    * * *

    Update 7:41pm

    And the first votes from Ohio start coming in, and once again, Trump is in the early lead with 1% of the vote counter.

    * * *

    Update 7:36pm

    The fight for Florida is furious, and with 46% of the vote counted, Trump has again regained a small, 25% lead.

    Meanwhile, with 2% of the vote in North Carolina, another must win state for Trump, he has an early lead.

    * * *

    Update 7:32pm

    CNN and NBC News have called West Virginia for Trump leaving him leading Hillary by 24 to 3.

    *  *  *

    Update 7:30pm

    It is all about Florida, where in a close race, Trump and Hillary have been trading the lead, and with 36% of the vote, Hilllary has a 49.2% lead to Trump's 48.0%

    * * *

    Update 7:04pm

    While the early states were heavily republican and thus a given for Trump – where he was just projected winner –  moments ago votes have begun comiking in from key battleground states including Florida (29 electoral votes) and Virginia (13). As well as Georgia (16), South Carolina (9) and Vermont (3), which was just called for Hillary.

    As of this moment Trump has won 19 electoral votes, while Hillary has 3.

    With 12% of the vote in, Trump has a modest lead in Florida, and a bigger lead in Georgia.

    Meanwhile, in Virginia, with 3% of the vote counted, Trump has a 57.1% lead over Clinton.

    * * *

    Update 7:00pm.

    And following Trump, commanding lead in the first states, CNN just called Indiana and Kentucky for Donald Trump; while Hillary clinton projected to win Vermont.

    While it is still very early in the evening, with only a handful of the early votes counted, the first results are coming in and Trump – at least for now – has the lead in both republican strongholds of Kentucky and Indiana with some 70% of the vote, in line with expectations.

    Trump's early lead is thanks to Kentucky and Indiana.

    Live feed from Bloomberg:

     

    * * *

  • Donald's Trump Victory Odds Rise Above 95%

    To get a sense of what is going on with Hillary Clinton’s winning changes, look no further than the following chart courtesy of the NYT, which has seen Hillary’s victory odds plunge from 80% to less than 5%, as Trump’s, which were at 13% just a few hours ago, are now over 95%. Or, as some would say, game over.

    And that, ladies and gentlemen, is why you should never listen to forecasters.

  • Market Crashes As Traders Suddenly Worried Trump Can Win

    After some early shenanigans, the markets are turmoiling as Trump takes an unexpected lead in several battleground states including Florida, Ohio, and North Carolina

     

    The Peso plunged above 19/$, Dow Futures crashed below 18,000 and Gold is testing towards $1300…

     

    This massive puke has erased all the post-Comey gains (or losses in Gold) – Dow down 450 points, Peso crashed 9%!

     

    This is the biggest crash in the Peso since The 1994 Tequila Crisis…

  • Major Networks Confirm That Republicans Will Retain Control Of The House

    As expected, all the major networks are now projecting that Republicans will maintain control of the House of Representatives.  While it’s unclear exactly what the balance of power will ultimately be, it was always fairly unlikely that Democrats would be able to make up their 30-seat deficit.  Now, all eyes will turn to the key Senate races around the country where Democrats have a much better chance of taking over the majority.

    As The Hill points out, while many House races are still underway several seats have already flipped parties in Florida.

    Republican Neal Dunn defeated Democrat Walter Dartland in Florida’s 2nd district. That seat was vacated by retiring Rep. Gwen Graham (D-Fla.). The Florida Panhandle-area seat had become even more favorable to Republicans this year due to redistricting.

     

    In southeastern Florida, Republican Brian Mast prevailed over Democrat Randy Perkins. The seat had been vacated by Rep. Patrick Murphy (D-Fla.), who ran for Senate and lost earlier in the evening to Sen. Marco Rubio (R-Fla.).

     

    Democrats evened out those losses with two gains of their own in Florida.

     

    In district 10, former Orlando police chief Val Demings cruised to victory. Demings is the first woman and first African-American to represent the district. The district had previously been represented by Rep. Daniel Webster (R-Fla.), who decided to run for reelection this year in another district.

     

    Former Florida Gov. Charlie Crist defeated Rep. David Jolly (R-Fla.) in a district that had become more Democratic thanks to redrawn boundaries. Jolly had originally run for Senate but decided to run for reelection after Rubio reversed course on keeping his seat.

    With Republicans now confirmed to to maintain control of the House the focus will be on how many seats Democrats are able to pick up overall as it will have a big impact on Paul Ryan’s chances of retaining the Speakership.  Per The Hill, Democrats would declare a victory if they’re able to pick up 20 seats or more while Republicans will be deemed the victors if they keep the lost seats below 10.

    If Democrats can gain as many as 20 seats, it will be seen as a significant victory. And if Republicans can keep Democratic gains to single digits, it would be seen as a victory for them.

     

    A smaller House GOP majority would make Speaker Paul Ryan’s (R-Wis.) job all the more difficult in the next Congress starting in January 2017.

    Meanwhile, as of right now, 158 of the 277 House seats up for grabs have been called with Republicans having a 32 seat advantage.

    House of Reps

     

    With that, all eyes turn to the Senate and Clinton vs. Trump which is looking more and more like it will be a long battle.

  • Massive Sinkhole Swallows Entire Intersection In Japan

    A gigantic sinkhole has opened up in the southwestern Japanese city of Fukuoka, swallowing an entire intersection of a 4-lane highway.  While the cause of the sinkhole is still under investigation, crews were working underground nearby to extend a subway tunnel and are thought to have triggered the collapse.

    No injuries or casualties were reported though over 100 buildings in the area were cut off the electricity grid.  Police have evacuated nearby buildings and closed the roads leading to the pit, which officials are reporting currently measures about 20 meters in diameter.

     

     

  • Your Complete Guide To Election Day And Night: What To Watch For And When

    It’s almost over: the most divisive, theatrical, dramatic and dirty presidential campaign will be in the history books in just a few hours, with more than 130 million Americans expected to cast ballots across 50 states. However, just winning the popular vote will be insufficient: indeed, it may well be that the popular-vote winner does not win the electoral college.

    So which states should one be looking at, and how long is the final day’s drama set to continue?

    For the benefit of the traders out there, last week we showed a primer from Citigroup explaining when traders can hope to go home on election evening, according to which it was “all about Florida, North Carolina and Ohio.”

    As Citi said, for traders hoping to capitalize on volatility next Tuesday as the election results come trickling in, it may all be over by early evening, at least if Trump loses. That is the calculation of Citi’s Steven Englander, who determined that if Trump loses either Florida or North Carolina or Ohio “the math doesn’t work and it tells us that the shift to Trump was not as pronounced as feared.”

    Those states close at 7:00 or 7:30 ET. As Citi adds, even if Trump loses by a little in one of these states, it becomes almost impossible for him to win. It would take a tidal wave in a couple of states that look firmly Democrat.  Citi helpfully added that “the odds that he loses, say a Florida or North Carolina, but wins a Pennsylvania do not seem high” at which point “vol collapses, MXN rallies and we go home early.”

    However, in a hint that tomorrow may be a very long night for traders – recall that Brexit was an all-nighter, which briefly saw ES halted limit down – the just released “no toss up” map from RCP based on the latest polling, shows Trump winning all three of these key states, and suddenly opening up the prospect not only for much more volatility, and yet another all-nighter, but potentially a Trump victory, something the market after today’s furious rally, is certainly not prepared for.

     

    In any event, no matter the fate of these three states, here is a full preview of tomorrow’s election night.

    The following chart from Morgan Stanley summarizes what times polls close for any given state as well as the number of electoral votes afforded to each:

    As the FT observes, this year’s election is being fought hardest in 10 states: Arizona (11 electoral college votes), Colorado (9), Florida (29), Iowa (6), Nevada (6), New Hampshire (4), North Carolina (15), Ohio (18), Pennsylvania (20) and Virginia (13). Clinton starts with an advantage in the electoral college and can afford to lose traditional battlegrounds such as Florida and Ohio. But if that happens, falling short in states such as Pennsylvania and North Carolina could prove fatal to her presidential ambitions. On the other hand, as noted above, if Trump does not win in Florida and Ohio, his chances of victory will be non-existent. One key could be the size of the turnout of Latino voters in Arizona, Florida and Nevada, which have large Hispanic populations. Another could be whether African-American voters go to the polls at a high rate in North Carolina and Ohio.

     

    What to watch for during the day, courtesy of Bloomberg:

    • 12 am – Voting is already over in Dixville Notch, the New Hampshire hamlet that delivered a 5-5 tie in the 2012 race between Barack Obama and Mitt Romney. This time, Clinton received four votes, Trump two and Gary Johnson one, with a write-in vote for Mitt Romney, AP reported. Election Day has, finally, arrived.
    • 6 am – Polls are open in eight states, including battlegrounds Virginia and New Hampshire, as well as in New York, where Clinton votes at a public school in Chappaqua, Trump at a public school in Manhattan.
       
    • 8 am – VoteCastr, which aims to break Election Day’s “traditional information embargo,” goes live on Slate.com with estimates based on early voting in Florida, Colorado, Nevada and Iowa. Those are four of the eight states, representing 102 electoral votes, where VoteCastr is concentrating its data-crunching. More results, from more states, are made available in rolling fashion throughout the day.
    • 2 pm –  The VoteCastr/Slate partnership will probably have data from all the battleground states by now, reflecting broad election-day voting patterns.
    • 4 pm – Late afternoon is when leaks and rumors about exit polls may begin to spread, as they did in the last three presidential elections. (The actual results of exit polls are supposed to be closely held by the TV networks and the Associated Press until voting closes, state by state.) Trust these early unconfirmed reports at your own peril, as they indicated in 2004 that the next president would be named Kerry and that Romney was on track to carry Florida in 2012.

    And after markets close, here is the hour by hour guide to closing polls:

    • 6pm EST  — The first polls close in Indiana (11), home to Trump running mate Mike Pence, the state’s governor, and Kentucky (8). Both states are heavily Republican and likely to be carried by Mr Trump
    • 7pm EST — Polls close in the battleground states of Florida (29) and Virginia (13). As well as Georgia (16), South Carolina (9) and Vermont (3). The counting of ballots across the nation will go on well into Wednesday. You can, however, expect US media outlets to begin calling the races in safe Democratic and Republican states such as Kentucky, Vermont and South Carolina. But do not expect early calls in Florida or Virginia. In 2012, a winner was not declared in Florida until days after the election. A result in Virginia was not declared until after midnight.
    • 7:30pm EST  — Polls close in two more important states: Ohio (18) and North Carolina (15). They also shut in West Virginia (5), where Trump is heavily favoured. Trump has done a lot of campaigning in Ohio, hoping to capitalise on the appeal of his protectionist trade policies in the rust belt state. In 2012, Mitt Romney had been declared the winner in four of the five states called before 8pm. President Barack Obama had won only Vermont.
    • 8pm EST — Things start to heat up. Polls close in the crucial states of Pennsylvania (20) and Michigan (16), and in Alabama (9), Connecticut (7), Delaware (3), the District of Columbia (3), Illinois (20), Kansas (6), Maine (4), Maryland (10), Massachusetts (11), Mississippi (6), Missouri (10), New Jersey (14), Oklahoma (7), Rhode Island (4) and Tennessee (11).  Expect a flurry of declarations in safe Republican and Democratic states. If Mrs Clinton does not take Pennsylvania it will be a big blow — especially because she chose to spend the last night of her campaign in Philadelphia alongside her husband and the Obamas. In 2012 it took almost two hours for Obama to be named the winner in the state. It was the first real battleground to be called. Maine is the first of two states that do not allocate their electoral college votes on a winner-takes-all system. Maine and Nebraska allocate some of their electoral votes by congressional district.
    • 9pm EST — The polls close in Colorado (9), Wisconsin (10) and Texas (38). They also shut in Louisiana (8), Minnesota (10), Nebraska (5), New Mexico (5), New York (29), South Dakota (3) and Wyoming (10).  Look for early calls for Clinton in the population-heavy states of New York and New Jersey where she is firmly favoured. 
    • 10pm EST — Polls are closing in western states Arizona (11), Idaho (4), Montana (3), Nevada (6) and Utah (6) as well as the mid-western farm state of Iowa (6). In 2012, this is when Mr Obama began really piling up the victories. Although it has a long tradition of voting Republican in presidential races, Arizona has been seen as more of a battleground this year. Utah is also interesting this year as conservative Mormon Evan McMullin has been polling well in the state and could even win it. 
    • 11pm EST — The polls close in the biggest electoral prize on the map — solidly Democratic California (55) — as well as Washington state (12), Oregon (7) and North Dakota (3).
    • 1am EST — Polls close in Alaska (3) and Hawaii (4).

    * * *

    Time for the concession speeches?

    In 2008 and 2012, John McCain and Mitt Romney each gave nationally televised concession speeches shortly after midnight eastern time. 

    But what if there is no winner by the end of the night? In the event that neither candidate gets to 270, the Republican-controlled House of Representatives will decide who the next president should be.

    * * *

    What are the main factors to watch? 

    With polls showing voters having negative opinions of both major candidates, one of the key factors on election day could be the enthusiasm of their bases. If black, female, Latino and young voters do not turn out in significant numbers, it could represent a blow to the Clinton camp. Likewise, if white working class voters do not go to the polls in significant numbers it would hurt Mr Trump.

    Turnout among African-American voters looks likely to be lower than it was in 2008 and 2012. But Trump’s provocative immigration policies mean a growing Hispanic electorate is expected to vote heavily against him.

    What other races should I keep an eye on? 

    Americans will also be voting for 34 of the US Senate’s 100 seats and for all 435 seats in the House of Representatives. Twelve governorships are up for grabs this year. The big question beyond the presidency is what will happen in the Republican-controlled Congress. A good night for Democrats would see them win five seats and regain control of the Senate (four if Mrs Clinton wins as that would mean vice-president Tim Kaine would cast the deciding vote) while also whittling down the Republicans’ 30-seat majority in the 435-seat House. It is extremely unlikely Democrats will regain control of the House.

    * * *

    Here is Goldman’s own guide to election night:

    • Poll closing times and the estimated time each state will be called: we note the time that polls close in each state. For states in multiple time zones, we include the latest poll closing time. We also include a rough estimate of when media outlets will announce a winner of the presidential race in each state, based on the polling margin (close votes take much longer to call).
    • Prediction market probabilities: we note the implied probability of a Democratic win in each state for the presidential and Senate contests. Probabilities are taken from Predictit.org as of 2pm ET on Nov. 7.

    * * *

    Finally, here is an election survival guide from Credit Suisse.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 8th November 2016

  • Vote As If Your Life Depended On It… Because It Does

    Authored by Eric Zuesse,

    Here’s why:

    Hillary has repeatedly said: “We should also work with the coalition and the neighbors to impose no-fly zones that will stop Assad from slaughtering civilians and the opposition from the air. Opposition forces  on the ground, with material support from the coalition, could then help create safe areas where Syrians could remain in the country, rather than fleeing toward Europe."

    This would mean that U.S. fighter-jets and missiles would be shooting down the fighter-jets and missiles of the Syrian government over Syria, and would also be shooting down those of Russia. The Syrian government invited Russia in, as its protector; the U.S. is no protector but an invader against Syria’s legitimate government, the Ba’athist government, led by Bashar al-Assad. The CIA has been trying ever since 1949 to overthrow Syria’s Ba’athist government — the only remaining non-sectarian government in the Middle East other than the current Egyptian government. The U.S. supports Jihadists who demand Sharia law, and they are trying to overthrow and replace Syria’s institutionally secular government. For the U.S. to impose a no-fly zone anywhere in Syria would mean that the U.S. would be at war against Russia over Syria’s skies.

    Whichever side loses that conventional air-war would then have to choose whether to surrender, or instead to use nuclear weapons against the other side’s homeland, in order for it to avoid surrendering. That’s nuclear war between Russia and the United States.

    Would Putin surrender? Would Hillary? Would neither? If neither does, then nuclear war will be the result.

    Here are the two most extensive occasions in which Hillary has stated her position on this:

    To the Council on Foreign Relations, on 19 November 2015:

    We should also work with the coalition and the neighbors to impose no-fly zones that will stop Assad from slaughtering civilians and the opposition from the air. Opposition forces on the ground, with material support from the coalition, could then help create safe areas where Syrians could remain in the country, rather than fleeing toward Europe.

     

    This combined approach would help enable the opposition to retake the remaining stretch of the Turkish border from ISIS, choking off its supply lines. It would also give us new leverage in the diplomatic process that Secretary Kerry is pursuing. …

     

    QUESTION: When you were secretary of state, you tended to agree a great deal with the then-Secretary of Defense Bob Gates. Gates was opposed to a no-fly zone in Syria; thought it was an act of war that was risky and dangerous. This seems to me the major difference right now between what the president — what Obama’s administration is doing and what you’re proposing.

     

    Do you not — why do you disagree with Bob Gates on this?

     

    CLINTON: Well, I — I believe that the no-fly zone is merited and can be implemented, again, in a coalition, not an American-only no-fly zone. I fully respect Bob and his knowledge about the difficulties of implementing a no-fly zone. But if you look at where we are right now, we have to try to clear the air of the bombing attacks that are still being carried out to a limited extent by the Syrian military, now supplemented by the Russian air force.

     

    And I think we have a chance to do that now. We have a no-fly zone over northern Iraq for years to protect the Kurds. And it proved to be successful, not easy — it never is — but I think now is the time for us to revisit those plans.

     

    I also believe, as I said in the speech, that if we begin the conversation about a no-fly zone, something that, you know, Turkey discussed with me back when I was secretary of state in 2012, it will confront a lot of our partners in the region and beyond about what they’re going to do. And it can give us leverage in the discussions that Secretary Kerry is carrying on right now.

     

    So I see it as both a strategic opportunity on the ground, and an opportunity for leverage in the peace negotiations. …

     

    QUESTION: Jim Ziren (ph), Madam Secretary. Hi. Back to the no- fly zone. are you advocating a no-fly zone over the entire country or a partial no-fly zone over an enclave where refugees might find a safe haven? And in the event of either, do you foresee see you might be potentially provoking the Russians?

     

    CLINTON: I am advocating the second, a no-fly zone principally over northern Syria close to the Turkish (ph) border, cutting off the supply lines, trying to provide some safe refuges for refugees so they don’t have to leave Syria, creating a safe space away from the barrel bombs and the other bombardments by the Syrians. And I would certainly expect to and hope to work with the Russians to be able to do that. [She expects Putin to join America’s bombing of Syria’s government and troops and shooting-down of Russia’s planes in Syria, but no question was raised about this.] …

     

    To have a swath of territory that could be a safe zone … for Syrians so they wouldn’t have to leave but also for humanitarian relief, … would give us this extra leverage that I’m looking for in the diplomatic pursuits with Russia with respect to the political outcome in Syria.

    During a debate against Bernie Sanders in the Democratic primaries:

    Hillary Clinton, in a debate with Bernie on 19 December 2015, argued for her proposal that the U.S. impose in Syria a “no-fly zone” where Russians were dropping bombs on the imported jihadists who have been trying to overthrow and replace Assad: "I am advocating the no-fly zone both because I think it would help us on the ground to protect Syrians; I'm also advocating it because I think it gives us some leverage in our conversations with Russia.” She said there that allowing the jihadists to overthrow Assad “would help us on the ground to protect Syrians,” somehow; and, also, that, somehow, shooting down Russia’s planes in Syria (the “no-fly zone”) "gives us some leverage in our conversations with Russia.”

    Bernie Sanders’s response to that was: "I worry too much that Secretary Clinton is too much into regime change and a little bit too aggressive without knowing what the unintended consequences might be.” He didn’t mention nuclear war as one of them.

    The “no-fly zone” policy is one of three policies she supports that would likely produce nuclear war; she supports all of them, not merely the “no-fly zone.”

    Hillary Clinton has never been asked “What would you do if Russia refuses to stop its flights in Syria?” Donald Trump has said nothing about the proposal for a no-fly zone (other than “I want to sit back and see what happens”), because most Americans support that idea, and he’s not bright enough to take her on about it and ask her that question. Probably, if he were supportive of it, he’d have said so — in which case it wouldn’t still be an issue in this election. Trump muffed his chance — which he has had on several occasions. But clearly he, unlike her, has not committed himself on this matter.

    Hillary Clinton is obviously convinced that the U.S. would win a nuclear war against Russia. The question for voters is whether they’re willing to bet their lives that she is correct about that, and that even if the U.S. ‘wins’, only Russia and not also the U.S. (and the world) would be destroyed if the U.S. nuclear-attacks Russia.

    Every other issue in this election pales by comparison to the no-fly-zone issue, which is virtually ignored, in favor of issues that are trivial by comparison. But a vote for Hillary Clinton is a vote for nuclear war against Russia, regardless of whether or not the voters know this. And a vote for Trump is a vote for the unknown. Could the unknown be even worse than Hillary Clinton? If so, would it be so only in relatively trivial ways?

    This election should be about Hillary Clinton, not about Donald Trump.

    *  *  *

    Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of  They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of  CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

     

  • Your Complete Guide To Election Night: What To Watch For And When

    It’s almost over: the most divisive, theatrical, dramatic and dirty presidential campaign will be in the history books by this time tomorrow, with more than 130 million Americans expected to cast ballots across 50 states. However, just winning the popular vote will be insufficient: indeed, it may well be that the popular-vote winner does not win the electoral college.

    So which states should one be looking at, and how long is the final day’s drama set to continue?

    For the benefit of the traders out there, last week we showed a primer from Citigroup explaining when traders can hope to go home on election evening, according to which it was “all about Florida, North Carolina and Ohio.”

    As Citi said, for traders hoping to capitalize on volatility next Tuesday as the election results come trickling in, it may all be over by early evening, at least if Trump loses. That is the calculation of Citi’s Steven Englander, who determined that if Trump loses either Florida or North Carolina or Ohio “the math doesn’t work and it tells us that the shift to Trump was not as pronounced as feared.”

    Those states close at 7:00 or 7:30 ET. As Citi adds, even if Trump loses by a little in one of these states, it becomes almost impossible for him to win. It would take a tidal wave in a couple of states that look firmly Democrat.  Citi helpfully added that “the odds that he loses, say a Florida or North Carolina, but wins a Pennsylvania do not seem high” at which point “vol collapses, MXN rallies and we go home early.”

    However, in a hint that tomorrow may be a very long night for traders – recall that Brexit was an all-nighter, which briefly saw ES halted limit down – the just released “no toss up” map from RCP based on the latest polling, shows Trump winning all three of these key states, and suddenly opening up the prospect not only for much more volatility, and yet another all-nighter, but potentially a Trump victory, something the market after today’s furious rally, is certainly not prepared for.

     

     

    In any event, no matter the fate of these three states, here is a full preview of tomorrow’s election night.

    The following chart from Morgan Stanley summarizes what times polls close for any given state as well as the number of electoral votes afforded to each: .

    As the FT observes, this year’s election is being fought hardest in 10 states: Arizona (11 electoral college votes), Colorado (9), Florida (29), Iowa (6), Nevada (6), New Hampshire (4), North Carolina (15), Ohio (18), Pennsylvania (20) and Virginia (13). Clinton starts with an advantage in the electoral college and can afford to lose traditional battlegrounds such as Florida and Ohio. But if that happens, falling short in states such as Pennsylvania and North Carolina could prove fatal to her presidential ambitions. On the other hand, as noted above, if Trump does not win in Florida and Ohio, his chances of victory will be non-existent. One key could be the size of the turnout of Latino voters in Arizona, Florida and Nevada, which have large Hispanic populations. Another could be whether African-American voters go to the polls at a high rate in North Carolina and Ohio.

     

    Here are the key events by hour, and when traders will have to be particularly careful

    • 6pm EST  — The first polls close in Indiana (11), home to Trump running mate Mike Pence, the state’s governor, and Kentucky (8). Both states are heavily Republican and likely to be carried by Mr Trump
    • 7pm EST — Polls close in the battleground states of Florida (29) and Virginia (13). As well as Georgia (16), South Carolina (9) and Vermont (3). The counting of ballots across the nation will go on well into Wednesday. You can, however, expect US media outlets to begin calling the races in safe Democratic and Republican states such as Kentucky, Vermont and South Carolina. But do not expect early calls in Florida or Virginia. In 2012, a winner was not declared in Florida until days after the election. A result in Virginia was not declared until after midnight.
    • 7:30pm EST  — Polls close in two more important states: Ohio (18) and North Carolina (15). They also shut in West Virginia (5), where Trump is heavily favoured. Trump has done a lot of campaigning in Ohio, hoping to capitalise on the appeal of his protectionist trade policies in the rust belt state. In 2012, Mitt Romney had been declared the winner in four of the five states called before 8pm. President Barack Obama had won only Vermont.
    • 8pm EST — Things start to heat up. Polls close in the crucial states of Pennsylvania (20) and Michigan (16), and in Alabama (9), Connecticut (7), Delaware (3), the District of Columbia (3), Illinois (20), Kansas (6), Maine (4), Maryland (10), Massachusetts (11), Mississippi (6), Missouri (10), New Jersey (14), Oklahoma (7), Rhode Island (4) and Tennessee (11).  Expect a flurry of declarations in safe Republican and Democratic states. If Mrs Clinton does not take Pennsylvania it will be a big blow — especially because she chose to spend the last night of her campaign in Philadelphia alongside her husband and the Obamas. In 2012 it took almost two hours for Obama to be named the winner in the state. It was the first real battleground to be called. Maine is the first of two states that do not allocate their electoral college votes on a winner-takes-all system. Maine and Nebraska allocate some of their electoral votes by congressional district.
    • 9pm EST — The polls close in Colorado (9), Wisconsin (10) and Texas (38). They also shut in Louisiana (8), Minnesota (10), Nebraska (5), New Mexico (5), New York (29), South Dakota (3) and Wyoming (10).  Look for early calls for Clinton in the population-heavy states of New York and New Jersey where she is firmly favoured. 
    • 10pm EST — Polls are closing in western states Arizona (11), Idaho (4), Montana (3), Nevada (6) and Utah (6) as well as the mid-western farm state of Iowa (6). In 2012, this is when Mr Obama began really piling up the victories. Although it has a long tradition of voting Republican in presidential races, Arizona has been seen as more of a battleground this year. Utah is also interesting this year as conservative Mormon Evan McMullin has been polling well in the state and could even win it. 
    • 11pm EST — The polls close in the biggest electoral prize on the map — solidly Democratic California (55) — as well as Washington state (12), Oregon (7) and North Dakota (3).
    • Midnight EST — Polls close in Alaska (3) and Hawaii (4).

    * * *

    Time for the concession speeches?

    In 2008 and 2012, John McCain and Mitt Romney each gave nationally televised concession speeches shortly after midnight eastern time. 

    But what if there is no winner by the end of the night? In the event that neither candidate gets to 270, the Republican-controlled House of Representatives will decide who the next president should be.

    * * *

    What are the main factors to watch? 

    With polls showing voters having negative opinions of both major candidates, one of the key factors on election day could be the enthusiasm of their bases. If black, female, Latino and young voters do not turn out in significant numbers, it could represent a blow to the Clinton camp. Likewise, if white working class voters do not go to the polls in significant numbers it would hurt Mr Trump.

    Turnout among African-American voters looks likely to be lower than it was in 2008 and 2012. But Trump’s provocative immigration policies mean a growing Hispanic electorate is expected to vote heavily against him.

    What other races should I keep an eye on? 

    Americans will also be voting for 34 of the US Senate’s 100 seats and for all 435 seats in the House of Representatives. Twelve governorships are up for grabs this year. The big question beyond the presidency is what will happen in the Republican-controlled Congress. A good night for Democrats would see them win five seats and regain control of the Senate (four if Mrs Clinton wins as that would mean vice-president Tim Kaine would cast the deciding vote) while also whittling down the Republicans’ 30-seat majority in the 435-seat House. It is extremely unlikely Democrats will regain control of the House.

    * * *

    Finally, here is Goldman’s own guide to election night:

    • Poll closing times and the estimated time each state will be called: we note the time that polls close in each state. For states in multiple time zones, we include the latest poll closing time. We also include a rough estimate of when media outlets will announce a winner of the presidential race in each state, based on the polling margin (close votes take much longer to call).
    • Prediction market probabilities: we note the implied probability of a Democratic win in each state for the presidential and Senate contests. Probabilities are taken from Predictit.org as of 2pm ET on Nov. 7.

  • Trading Tomorrow's Main Event: "Keep It Simple" And Watch This Indicator

    "Close your books. Take out a piece of paper. It’s time for a pop quiz," says Bloomberg's Richard Breslow. "What were the market-moving news items from last week?"

    Amazing that it takes some work to remember that there were four big central bank meetings, a raft of PMIs, let alone a U.S. non-farm payroll report. When we look back, probably the only thing we’ll remember was the Article 50 decision in the U.K. And maybe one tracker poll for the bonus question.
    I’ll bet this week will be easier for market historians to pinpoint on the economic time line. It’s rarely the regularly scheduled events that lastingly move the needle. No matter how much we build up the expectation.

    And then we can begin the latest test of all the “what to expect next year” theories. Word of caution, the shelf-life of these fun but mostly futile exercises gets shorter every year. And the cost of being wrong bigger. No death by a thousand cuts here. Let’s blow them out in January and get on with the thrust and parry of trading revolving themes.

    One interesting event from last week, is that we saw futures pricing of a December rate-hike creep up; at the same time it was wilting for the year ahead.

    Rising risk premium? Safe bet. Clever Fed messaging on low and slow? Well, we’ve had a one-two on the “running hot” question from Yellen and Fischer. Actually, a lot more hedging going on than we credited.

    Rate expectations for next year are a big deal and not just for STIRT traders. The dollar will care and, by extension, commodities (read oil). The yield curve will bend to it.

    Coming out of tomorrow, watch where 2017 futures reprice. It will help decide how aggressively you might consider chasing or fading the initial reactions.

    If you’re going to trade the event. Keep it as simple as possible. We saw, from last week through this morning, how traders will likely react depending on the outcome. Down the road will be a chance to re-evaluate the prospects for global trade, geopolitics and latest forecast meme driving markets over the course of the year.

  • NATO Places 300,000 Troops On "High Alert" In Readiness For Confrontation With Russia

    Submitted by Alex Christoforou of The Duran

    NATO a preparing a military force of up to 300,000 personnel, capable of being deployed within just two months to attack Russia.

    As the world remains fixated on the outcome of Tuesday’s US elections, NATO continues its aggressive troop build up around Russia.

    With each passing day, the constant NATO activity is looking more and more like a preparation for full scale conflict with Russia. Something that would become a very real possibility should Hillary Clinton make it to the White House.


    Nato soldiers stand on a pontoon bridge constructed across the Vistula river
    in Poland during the NATO Anaconda-16 exercise earlier this year

    Secretary General of NATO, Jens Stoltenberg announced that NATO member nations are at this very moment putting hundreds of thousands of troops in a state of high alert, in an effort to deter the fantasy threat from Russia. Stoltenberg said…

    “We have seen Russia being much more active in many different ways.”

     

    “We have seen a more assertive Russia implementing a substantial military build-up over many years; tripling defence spending since 2000 in real terms; developing new military capabilities; exercising their forces and using military force against neighbours.”

     

    “We have also seen Russia using propaganda in Europe among NATO allies and that is exactly the reason why NATO is responding. We are responding with the biggest reinforcement of our collective defence since the end of the Cold War.”

    The UK’s Examiner reports

    Adam Thomson, the outgoing permanent representative to Nato, estimates that at present, it would take the military alliance 180 days to deploy a force of 300,000, and that speeding up this rate is of top importance.

     

    The measures come in response to Russia flexing its military might abroad, allegedly conducting cyber attacks on Washington and holding nuclear war drills at home.

     

    Last week, Moscow was seen as deliberately antagonising Nato by sending hundreds of paratroopers to a Serbian airbase despite Nato holding disaster relief exercises just 150 miles away in Montenegro.

     

    Putin’s decision to hold military drills so close to Nato’s emergency exercises in Montenegro – which went ahead despite Moscow’s drills – was seen as a brazen stand-off between both sides.

     

    Igor Sutyagin, an expert at the Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, said: “Russia wants to show that it can intimidate NATO… and NATO is saying to Russia, ‘If you show up, we’ll be there as well’.”

     

    Meanwhile, Russian authorities have been accused of attempting to pervert the democratic process of the US presidential election by hacking into Democrat emails and sharing findings with vigilante publishers such as WikiLeaks and DC Leaks.

    In summary, NATO justifies its military build up around Russia as a response to:

    • Alleged Russian cyber attacks to influence the US elections…allegations made by the honest and trustworthy Clinton campaign, and half heartedly commented on by US Intelligence Czar James Clapper, a man who lied under oath to the American public.
    • Russia’s military exercises in its own country. I repeat, military exercises within its own borders.
    • Russia sending hundreds of paratroopers to long time ally Serbia.
    • “Russia using propaganda in Europe among NATO allies”. Whatever that means? Its cryptic and nonsensical…and of course we know the US and NATO allies never ever engage in propaganda against Russia, or other nations for that matter.

  • China Trade Data Disappoints (Again) Despite Plunging Yuan

    Chinese imports have now declined for 23 of the last 24 months (falling 1.4% YoY in USD terms) and for 18 of the last 20 months, despite a devaluing yuan, exports have declined YoY (-7.3% YoY in October). In both USD and Yuan terms, trade data disappointed across the board suggesting a global economy that is far from as exuberant as recent PMIs suggest.

     

    As Bloomberg notes, a depreciation of about 9 percent in the yuan since August 2015 has cushioned the blow from tepid global demand, but failed to provide any sustained boost to shipments. Rising input costs and surging wages bills have flattened profit margins for exporters to the point where many can no longer discount and are mulling price increases, according to interviews at the Canton Fair last month.

    “We expect export growth to remain sluggish over the coming quarters due to a weak global economic environment and rising costs for Chinese goods,” BMI Research wrote in a report ahead of the data release. “The slow growth in the global economy will continue to be the major factor weighing on China’s export sector over the coming quarters.”

    But what may be most concerning, especially to oil bulls, is that it appears China’s oil SPR is getting full as China – the world’s second largest oil consumer – imported only 28.79m tons of crude last month, the lowest since January, according to the General Administration of Customs, equivalent to 6.81mmbpd. The October drop was 12.9% m/m, a huge drop and a big concern for OPEC which is suddenly seeing demand melt before its eyes.

    Some other statistics:

    • Oil product imports at 1.76m tons; exports at 4.07m tons
    • Coal imports at 21.58m tons, lowest since July
    • Natural gas imports at at 3.82m tons

    In short, China’s trade – aside from the recent burst in coal imports – is once again slowing down rapidly, and what makes it worse is that this is taking place shortly after another massive credit impulse and near-record fiscal stimulus was created to stimulate the economy.

     

    If China’s domestic economic weakness once again spills over to the rest of the world as it did in 2015, then good bye Fedrate hike plans.

  • Judge Napolitano: "Comey Knows His FBI Days Are Numbered" No Matter Who Wins Election

    Submitted by Josephn Jankowski via PlanetFreeWill.com,

    Former New Jersey Superior Court Judge and Senior Judicial Analyst for Fox News Andrew Napolitano believes that the way in which FBI Director James Comey handled the re-opening and closure of the investigation into the emails of former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton will tarnish the reputation of the FBI and limit the time the current director has in his position no matter who is elected on Nov. 8.

    On Sunday, FBI director Comey sent a letter sent to House and Senate committee leaders stating that agents had completed their review of all messages to or from Clinton on a laptop seized last month from former Rep. Anthony Wiener and that nothing worthy of prosecution was found.

    “There’s nothing wrong with the FBI investigating (Hillary), absolutely should investigate her where ever the investigation takes her,” Judge Napolitano explained to Fox News’ Bill Hemmer on Monday. “But to have given a snapshot of that investigation ten days ago, and then another snapshot of it’s closure last night, all of this within two weeks of the election, puts a thumb on the political scale that will tarnish the FBI’s reputation and in my opinion, most respectfully, prevents Jim Comey from staying on as FBI director no matter which of the two candidates are elected tomorrow.”

    When asked to clarify if he believes that Comey’s days are numbered as FBI Director, the Judge respond, “Yes, and I’m saying he knows his days are numbered and he is now just doing the best he can to burnish the reputation of the FBI, which I believe he loves, and to burnish his own personal reputation.”

    It came as a shock to many that the FBI was able to review the 650,000 emails from the laptop of disgraced Anthony Wiener, the estranged husband of longtime Clinton aide Huma Abedin, in just a matter of days. Many believe that the investigation may have been extremely partial considering it took the FBI over a year to review some 50,000 Clinton emails during the initial investigation.

    “You can’t review 650,000 emails in eight days,” Donald Trump said Sunday in a campaign speech in Michigan hours after Comey’s letter to congress made headlines.

    Judge Napolitano was able to give some insight into how the FBI went through the 650,000 emails.

    “They devised software that would allow 650,000 emails to be examined digitally for certain keywords, phrases and references, which would draw out the ones they needed to read fully,” the Judge said. “They did that 24/7 for eight days and concluded yesterday afternoon – they started this Sunday afternoon a week ago yesterday when the search warrant was signed – that there is nothing in here that makes the case against her stronger.”

    Napolitano predicts that if Trump manages to take the White House the DOJ will continue to pursue an investigation into Clinton pertaining to the Clinton Foundation and the allegations of pay-to-play public corruption.

    As for Hillary, if elected the Judge believes she will “begin her presidency as wounded as Rich Nixon did as he began his second in January of 73′” and would still have to deal with House Republicans investigating her.

  • Chinese Capital Outflows Send FX Reserves To Lowest Since 2011

    Overnight, China reported that the PBOC’s FX reserves fell another US$46bn to US$3.121 trillion in October as the central banks struggled to offset the impact of accelerating capital outflows, a bigger drop than the consensus estimate of US$34bn, triple the official September decline of US$19bn (recall that according to Goldman, the true FX outflow in recent months has been far greater), and the biggest drop since January. The October decline brought China’s total reserves the lowest amount since 2011.

    As we have shown previously, a separate dataset called “PBOC’s FX position”, which shows the amount of PBOC’s FX assets at book value and is usually released around the middle of the month, should provide a cross-check on PBOC’s FX sales net of valuation effects.

    As Bloomberg notes, the data come amid a period of renewed weakness for China’s currency. The yuan fell 1.53 percent last month, the most since a devaluation in August last year that shook investor confidence and ignited global market turmoil. Policy makers were suspected of propping up the exchange rate in the weeks leading up to a Group of 20 meeting in September and before the yuan’s entry into the International Monetary Fund’s reserves on Oct. 1 – and then reducing support after exports plunged the most in seven months. The currency fell to a six-year low of 6.7856 a dollar on Oct. 28.

    The chart below which correlated China’s outflows with the value of the Yuan suggests that either the currency is temporarily undervalued, or that the real amount of Chinese reserves, which may be unreported by the PBOC to prevent an even greater retail outflow scramble, may be as much as half a trillion dollars less than what has been officially reported.

    And with Chinese capital outflows speculated as soon becoming the biggest risk factor to global financial stability, in a repeat of late 2015, once the chaos surrounding the US presidential election is over, below are some economist reactions to the reported number:

    • “The yuan was sprinting all the way to approach 6.8 in October, which may have prompted the PBOC to sell some reserves to stabilize the market,” said Gao Qi, a Singapore-based foreign-exchange strategist at Scotiabank. “Capital outflows will continue, the only questions is how fast, and that depends on the dollar’s move.”
    • “Capital outflow pressures will be sustained at least for the coming months,” said Frederik Kunze, chief China economist at Norddeutsche Landesbank in Hanover, Germany. “Growing anxiety with regard to the soundness of the Chinese financial markets and the fear of a property bubble have to be seen in this context.”
    • “The number indicates relatively light intervention by PBOC during the month,” said Ding Shuang, head of Greater China economic research at Standard Chartered Plc. in Hong Kong. Most of the drop comes from valuation effects, he said.
    • Faster yuan depreciation against the dollar, higher interbank interest rates, and PBOC liquidity injections via open market operations “pointed to continued capital outflows in October,” said Robin Xing, an economist at Morgan Stanley in Hong Kong.

    Should Clinton win tomorrow, and push the USD even higher on expectations of a December Fed rate hike, many strategists believe that the next stop for the Yuan will be to drop to a level somewhere in the vicinity of USDCNY 7.00.

    And speaking of tomorrow’s election outcome, and how it may impact Chinese risk assets, here is Bank of America with how 4 distinct election scenarios can impact Chinese equities:

    • Best scenario for China equities: Clinton win/split congress

    If Hillary Clinton wins with a split Congress, we suggest buying short-duration HSCEI calls to position for a potential relief rally (likely to be brief); if it’s a Clinton sweep, buying environmental sectors and exporters, selling Rmb-sensitive sectors such as property, financials and commodities; if Donald Trump win/split Congress, buying One-Belt One-Road (OBOR) sectors, selling Chinese exporters to the US and Rmb-sensitive sectors; if a Trump sweep, buying HSCEI puts and domestic service sectors, selling environmental, Rmb-sensitive sectors and exporters in general; whoever wins, buying defense stocks as regional tension rises

    • Polls say Clinton win/split Congress most likely

    For more details, please see US Election: four scenarios, four lists by Savita Subramanian on Oct 28. This is arguably the best outcome for China equities in our view because the status quo may largely be maintained and the absence of a clean-sweep may mean only moderate upward pressure on USD. In addition, as the US election uncertainty is largely removed, risky assets, including China equities, may stage a relief rally.

    • A Clinton sweep could hurt China equities

    As David Woo argued, a clean sweep, either by Clinton or Trump, would be bullish for the USD. Such strength would come at a particularly sensitive time for Rmb devaluation expectations, thus, may trigger significant capital outflow from China and put significant pressure on Rmb, by our assessment. Separately, given the Democrats’ emphasis on environmental issues and the global nature of such issues, we expect related sectors in China to benefit as well.

    • A Trump win/split Congress: impact on Rmb more uncertain

    On the campaign trail, Trump wanted to label China as a currency manipulator & impose a 45% tariff on Chinese exports (Helen Qiao, Asia: trade tensions either way, Oct 24). This is behind our strategy-level call to sell Chinese exporters with heavy US exposure (Table 1, stocks with the highest US revenue ratio). To counter, China may speed up its OBOR program (One Belt & One Road, Great Expectations, 16 Mar, 2015). The impact on Rmb/USD rate is more uncertain – the Chinese govt may strengthen the soft peg to ease the trade tension or it may allow more flexibility on the exchange rate to stand up to the US or to reduce the chance of being labeled a manipulator. On balance, we think the latter is more likely due to the constraint imposed by capital outflow.

    • A Trump sweep is the worst scenario for China stocks

    In our view, a Trump sweep may mean a very strong USD, a much reduced risk appetite and a major sell-off of offshore China stocks by global investors. It could also blunt globalization as it loses its biggest champion, hence our selling of exporters broadly (Table 6 in our 2016 Year-Ahead lists the top exporters). If China’s growth turns inward, we expect domestically-oriented sectors, especially services, to benefit the most.

  • Florida, Florida, Florida: National Race A Dead-Heat As Polls Swing In Toss-Up States

    As the 2016 Presidential campaign comes to a frenetic end, with both candidates frantically hopping from rally to rally across several key swing states, RealClearPolitics made two significant shifts in its “no toss up states” electoral college map.

    1. Shifting Florida from Clinton to Trump as the latest Trafalgar Group poll showed Trump up by 4 points…

     

    2. Shifting New Hampshire from Trump to Clinton as the latest Emerson poll showed Clinton up by 1 point…

     

    Which left the electoral map in an almost dead-heat on election eve…

     

    As The Hill reports, the Democratic nominee will enter Tuesday with several different paths to the White House, and Clinton wasn’t timid about showing her assurance when asked about the challenge of unifying the nation after a bitterly divisive presidential campaign. 

    “I think I have some work to do to bring the country together,” Clinton said. “I really do want to be the president for everybody.”

     

    Clinton held a lead of around 3 percentage points in the RealClearPolitics national average. Her margin had been twice as large in mid-October. Nonetheless, her lead has actually ticked upward from a recent low in the past few days.

    Trump insisted that he was going to win, pointing to his tens of thousands of enthusiastic supporters. Lines for Trump rallies snaked around the grounds even for last-minute stops in states that are normally safe for Democrats in presidential elections, such as Minnesota.

    “The whole psyche will change tomorrow,” Trump said at a Monday rally in Florida. 

    While Clinton betrayed no nervousness, her campaign lavished attention on Michigan, a seemingly safe state for the Democrat that hasn’t voted for a Republican presidential nominee since 1988. 

    President Obama spoke in Ann Arbor, while the candidate herself returned for the second time since Friday for a rally in Grand Rapids. Those efforts suggest the Clinton campaign sees challenges in the Wolverine State, which Obama won by 10 points in 2012. 

    A Trump victory in Michigan would upend the electoral map, suggesting that Clinton could be in real trouble, with demographically comparable states like Wisconsin, Pennsylvania and Ohio also in play.

    “She’s defending states she thought she had locked up months ago,” Trump deputy campaign manager David Bossie said on a conference call with reporters. “A late surge of enthusiasm for Donald Trump is forcing her to make an unanticipated last-minute defense of these states, particularly Pennsylvania and Michigan.”

    Clinton campaign manager Robby Mook dismissed Trump’s efforts, calling his blue-state strategy a desperate end-of-game ploy with no real muscle behind it.

    “I think he needed to get those into play much earlier,” Mook said on ABC’s “Good Morning America.”

     

    “I’m not concerned that he’s spending so much time there at the end because he didn’t build a ground game.”

  • "I Just Lost All Faith In Our Deeply Corrupt Legal System And In The Rule Of Law In The US"

    Submitted by Michael Snyder via The End of The American Dream blog,

    The FBI just gave Hillary Clinton the biggest gift in the history of presidential politics. Two days before the election the FBI has announced that they are ending their investigation into Hillary Clinton’s mishandling of classified information. After reviewing the emails that were found on electronic devices owned by Huma Abedin and Anthony Weiner, FBI Director James Comey sent a letter to Congress telling them that “we have not changed our conclusions that we expressed in July with respect to Secretary Clinton.” That means that there will be no indictment, and the path is now clear for Hillary Clinton to become the next president of the United States on Tuesday unless an election miracle happens.

    These days it is unusual for a news story to hit me on a deeply emotional level, but this one sure did. When the FBI originally announced that they were renewing this investigation, it gave me a glimmer of hope that there may be a little bit of integrity left in our legal system.

    But after yesterday’s announcement I have lost all faith in our deeply corrupt system of justice. America has become a lawless nation, and the rule of law is completely dead in this country.

    Yes, it is true that those of us in the general public do not know what was contained in those emails, and Director Comey says that nothing significant was found in them

    In a letter to lawmakers, Comey said the FBI is standing by its original findings, made in July, that Clinton should not be prosecuted for her handling of classified information over email as secretary of State.

     

    “The FBI investigative team has been working around the clock to process and review a large volume of emails from a device obtained in connection with an unrelated criminal investigation,” Comey said in the letter. “During that process we reviewed all of the communications that were to or from Hillary Clinton while she was secretary of State,” Comey wrote. “Based on our review, we have not changed our conclusions that we expressed in July with respect to Secretary Clinton.”

    But of course the truth is that the FBI already had more than enough to go after Clinton based on what they discovered the first time around.

    In the world of national security, if you transmit a single classified document via a channel that is unsecured, you will lose your security clearance in a heartbeat and it is quite likely that you will be prosecuted and sent to prison for mishandling classified information.

    In fact, two different members of the U.S. military were recently convicted for doing precisely that

    Just last month, Bryan Nishimura, a California Naval reservist, was sentenced to two years’ probation and a $7,500 fine after he pleaded guilty to removing classified material and downloading it to a personal electronic device. The FBI found no evidence he planned to distribute the material.

     

    Last year, Bronze Star recipient and combat veteran Chief Petty Officer Lyle White pleaded guilty to storing classified documents on a nonsecure hard drive in Virginia. He received a suspended 60-day sentence and a suspended $10,000 fine in return for the plea. White said the information was for training purposes to study and that he had no intent to communicate with anyone.

    Neither of those individuals intended to mishandle classified information, and they certainly never intended to share it.

    But they were both convicted anyway.

    So what makes Hillary Clinton any different?

    During the initial investigation, the FBI found 113 emails that contained classified information

    Clinton had repeatedly said she did not have any classified emails on her server, but the results of the FBI investigation show that claim was incorrect.

     

    Of the tens of thousands of emails investigators reviewed, 113 contained classified information, and three of those had classification markers. FBI Director James Comey has said Clinton should have known that some of the 113 were classified, but others she might have understandably missed.

    And I would be willing to bet that the FBI found some more classified emails that they had not seen previously among the 650,000 or so that they reviewed for this renewed investigation.

    But it doesn’t matter now. Hillary Clinton is free as a bird even though she mishandled 113 classified emails, and it looks like she is going to become the next president of the United States on Tuesday.

    As a law student and then later as an attorney working in Washington D.C., I got to see just how deeply corrupt our legal system has become.

    But after yesterday, I don’t see how any American can ever have faith in the rule of law again.

    If the law does not apply equally to all persons at all times and in all circumstances, we might as well not even have a legal system.

    At this point, there is only one way that some sort of justice can be achieved in this case. And that is if the American people go to the polls on Tuesday and vote to keep her out of the White House.

    It won’t be perfect justice of course, but at least it would keep Hillary Clinton from getting what she wants more than anything else in life.

    The choice before the American people is very simple. Hillary Clinton is the most corrupt politician to ever run for the presidency, and the extremely long laundry list of Clinton scandals and crimes has been well documented over the past three decades.

    The voters know exactly what they are getting with her. And if they choose her anyway despite all of the things that have been revealed, that means that America is willingly choosing lawlessness.

    To most conservatives, this election is all about Trump, but I believe that it is far more about Hillary Clinton.

    I am convinced that we are at a pivotal moment in American history, and if the American people willingly choose Hillary Clinton it will be an indication that there is zero hope for the future of this nation.

    So let us pray for an election miracle, because right now Donald Trump is behind in most national polls and time is running out.

Digest powered by RSS Digest